site development policies - london borough of sutton › documents › s21849 › sites...dm24...

London Borough of Sutton Local Development Framework

Development Plan Document

Site Development Policies

Planning and Transportation

Environment and Leisure

March 2012

Agenda Item 9c

Note: This document may be subject to minor corrections and

formatting changes prior to printing.

Agenda Item 9c

Contents

Page

ONE Introduction

What is a Local Development Framework?

Relationship between different LDF documents

Structure of the Document

TWO Planning Policy Context

Introduction

National Planning Policy

Regional Planning Policy

The London Plan

South London Sub-Regional Development Framework

Sutton Strategy/Sutton Partnership

Core Planning Strategy

THREE Development Management Policies

Improving the Street Scene and Living Environment

DM1 Character and Design

DM2 Protecting Amenity

DM3 Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm

DM4 Historic Environment

Achieving Environmental Sustainability

DM5 Sustainable Design and Construction

DM6 Climate Change Mitigation

DM7 Flood Risk

DM8 Climate Change Adaptation

DM9 Water Supply, Water Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure

DM10 Air Quality

DM11 Contaminated Land

DM12 Noise and Vibration

Agenda Item 9c

DM13 Light Pollution

DM14 Hazardous Substances

DM15 Green Belt/Metropolitan Open Land

DM16 Open Space

DM17 Biodiversity, Habitats and Species

DM18 Agricultural Land and Diversity

Promoting Sustainable Transport & Accessibility

DM19 Promoting Sustainable Transport and Accessibility

DM20 Assessing the Transport Impact of New Development

DM21 New Development and the Highway Network

DM22 Parking

Developing Active, Healthy and Inclusive Communities

DM23 Loss of Housing

DM24 Conversions

DM25 Maximising Affordable Housing Provision

DM26 Housing Mix

DM27 Communal Accommodation

DM28 Gypsy and Traveller Site Provision

DM29 Housing Standards

DM30 Housing and Back Garden Land

DM31 Social and Community Infrastructure

DM32 Telecommunications

Encouraging Enterprise and Employment

DM33 Strategic and Established Industrial Locations

DM34 Other Land in Industrial Use

DM35 Development in Town and Local Centres

DM36 Office Provision through Mixed Use Conversion or Redevelopment

DM37 Shopping Frontages in Town Centres

DM38 Promoting Local Shopping Provision in Local Centres

DM39 Local Shopping provision outside Town and Local Centres

DM40 Minerals

Agenda Item 9c

DM41 Site Allocations

FOUR Site Allocations

Housing Supply

Other Housing Matters

Employment

Retail and Town Centre Uses

Open Spaces

Education

Health, Well Being and Recreation

Sustainability Issues

Transport Infrastructure

Figure 1: Location of Sutton Town Centre Allocations

Figure 2: Location of Site Allocations Outside the Town Centre

Site Allocations Schedule

FIVE Implementation and Monitoring

Implementation

Monitoring

APPENDICES (See separate document)

Appendix 1 Improving the Street Scene and Living Environment

Appendix 2 Achieving Environmental Sustainability

Appendix 3 Promoting Sustainable Transport & Accessibility

Appendix 4 Developing Active, Healthy & Inclusive Communities

Appendix 5 Encouraging Enterprise & Employment

Appendix 6 Schedule of International, National and Regional Guidance

Appendix 7 Glossary of Terms

Agenda Item 9c

The Relationship of Development Management Policies with the Core Planning Strategy The Site Development Policies DPD is one of the main delivery vehicles for the vision and objectives set out in the Core Planning Strategy. On many topics, the policies in this document provide additional detail and guidance on how the approach set out in the Core Planning Strategy will be implemented through decisions on planning applications. Therefore, the two documents should be read in conjunction. The table below has been provided for guidance purposes to show how the policies in this document relate to policies in the Core Planning Strategy. It should be noted that some Development Management policies will contribute to implementing a number of Core Planning Strategy policies. The table only deals with direct relationships between Core Planning Strategy policies and Development Management policies.

Core Planning Strategy Policy Principal Development Management Policies

PMP1: Housing Provision DM23: Loss of Housing DM24: Conversions DM41: Site Allocations

PMP2: Suburban Heartlands DM1: Character and Design DM2: Protecting Amenity DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm

PMP3: Community Regeneration Areas

DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure

PMP4: Main Locations for Industry DM33: Strategic and Established Industrial Locations DM34: Other Land in Industrial Use DM35: Development in Town Centres DM41: Site Allocations

PMP5: Wandle Valley DM16: Open Space DM17: Biodiversity DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport DM33: Strategic and Established Industrial Locations DM40: Minerals

PMP6: Sutton Town Centre DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport

Agenda Item 9c

DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure DM35: Development in Town Centres DM36: Office Provision through Mixed Use Conversions or Redevelopment DM37: Shopping Frontages in Town Centres DM1 - Character and Design; DM4 - Historic Environment; DM5 Environmental Sustainability; DM16 Open Space; DM21 New Development and the Highway Network; DM22 Parking; and DM41 Site Allocations

PMP7: Hackbridge DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM16: Open Space DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure DM33: Strategic and Established Industrial Locations DM35: Development in Town Centres DM37: Shopping Frontages in Town Centres DM41: Site Allocations

PMP8: Other District and Local Centres

DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM4: Historic Environment DM24: Conversions DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure DM35: Development in Town Centres DM36: Office Provision through Mixed Use Conversions or Redevelopment DM37: Shopping Frontages in Town Centres DM38: Promoting Local Shopping Provision in Local Centres DM41: Site Allocations

PMP9: The Open Spaces Network DM15: Green Belt/Metropolitan Open Land DM16: Open Space DM17: Biodiversity DM29: Housing Standards DM41: Site Allocations

Agenda Item 9c

BP1: Housing Density DM1: Character and Design DM2: Protecting Amenity DM23: Loss of Housing DM24: Conversions DM35: Development in Town Centres

BP2: Affordable Housing DM25: Maximising Affordable Housing Provision

BP3: Gypsy and Traveller Sites DM28: Gypsy and Traveller Sites

BP4: Education and Skills DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure DM41: Site Allocations

BP5: Improving Health and Well-Being

DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport DM21: New Development and the Highway Network DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure

BP6: One Planet Living DM5: Sustainable Design and Construction DM6: Climate Change Mitigation DM8: Climate Change Adaptation

BP7: Flood Risk & Climate Change Adaptation

DM5: Sustainable Design and Construction DM6: Climate Change Mitigation DM7: Flood Risk DM8: Climate Change Adaptation DM9: Water Supply, Water Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure

BP8: Waste Reduction & Management

See South London Joint Waste Plan

BP9: Enabling Smarter Travel Choices: an Area-Based Approach

DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport DM41: Site Allocations

BP10: Transport: Strategic and Borough-wide Proposals

DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport DM21: New Development and the Highway Network

BP11: Leisure & Cultural Development

DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure

BP12: Good Urban Design & Heritage

DM1: Character and Design DM2: Protecting Amenity DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM4: Historic Environment

BP13: Taller Buildings DM1: Character and Design DM2: Protecting Amenity DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM4: Historic Environment

Agenda Item 9c

DP1: Effective Partnership Working DM41: Site Allocations

DP2: Planning Obligations DM20: Assessing the Transport Impact of New Development DM21: New Development and the Highway Network DM25: Maximising Affordable Housing Provision

DP3: Infrastructure Requirements & Delivery

DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM21: New Development and the Highway Network DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure

DP4: Plan Monitoring & Review See Chapter Five

Agenda Item 9c

- This page has been left blank intentionally -

Agenda Item 9c

Site Development Policies Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 1

Introduction What is a Local Development Framework?

1.1 The Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 requires local authorities to produce a Local Development Framework (LDF), which comprises a portfolio of documents rather than a single document. The LDF sets out the spatial strategy, and policies and proposals for the development

LDF together with the London Plan, will form the statutory Development Plan for the Borough, guiding change over the next 10 to 15 years.

Relationship between different LDF documents

1.2 number of Development Plan Documents (DPDs) and Supplementary Planning Documents (SPDs). The Core Planning Strategy is the most significant DPD in that it sets out the key elements of the planning framework for Sutton, consisting of the long-term vision and strategic objectives for the Borough, together with broad policies for shaping the future of the Borough and for

guiding and controlling new development. It identifies broad locations for new development to meet the needs of the Borough, such as housing, employment, retail, leisure, community, essential public services and transport. The Core Planning Strategy was formally adopted on 7 December 2009. All other DPDs and SPDs must be consistent with the Core Planning Strategy.

1.3 The Site Development Policies DPD both identifies a range of sites to meet the development needs of the Borough and puts forward policies for managing development across the Borough, in accordance with the Core Planning Strategy.

1.4 The South London Waste DPD, jointly prepared by the boroughs of Croydon, Kingston, Merton and Sutton, is to be adopted in March 2012.

1.5 The Council has produced a range of SPDs which are intended to provide detailed guidance on issues in DPDs, such as affordable housing or urban design.

Structure of the Document

1.6 Chapter 2 deals with the planning policy context to the preparation of this DPD.

1.7 Chapter 3 puts forward planning policies for managing future development in the Borough, in accordance with the long-term vision, strategic objectives and policies set out in the Core Planning Strategy.

1.8 Chapter 4 includes a schedule of site allocations. The schedule details individual sites and the

ON

E

Agenda Item 9c


type of development the Council would like to be built on each site. Table 4.6 provides a summary of the allocated sites.

1.9 Chapter 5 sets out in general terms how the Council will work to implement the Core Planning Strategy and this document. It sets out a monitoring framework showing how the Development Management policies relate to the Core Policies and relevant Strategic Objectives. It also shows how performance to achieve the objectives will be measured through the use of indicators and targets and how this will be reported.

Agenda Item 9c


Planning Policy Context 2.1 This document has taken into

account a number of other plans, strategies and documents at the national, regional and local level into account in its formulation. It reflects the range of objectives, policies and guidance contained within these documents.

National Planning Policy

2.2 The Government has produced a number of planning policy statements and documents which have been taken into account in the preparation of this document. A list of the relevant national guidance is provided at Appendix 6.

Regional Planning Policy

London Plan (October 2011)

2.3 During preparation of this document the Mayor of London was progressing with a review of the 2008 London Plan. In July 2011 the replacement London Plan was adopted and set out the following six objectives for London:

A city that meets the challenges of economic and population growth;

An internationally competitive and accessible city;

A city of diverse, strong, secure and accessible neighbourhoods;

A city that delights the senses;

A city that becomes a world leader in improving the environment; and

A city where it is easy, safe and conveneint for everyone to access jobs, opportunities and facilities.

2.4 This document is in general conformity with the London Plan and for ease makes cross references to appropriate 2011 London Plan policies.

South London Sub-Regional Framework

2.5 The 2008 London Plan altered the boundaries of the South London Sub-Region and changed the Sub-Regional Development Frameworks into Sub-Regional Implementation Frameworks to be more focused on policy implementation. Previously, Sutton was located within the South London sub-region comprising the boroughs of Sutton, Merton, Kingston, Croydon, Bromley and Richmond. The London Planaltered the boundaries to include Sutton within a South West London sub-region comprising Sutton, Merton, Kingston, Croydon, Richmond, Wandsworth and Lambeth. This change was made to align the sub-regional structure more

TW

O

Agenda Item 9c


closely with the structure used by other strategic service delivery agencies in London.

Sutton Strategy/Sutton Partnership

2.6 The Sutton Strategy 2009-20 (also known as the Sustainable Community Strategy) sets out a v create a sustainable suburb in London where the quality of life is better than any other part of the capital The Strategy will be used to help promote the social and economic well-being of the people of Sutton.

2.7 The Sutton Partnership is the Borough's overarching strategic partnership, bringing together public sector organisations like the Council, the Metropolitan Police Service and the Primary Care Trust; private organisations such as local businesses; and voluntary and community organisations. The Sutton Partnership is responsible for delivering the Sutton Strategy 2009-20, which sets out the Bvision for the future and the Bcreating a fairer, safer and greener Borough. The Sutton

Local Area Agreement. The agreement, negotiated between the Sutton Partnership and the Government, comprises 25 targets covering 2008-11 which the Council is working to achieve.

2.8 The Partnership's activities are co-ordinated by a central board - the Sutton Partnership Board - which is chaired by the Leader of the Council. Its membership is drawn from six themed partnerships: the Children &

Young People's Partnership; the Safer Sutton Partnership Board; the Economic Renewal and Housing Partnership; the Sustainable Living Themed Partnership; the Community Engagement Partnership; and the Sutton Adults Partnership.

Core Planning Strategy

2.9 The Core Planning Strategy seeks to deliver the spatial aspects set out in the Sustainable Community Strategy. The key elements of the Core Planning Strategy are:

Creating a sustainable suburb by 2024;

Sutton town centre will be the main focus for the development of high quality commercial, residential and cultural facilities and will benefit from improved public transport infrastructure and provide a high quality environment;

The retail and employment offer of all the district centres will be strengthened and, where necessary, renewed, providing a sustainable distribution of and access to a wide range of services;

Hackbridge will be the focus for a flagship sustainable regeneration project that brings about the renewal of the fabric of the area through environmentally innovative mixed-use redevelopment schemes;

Some employment land will be developed to meet the

requirements of the London Plan. However, to secure a balance between houses and jobs, the Council will provide for the intensification of the

Agenda Item 9c


Established Industrial Locations for appropriate employment-generating uses;

The attractive character and environment of the suburban heartlands, including the heritage assets of the Borough, will be safeguarded;

As a sustainable suburb, there will be a range of excellent and accessible services and facilities to meet the social, economic and environmental needs of the community and that include the provision of a new Stanley Park High School and better health care facilities;

The communities within the Little Woodcote and Cuddington areas will continue to be protected by national and regional Green Belt policy;

A network of accessible open spaces will be maintained across the Borough and the Council will support the development of the Wandle Valley Regional Park; and

Biodiversity and important habitats will be enhanced in line with London and Local Biodiversity Action Plans.

Agenda Item 9c


Development Management Policies Introduction

3.1 The purpose of this part of the document is to put forward detailed development management policies that will support the policies in the Core Planning Strategy by ensuring that new development is in accordance with the spatial vision for the Borough.

3.2 Community and Local Planning

Policy Statement 12 Local Spatial Planning 2008) states that in order to aid the delivery of sustainable development, local authorities may prepare other development plan documents to provide additional detail that would not be suitable in a core planning strategy and that require the status of the development plan.

3.3 The previous Planning Policy Statement 12 De(2004) advised local authorities against producing a compendium of use-related

development control polices, which could be repetitive and quickly become out-of-date. The focus, instead, should be generic policies such as protecting residential amenity etc. Furthermore, policies should not repeat national policy statements but should explain how they apply to the local area. Policies should define clearly the circumstances in which planning permission will, or will not, be granted and should focus on achieving the outcomes required to meet the

3.4 Therefore, in accordance with guidance, this document contains a set of generic, criteria-based, development management policies that are relevant to the consideration of all types of development proposals. These policies deal with matters such as character and design, impact on amenity, access etc. where the impact of most forms of development proposals can be assessed against a range of common criteria. However, where more specific considerations are required in relation to certain forms of development (e.g. housing, employment), additional specific land use policies are also included.

3.5 All policies set out in this document are interdependent, along with those set out in the Core Planning Strategy, and must be read together in order to understand their combined effect on any planning proposal. Similarly, proposals need to take into account government guidance as set out in relevant Planning Policy Statements

TH

RE

E

Agenda Item 9c


(PPSs) and relevant policies of the London Plan 2011, which forms part of the Development Plan for Sutton. This is important because the guidance and policies contained therein are not included within this document. While, in some cases, reference may be made to such guidance or policies in this document, responsibility rests with the applicant to check whether they contain any relevant information that might be appropriate to the consideration of a particular development proposal.

3.6 The Council will also, where appropriate, seek planning obligations from developments, in accordance with Core Policy DP2 (Planning Obligations) and the

SPD (2007).

3.7 The policies have been grouped according to the five key Themes of the Core Planning Strategy:

Improving the Streetscene and Living Environment;

Achieving Environmental Sustainability;

Promoting Sustainable Transport and Accessibility;

Developing Active, Healthy and Inclusive Communities; and

Encouraging Enterprise and Employment.

3.8 Each policy or group of policies includes:

The background to the need for a local policy, including any relevant national or regional policy context;

The wording of the policy; and

The reasoned justification/amplification of the policy.

Improving the Street Scene and Living Environment

Policy DM1 - Character and Design

Background 3.9 PPS

2008) states that local authorities should plan positively for the achievement of high quality and inclusive design for all development, including individual buildings, public and private spaces and wider area development schemes. Good design should contribute positively to making places better for people. Design that is inappropriate in its context, or fails to take opportunities available for improving the character and quality of an area and the way it functions, should not be accepted. It further states that local authorities should prepare robust policies on design and access. Therefore, in accordance with PPS1, London Plan Policy 7.4 (Local Character), Core Planning Strategy Strategic Objective 17 and Core Policies BP12 (Good Urban Design and Heritage) and BP13 (Taller Buildings), the Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM1 - Character and Design

Planning permission will only be granted for development that maintains and enhances the local character and appearance of the surrounding area. Accordingly, new development, including extensions, will be expected to:

Respect and retain, where possible, existing landforms and natural features of the site, including trees of amenity value, hedges and other landscape features, and make

Agenda Item 9c


suitable provision for high quality additional landscaping;

Be of a scale, massing and height that is appropriate to the setting of the site and/or townscape function. The areas considered as having potential for taller buildings are shown on the Proposals Map and are set out in Appendix 1;

Take the opportunity for improvement within an area of poor character, by creating development of distinctive quality on suitable sites;

Complement or improve the character of the area through the use of high quality architectural design and layouts, ensuring integration with the surrounding land and buildings, together with the use of high quality materials;

Protect any important local views and create new ones wherever possible;

Create attractive, functional and clearly defined private and public space and ensure the design provides for natural surveillance of the latter;

Create convenient, safe and visually attractive areas for car and cycle parking without dominating the development or its surroundings;

Meet the highest standards of accessibility and inclusion and, wherever possible, ensure the development is linked to existing pedestrian, cycle and public transport networks;

Ensure that the design and layout of the development incorporates design principles that deter crime and reduce the fear of crime;

Provide high quality hard and soft landscape treatment of the space around buildings, designed as an integral part of the development scheme;

Optimise the use of natural and technological measures to increase

sustainable living.

Justification 3.10 In order to respond to the

incremental nature of the development process, this policy seeks to ensure that development proposals are not designed in isolation from their context and that they make a positive contribution to the context in which they are located. In accordance with PPS1, it is considered that the design of all new development; how it makes use of natural features of the site; and how the site is successfully integrated into the local area, are fundamental planning considerations. However, new development does not always have to replicate the form of existing development and the Council will welcome innovative design solutions, particularly within areas of poor townscape quality to improve the local environment.

3.11 Core Policy BP1 sets out the Chousing density which indicates that within the context of local site characteristics higher density development will be supported within town centres. The Council considers that the only location within the Borough

density ranges should be applied is to the core area of Sutton town centre. Accordingly, the boundaries of this area are identified on the Proposals Map and are set out in Figure 1. However, the Council will seek to protect the existing human scale and character of Sutton High Street itself in line with the overall

Agenda Item 9c


design aspirations for Sutton town centre currently set out in the Sutton Town Centre Urban Design Framework (Gillespies, 2009), which will be updated through the preparation of a specific Sutton Town Centre Urban Design SPD.

3.12 Those areas where the Council considers taller buildings could form part of any future new development in accordance with Core Policy BP13 (Taller Buildings) are shown on the Proposals Map and are set out in Appendix 1 Maps 1.40 1.47. Whilst Areas of Taller Building Potential have been identified in Sutton town centre, the Council will seek to protect the existing human scale and character of Sutton High Street itself. Applications for taller buildings should be accompanied by a design statement, which demonstrates how the proposal meets the criteria set out in Core Policy BP13.

3.13 Generally, outside of the designated Areas of Taller Building Potential, the Borough is characterised by development that is of two and three storeys. The amplification to Core Policy BP13 indicates that these areas are therefore sensitive to the development of taller buildings. Accordingly, an exceptional case would have to be made by applicants for any proposal for development, which is four storeys and above outside of the Areas of Taller Building Potential.

3.14 The Council will prepare urban design guidelines for Sutton town centre as an SPD in order to complement and augment

the urban design principles in Core Policy BP12 and Policy DM1 and which will ensure:

Specific guidelines for each Quarter which secure the development of different character areas that encourage diversity and interest. A brief resume of each of the Quarters is set out in Appendix 5;

Exemplary development which creates a quality visual experience through street and building design, revealing and creating landmarks that contribute to

tity;

An improved public realm that enhances the connections between spaces, landmarks and destinations; and

A clear structure of routes, specifically for pedestrians and cyclists, reducing existing barriers to movement and establishing an attractive

In advance of an SPD specific to Sutton town entre the Council will have regard to the Sutton Town Centre Urban Design Framework prepared by Gillespies in 2009.

3.15 The Council will also expect the design of new developments to take every opportunity to retain important natural features of the site such as existing trees and hedgerows and will require the submission and implementation of detailed landscaping schemes. Planting schemes should, wherever possible, use native and indigenous species. All planning applications for new development, except householder applications, must be accompanied by a Design

Agenda Item 9c


and Access Statement which, amongst other things, shows how the development can be successfully integrated into its surroundings

(2008) sets out a range of detailed design guidance that should be considered when preparing new development proposals.

3.16 Promoting good design and layout in new development is one of the most important ways in which the Council can address crime issues. Good designs and layouts make crimes more difficult to commit, increase the likelihood of detection of criminal activity, and, improve perceptions of safety.

guidance to ensure that all development proposals apply the principles of designing out crime.

3.17 Policy DM5 (Sustainable Design and Construction) sets out how the Council will promote sustainable design and construction.

Policy DM2 - Protecting Amenity

Background 3.18 Sustainable

states that policies should seek to protect and enhance the quality, character and amenity value of the countryside and the urban areas as a whole and Planning PPS

states that local authorities should prepare planning policies to help manage the evening and late night economy in appropriate centres. Core Planning Strategy Strategic

Objective 17 promotes a safe and attractive living environment for all by improving the design and layout of buildings and public spaces throughout the Borough.

Policy DM2 - Protecting Amenity

The Council will not grant planning permission for any development that adversely affects the amenities of future occupiers or those currently occupying adjoining or nearby properties, or has an unacceptable impact on the surrounding area. In assessing the impact of the proposed development, the Council will take into consideration the following:

Overlooking causing loss of privacy and how this is addressed by design or separation;

Outlook/sense of enclosure;

Sunlight, daylight, overshadowing and the need for artificial light;

Noise and vibration levels and times when such disturbances are likely to occur;

Odours, smoke, fumes, dust, litter accumulation, refuse collection/ storage and exterior lighting;

The effect of traffic movement to, from and within the site and car parking;

Microclimate (the climate of a very small or restricted area);

The ability to and the effect of being able to change use within the same Use Class (as set out in the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development Order) (1995)) without the need to obtain planning consent.

Justification 3.19 In accordance with national

guidance, it is considered important that this policy needs to protect both the future occupiers of any development, as well as those occupying properties in the vicinity. Such a

Agenda Item 9c


policy also needs to assess not just the impact of locating new residential development within an urban or suburban area but to consider the impact of more intrusive uses, notably associated with the evening economy. As well as taking into account the matters set out in this policy, the Council will have

Economy Best Practice Guidance (2007) when considering applications of this nature, in order to minimise their impact on adjoining occupiers and the surrounding area. In considering noise and vibration matters, the Council will apply Policy DM12 (Noise and Vibration).

Policy DM3 - Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm

Background 3.20 Public art can make a

substantial contribution to the enhancement of public spaces and give them identity, both as an integral part of the space itself (e.g. through a landmark or sculpture) and as part of the buildings that surround the space. London Plan Policy 4.6 (Support for and Enhancement of Art, Culture, Sport and Entertainment Provision) sets

enhancement of culture, sport and entertainment provision, and Core Policy BP12 (Good Urban Design and Heritage) seeks to create a sense of welcome by seeking to ensure that development, amongst other things, includes public art.

Policy DM3 - Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm

(a) The Council will expect all new development to contribute positively to the street scene in terms of the design and appearance of any buildings and the public realm and may require the provision of public art, as set out in the

(2007) (see paragraphs 7.6-7.12 Improvements to the

-

(b) In shopping centres, the Council will grant planning permission for a new or alterations to an existing shop front provided it:

Respects the character and appearance of the building in which it is located and surrounding shopping premises;

Is of a high standard of design appropriate to its location; and

Complies with other relevant guidance in the Design Guide (2008).

(c) Within main industrial areas, new development should contribute to the enhancement of the appearance of the public realm in the vicinity of the site and, where appropriate, contribute to any wider proposal of benefit to the industrial area. New development will not be allowed unless it is of a high standard of design and suitably landscaped. Open storage will not be permitted if it would be visually intrusive or would result in the loss of operational space. (d) In residential areas the Council will, wherever possible, not allow the following type of development where it would detract from the character of the area:

The unacceptable reducing or closing of the gap between properties thereby creating a terrace

Agenda Item 9c


or a terracing effect;

The loss of important front walls, railings, hedges or trees fronting the street;

Developments that seek to pave front gardens for hardstanding, unless they accord with the criteria set out in the GLG Guidance on the permeable surfacing of front

2008). (e) The Council will not grant planning permission for advertisements that are detrimental to the visual quality of the Borough or do not meet public safety requirements. In particular, advertisements must respect the design of the building on which they are erected and the character and amenity of the surrounding area, as well as complying with other relevant

.

Justification 3.21 This policy is not specifically

restricted to the provision of public art, but indicates how the Council will be likely to consider proposals for new developments that are considered to have a particular impact on the public realm. The public realm is any part of a site, area, village, town or city that everyone can use and enjoy, including streets, squares and parks. It is very important for pedestrian movement because it connects various places and buildings. The Council would like the public realm to be vibrant, attractive, easy to move through

be free from clutter. The Urban Design Guide

SPD includes guidance on matters such as the public realm, shop fronts and advertisements.

3.22 Policy DM33 (Strategic and Established Industrial Locations) provides further guidance on both environmental and transport improvements that will be required arising from new developments within the main industrial areas.

Policy DM4 - Historic Environment

Background 3.23 The Government indicates in

four aims for sustainable development is effective protection of the environment. In accordance with guidance in

London Plan, the preservation

settings are material considerations when determining planning applications.

3.24 The Heritage Report of Studies (2008) identifies the criteria for the designation of conservation areas, along with the local criteria for the identification of areas of special local character and locally listed buildings. It also sets out the results of a comprehensive review of the heritage assets of the Borough and recommends a number of boundary amendments to conservation areas and areas of special local character, together with the designation of a number of additional areas of special local character. In addition, in 2010 the Council undertook a comprehensive review of buildings and structures to be identified on the Local List. Boundaries and additional areas/sites are shown in

Agenda Item 9c


Appendix 1.

3.25 In accordance with Strategic Objective 16 and Core Policy BP12 (Good Urban Design and Heritage) and in order to safeguard the distinctive suburban character of the Borough, the Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM4 - Historic Environment

(a) The Council will grant planning permission for development that preserves and enhances the character and appearance of conservation areas (as shown on the Proposals Map). The Council will refuse applications for the demolition of locally listed (as set out in Appendix 1) and unlisted buildings of merit (set out in Conservation Area Character Appraisals) where the loss of such buildings would adversely affect the character or appearance of a conservation area, and where there is no permission for an appropriate replacement building. The Council will also require landscaped areas, gardens, trees, hedges and boundary treatments that form an integral part of a conservation area, to be retained as part of any redevelopment. (b) The Council will grant planning permission for development in areas of special local character (as shown on the Proposals Map) that respects the key elements that contribute to the character of the area. (c) The Council will safeguard and encourage the preservation and enhancement of the character and appearance of locally listed buildings and structures and will promote their status for inclusion on the national list. (d) Within historic parks and gardens (as shown on the Proposals Map), development proposals must respect the special historic character and

quality, including historic views and vistas. (e) The Council will grant planning permission for development within archaeological priority areas (as shown on the Proposals Map) if accompanied by an archaeological evaluation, which assesses the archaeological implications of the development and which proposes effective mitigation measures to safeguard the area from adverse development. The Council will expect the applicant to have sought pre-application advice from the Greater London Archaeological Advisory Service before submitting an archaeological evaluation. Where mitigation includes archaeological excavation, a scheme should be submitted for the excavation, analysis, publication and archive deposition of the records made, and for the public dissemination of the results, to further understanding. (f) New development should be designed in a way that respects the setting and reinforces the distinctiveness of the adjoining heritage designation.

Justification 3.26 The Council will keep its

heritage assets under review. The Council has produced character appraisals that identify and analyse the special architectural and historic interest of four of its conservation areas, and has prepared management plans (which identify environmental improvement schemes and funding arrangements and detailed policy guidance) for Sutton Garden Suburb and Wallington Green Conservation Areas. Character appraisals will

Agenda Item 9c


be prepared, in accordance with the English Heritage/Planning Advisory Service best practice, for all the other conservation areas and the Council will prepare management plans as SPDs where required. In accordance with PPS5 the Council will require applicants to submit Statements of Significance when applying for development proposals which affect a heritage asset. The level of detail required should be proportionate to the importance of the heritage asset and should be sufficient to understand the potential impact of the proposal on the significance of the heritage asset.

3.27 The Council has undertaken an appraisal of the crossroads area in Sutton town centre and, with the support of English Heritage, has designated a new conservation area stretching from Sutton Station northwards to Trinity Square. In view of the

town and district centres are now identified as conservation areas, the Council will prepare an SPD to provide specific detailed guidelines on new shop fronts and advertisements in conservation areas

3.28 The Council will exercise a presumption in favour of the conservation of designated heritage assets in accordance with the requirements of PPS5 (Policy HE9). Consequently, consent for substantial or total demolition of a listed building will only be granted in the most exceptional circumstances and only where the applicant has provided the Council with clear

evidence to justify why consent should be granted.

3.29 Historic buildings are an irreplaceable part of our history and contribute to the local character of the Borough. Therefore, while the planning system provides protection to prevent inappropriate changes to listed buildings, loss of historic and architectural fabric can also occur if they are neglected and allowed to decay. Consequently, the Council will adopt a flexible approach towards the change of use of a listed building, providing this is the only course of action in order to secure the

3.30 Three listed buildings in Sutton are on Buildings at Risk Register (2009): the Orangery Wall in Beddington; the Hermitage in Carshalton; and, the Grotto in Carshalton Park. Restoration strategies have been prepared for the Orangery and the Grotto, which are owned by the Council.

3.31 Mitigation measures required to safeguard the archaeological assets will normally be secured by way of planning condition, however in certain circumstances it may be necessary to secure these by way of planning obligation, in

(2007).

Agenda Item 9c



Policy DM5 - Sustainable Design and Construction

Background 3.32 The updated Code for

Sustainable Homes (CLG1, November 2010) is a national standard for assessing and certifying the sustainability performance of new dwellings at both the design stage (leading to an interim certificate) and at the post-construction stage (leading to a final certificate). The Code assigns assessment criteria, targets and associated credits for a range of issues falling under the following categories:

Energy and carbon dioxide emissions;

Water;

Materials;

Surface water run-off;

Waste;

Pollution;

Health and well-being;

Management; and

Ecology. 3.33 The Code uses a 6-star rating

system, with the highest rating (Code Level 6) reflecting

2 development. The Code is designed to form the basis for future improvements in the Building Regulations towards meeting the target of achieving zero carbon standards in all new dwellings

1 Department for Communities and Local

Government 2 revised definition of a

, announced in May 2011, covers only those emissions which fall within the scope of the Building Regulations (heating, fixed cooling, hot water and lighting)

by 2016. Mandatory minimum performance standards are set at all six levels of the Code in relation to the dwelling emission rate (ENE1)3 and indoor water use (WAT1)4. Minimum standards are also set at Code entry level for materials, surface water runoff and waste, which must be achieved to gain at least a Level 1 rating. The remaining two issues with mandatory requirements are Fabric Energy Efficiency (ENE2)5 and Lifetime Homes (HEA4) which apply at Code Levels 5 and 6 and at Code Level 6 respectively.

3.34 For non-residential developments, the Building Research Establishment (BRE) has established a range of BREEAM6 schemes for rating the environmental performance of different building types, which are reviewed and updated on a regular basis. BREEAM 20087 introduced a number of major changes, including a new

buildings demonstrating exemplary performance, mandatory benchmarks for reducing carbon dioxide emissions aligned with Environmental Performance Certificate (EPC) ratings and

3 the percentage reduction in carbon dioxide

emissions (kgCO2/m²/year) compared to the target emission rate (TER) set by Building Regulations 2010 (Part L) based on Assessment Procedure (SAP 2009) 4 litres per person per day (l/p/day)

5 kWh/m

2/year

6 Building Research Establishment

Environmental Assessment Method (see www.breeam.org) 7 BREEAM 2011, which replaced BREEAM

2008 on 1 July 2011 consolidates the separate schemes into one single and concise version for new buildings

Agenda Item 9c


requirements for post-construction assessment.

3.35 Government guidance in the Supplement to PPS1

indicates that local requirements for sustainable buildings should be defined in terms of achievement of nationally described sustainable buildings standards, such as specified levels of the Code for Sustainable Homes. Local planning authorities are encouraged to anticipate levels of building sustainability in advance of those set out nationally where local circumstances warrant and allow this.

3.36 Policy 5.3 (Sustainable Design and Construction) of the London Plan seeks to achieve the highest standards of sustainable design and construction across London in order to improve the environmental performance of new development. Development proposals should demonstrate that sustainable design standards are integral to the proposal, including its construction and operation, and ensure that they are considered at the beginning of the design process. Major development proposals should meet the minimum standards outlined in

Sustainable Design and Construction,8 including measures to minimise carbon dioxide emissions, avoiding overheating and contribution to the urban heat island effect,

8

Construction SPG (2006)is due to be updated shortly

making efficient use of natural resources, avoiding pollution, minimising waste, avoiding impacts from natural hazards (such as flooding), ensuring developments are comfortable and secure for users, securing sustainable procurement of materials, using local supplies where feasible and protecting biodiversity and green infrastructure.

3.37 Core Policy BP6 (One Planet Living) includes a commitment to promoting the highest standards of sustainable design and construction in line with the

achieving higher levels of performance against the Code for Sustainable Homes and BREEAM standards to be set out in the Site Development Policies DPD.

3.38 As part of the Vision of a One

(December 2009) sets out a range of targets including the

-term aim of achieving zero carbon from buildings and sustainable transport across the Borough by 2025. In addition to specific targets for reducing carbon dioxide emissions (see Policy DM6), further sustainable design and construction targets are set for:

All new homes to have maximum water use of 80 litres per person per day (l/p/day) by 2016;

All new development to use 5% reclaimed materials, 25% recycled content, 50% local materials and 95% FSC9 certified timber by 2012;

9 Forest Stewardship Council

Agenda Item 9c


95% of construction and demolition waste to be reclaimed or recycled by 2025; and

Biodiversity to be improved on 50% of major developments by 2025.

3.39 Therefore, in accordance with

the Supplement to PPS1, the policies of the London Plan, Core Policy BP6 and the

One Planet Action Plan :

Policy DM5 - Sustainable Design and Construction

The Council will promote the highest standards of sustainable design and construction throughout the Borough by:

requiring all new residential developments to achieve code for sustainable Homes Level 4 from 2011;

requiring all residential conversions and changes of use, where appropriate, to achieve BREEAM Eco-

from from 2014;

requiring all major non-residential developments to achieve a sustainability rating under the appropriate BREEAM scheme (or

from 2011 from 2017;

reducing carbon dioxide emissions from development in order to make the fullest contribution to the mitigation of climate change in accordance with Policy DM6 (Climate Change Mitigation);

minimising all sources of flood risk to and from all development in accordance with Policy DM7 (Flood Risk);

incorporating appropriate climate change adaptation measures, including green roofs, in all

development in accordance with Policy DM8 (Climate Change Adaptation);

reducing water consumption through water efficiency measures in accordance with Policy DM9 (Water Supply, Water Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure);

minimising the adverse impacts of water, air, soil, noise and light pollution during both construction and the lifetime of the development in accordance with Policies DM10 (Air Quality) to DM13 (Light Pollution);

making more efficient use of resources and reducing lifecycle impacts of construction materials;

minimising waste and promoting sustainable management of construction wastes on-site;

promoting waste segregation and recycling by providing appropriate on-site facilities as part of new developments;

protecting, managing and enhancing local habitats and biodiversity; and

creating inclusive environments and ensuring that all developments are comfortable and secure for users, in accordance with Policy DM1 (Character and Design).

Justification 3.40 In seeking to promote the highest

standards of sustainable design and construction throughout the Borough, the Council considers that Policy DM5 is consistent with Government guidance, the relevant policies of the London Plan and Core Policy BP6. Furthermore, Policy DM5, together with Policies DM6-DM14, are fundamental to

in particular by setting minimum standards of performance against the Code for Sustainable Homes and the relevant BREEAM scheme for residential and major non-

Agenda Item 9c


residential developments respectively.

3.41 All planning applications for new dwellings or major non-residential developments should be accompanied by a Sustainable Design and Construction Statement, either as part of the Design and Access Statement or prepared as a separate document, showing how the proposed development complies with each of the standards set out in Policies DM5-DM14, the policies of the

on gn and

(2006) and any relevant SPD prepared subsequently by the Council. Proposals should also demonstrate that sustainable design standards are integral to the development, including its construction and operation, and ensure that they are considered at the beginning of the design process. Developers will be encouraged to make use of the

to be introduced in the forthcoming Climate Change SPD.

3.42 All planning applications for new dwellings, including new build, residential conversions and changes of use, should also be

Sustainable Homes (or BREEAM Eco-Homes as appropriate) undertaken by a BRE accredited assessor, indicating that the appropriate level of performance will be achieved in accordance with Policy DM5. The purpose of the design stage assessment is to assess the design specifications (i.e. before construction begins) for each individual dwelling to determine the design stage or interim rating, and to award (subject to quality assurance) an

interim certificate. Planning applications should also include a commitment to undertake post construction stage assessment and to achieve final certification under the Code prior to occupation of the development. The Council will set conditions as appropriate to ensure that these requirements are met.

3.43 Likewise, major non-residential proposals should be accompanied by a preliminary assessment under the appropriate BREEAM scheme and planning applications should include a commitment to submit an interim certificate before construction can start on site and to undertake post construction assessment prior to occupation of the development. It should be noted that in order to meet the minimum Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) ratings required for non-residential developments

should be reduced to at least 40 through the use of energy efficiency measures alone.

3.44 It should be noted that achieving Code Level 4, which is required for all new residential developments under Policy DM5, requires a minimum percentage improvement in the Dwelling Emission Rate (DER) of 25%10 compared to the Target Emission Rate (TER) set out in Part L of the Building Regulations 2010. The DER is based on the estimated carbon dioxide emissions per m2 per year for the dwelling as designed, and accounts for the energy used in heating, fixed cooling, hot water and lighting. However, in some circumstances, additional

erated on

10

based on SAP 2009

Agenda Item 9c


or off site (e.g. wind turbines or solar photovoltaic panels) can be utilised to reduce dwelling carbon dioxide emissions to meet mandatory Code requirements, provided that the connection arrangements meet the specifications defined in Appendix M of SAP 2009. Developers should have regard to the procedural

Sustainable Homes: Technical

amended.

3.45 The Council recognises that the re-use of heritage assets, including listed and historic buildings, retains embodied energy by avoiding the consumption of building materials and energy and the generation of waste from the construction of replacement buildings. Therefore, in seeking to apply the environmental performance standards set out in Policy DM5 to proposals for the conversion and/or reuse of listed or historic buildings, the Council will weigh the public benefits of mitigating the effects of climate change and achieving the highest standards of sustainable design and construction against any harm to the significance of heritage assets both within and outside of designated conservation areas.

3.46 In seeking to address both the causes and effects of climate change within the Borough through the integration of climate change mitigation and adaptation objectives, the Council recognises the many important benefits of green roofs11, green walls and site

11

for the purposes of this document, the covers all forms of

including roof gardens, roof terraces, natural meadow, brownfield habitat and allotments (brown roofs) and recreation space

planting measures as an essential sustainable design consideration. The Council will therefore expect all development proposals to incorporate green roofs, green walls and site planting measures where feasible, in order to deliver as many of the following objectives as possible:

Promoting climate change mitigation objectives by (i) reducing carbon dioxide emissions through enhancing the level of insulation and thus the energy efficiency of buildings, and (ii) reducing carbon dioxide emissions through reducing the need for mechanical cooling in summer (see Policy DM6);

Promoting climate change adaptation objectives by (i) minimising flood risks by reducing storm water run-off and attenuating peak flow rates through the provision of sustainable urban drainage schemes (SUDS) (green roofs can typically retain between 70-80% of rainfall run-off), and (ii) addressing the urban heat island (UHI) effect through the urban cooling effects of evapo-transpiration arising from the use of vegetation on roof surfaces (see Policy DM8);

Conserving and enhancing biodiversity in accordance with Local Biodiversity Action Plan objectives by supporting a variety of plant species which in turn can provide suitable habitat for a wide range of invertebrates and birds (e.g. the redstart or house sparrow) (see Policy DM17);

Enhancing amenity and thus quality of life by providing

Agenda Item 9c


accessible roof space for residents who may not have access to a private garden, noise attenuation and in some circumstances, providing opportunities to grow food; and

Improving the appearance of buildings and the urban environment.

3.47 The Council will also encourage

the use of green roofs, green walls and site planting measures in smaller developments, renovations and extensions where feasible. Developers should have regard to

and other best practice guidance as appropriate from the earliest stages of project planning and design.

3.48 In applying Policy DM5, the Council will have regard to Policies DM6 to DM14, which set out further detailed requirements in relation to specific sustainable design issues. The Council will also have regard to other planning policy considerations and site circumstances potentially affecting scheme viability and the overall costs of bringing sites to the market. These may include requirements for affordable housing, community facilities and transport measures.

Policy DM6 - Climate Change Mitigation

Background 3.49 Carbon dioxide levels are now

at their highest point for almost 1 million years, rising to a new level of over 380 parts per million (ppm) compared to around 280 ppm prior to the industrial revolution. According to the Fourth Assessment

Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPPC, 2007), increased carbon dioxide levels have intensified the greenhouse effect and caused a 0.74ºC increase in the average global temperature over the last century. Global annual average temperatures have been rising consistently over the last 150 years. Every year from the last decade falls within the 15 hottest years on record. There is now a wide consensus that in order to prevent catastrophic climate change, the rise in global annual average temperatures should not exceed 2°C, which means that global carbon dioxide levels must be stabilised at or below 450 ppm.

3.50 The latest UKCP0912 scenarios, released in September 2009, predict that London will experience increasingly warmer and wetter winters, hotter and drier summers and more severe weather conditions over the next few decades. Under the

the 2050s, summer mean temperatures are likely to increase by around 2.7ºC, with a projected increase in mean daily maximum temperatures of around 3.7ºC. At the same time, there is likely to be an overall decrease of 19% in summer mean rainfall with an increase in the frequency and severity of storm events.

3.51 The 2008 Climate Change Act sets a legally binding target to cut UK emissions by 80% by 2050. Towards achieving this

12

UK Climate projections, provided by the Met Office and funded by Department for Environment, Food, and Rural Affairs (DEFRA)

Agenda Item 9c


target, the UK Low Carbon Transition Plan and UK Renewable Energy Strategy (DECC, July 2009) set out respective pathways for reducing emissions by 18% on 2008 levels by 2020 and for generating 15% of energy from renewable sources by 2020 in line with the EU Renewable Energy Directive.

3.52 The Supplement to PPS1 on

(2007) highlights the need to secure progress against the

-term emissions targets, deliver zero carbon developments, shape sustainable communities resilient to climate change and promote innovation and investment in renewable technologies. Planning policies should seek to ensure that a significant proportion of the energy supply for developments is generated on-site and renewably and/or from decentralised, renewable or low-carbon sources. Local planning authorities are encouraged to focus on area or site-specific opportunities in setting local targets for reducing carbon dioxide emissions, based on an understanding of the local potential for renewable or low-carbon energy and existing or planned decentralised energy infrastructure to serve new development. Renewable sources of energy generation include biomass-fuelled CCHP13/CHP14 systems serving district, site-wide or communal heating networks, biomass

13

Combined Cooling Heat and Power 14

Combined Heat and Power

heating, solar photovoltaics (PV), solar water heating, wind power, ground-source heating and cooling and renewable energy from waste.

3.53 Mitigation and Energy

egic targets to achieve a 60%

carbon dioxide emissions by 2025 against a 1990 baseline and to

energy is delivered through decentralised energy (DE), including energy from waste, by 2025. This is to be achieved through a range of measures, including the creation of Low Carbon Zones (LCZs), deploying a decentralised energy programme, improving the energy efficiency of dwellings across London through retrofit measures and driving up energy and supply efficiency in public sector and commercial buildings.

3.54 Policy 5.2 (Minimising Carbon Emissions) of the London Plan states that developments should make the fullest contribution to the minimising carbon dioxide emissions in

energy hierarchy (1) Be lean: use less energy, (2) Be clean: supply energy efficiently, and (3) Be green: use renewable energy. Phased targets are set out for reducing carbon dioxide emissions leading to zero carbon residential buildings from 2016 and zero carbon non-domestic buildings from 2019, expressed as minimum improvements over the Target Emission Rate (TER) outlined in Building Regulations. However, where it is clearly demonstrated

Agenda Item 9c


that the specific targets cannot be achieved on-site, the Policy allows for any shortfall to be provided offsite or through developer contributions to secure delivery of carbon dioxide savings elsewhere.

3.55 Policy 5.5 (Decentralised Energy Networks) requires Boroughs to develop policies and proposals to identify and safeguard existing heating and cooling networks, identify opportunities for expanding existing networks and establishing new networks, develop energy masterplans for specific DE opportunities and to require developers to prioritise connection to existing or planned DE networks where feasible.

3.56 Policy 5.6 of the London Plan (Decentralised Energy in Development Proposals) states that development proposals should evaluate the feasibility of CHP systems and, where a new CHP system is appropriate, also examine opportunities to extend the system beyond the site boundary to adjacent sites. Major development proposals should select energy systems in accordance with the following hierarchy (1) connection to existing heating or cooling networks (2) site-wide CHP network, and (3) communal heating and cooling.

3.57 Policy 5.7 of the London Plan (Renewable Energy) states that, within the framework of the energy hierarchy, major development proposals should provide a reduction in carbon dioxide emissions through the use of on site renewable energy generation, where feasible.

Boroughs are encouraged to identify broad areas where specific renewable energy technologies are appropriate having Supplementary Planning Guidance.

3.58 Core Policy BP6 (One Planet Living) states that the Council will address the causes and impacts of climate change by minimising carbon dioxide emissions from new development, maximising opportunities for implementing new district-wide heating and cooling networks (i.e. DE networks) and achieving zero carbon standards for all new developments within the Hackbridge neighbourhood from 2011.

3.59 In seeking to achieve the Vision

out in the Core Planning Strategy, the Council is piloting the regeneration of Hackbridge

suburb. This flagship project seeks to build on the success of BedZED15 by promoting the role of decentralised and renewable energy infrastructure in delivering net zero carbon standards from 2011 in accordance with Core Policy BP6. In September 2009, Hackbridge was designated as one of ten Low Carbon Zones (LCZ) within London as part of

programme.

3.60 In order to deliver zero carbon standards as part of the redevelopment of the key sites initially identified in the draft

15

Beddington Zero Carbon Development

Agenda Item 9c


Hackbridge Masterplan and subsequently taken forward in the Site Development Policies DPD, the Council has prepared

-Utility Sustainable

(Inventa Partners, November 2009) which identifies a preferred approach for the delivery of a district-wide DE network16 to serve new and existing development within the area. The Council is currently working with major developers within Hackbridge to procure an energy services company (ESCo) to deliver, operate and maintain the network on a partnership basis.

3.61 17

Programme (DeMAP), the Council has commissioned consultants (URS Scott-Wilson) to undertake a Borough heat mapping study in order to ibased on existing and future heat loads, proposed development sites with the greatest potential for locating new or extended DE networks and potential sources of low or zero carbon energy generation (e.g. waste to energy). The final Heat Mapping Study, published in March 2011, identifies three DE Opportunity Areas within the Borough centred upon Hackbridge, Sutton Town Centre and Rosehill district centre as shown in Maps 2.68 to 2.70 and prioritises future DE projects based on their

16

known as the Hackbridge Decentralised Energy Network (HDEN) 17

London Development Agency

assessed potential for delivery.

3.62 In accordance with London Plan Policies 5.2, 5.5, 5.6 and 5.7, Core Policy BP6 and the

Plan:

Policy DM6 - Climate Change Mitigation

(a) Proposed developments should meet the following borough-wide targets for reducing carbon dioxide emissions expressed as a percentage improvement over the Target Emission Rate18 (TER) set out in the 2010 Building Regulations:

All new residential buildings should achieve:

A 25% reduction from 2011-13 (in line with Code for Sustainable Homes Level 4);

A 40% reduction from 2013-16; and

Zero C standards19 from 2016.

All major non-residential buildings should achieve:

A 25% reduction from 2011-13;

A 40% reduction from 2013-16;

A percentage reduction in line with future Building Regulations from 2016-19; and

Zero C2019.

(b) Proposed developments within Hackbridge should achieve:

Zero C Standards;

Minimum Fabric Energy Efficiency (ENE2) standards for new dwellings set under Code for Sustainable

18

based on the Standard Assessment Procedure (SAP) 2009 as amended or Simplified Building Energy Model (SBEM) or other CLG-certified modelling software as appropriate for residential and non-residential buildings respectively. 19

as defined in future legislation

Agenda Item 9c


Homes Levels 5 and 6. (c) In seeking to minimise carbon dioxide emissions on or near site in accordance with the above targets, proposed developments should apply the M (i) Achieving the highest standards of

energy efficient design and layout; (ii) Being designed to connect to and,

where appropriate, contribute towards existing or future decentralised energy (DE) networks, supplied by low or zero-carbon energy, particularly within Hackbridge and other DE opportunity areas identified in maps 2.68 to 2.70, by applying the C DE PParagraph 3.67; and

(iii) Using renewable sources of energy generated on-site.

(d) All planning applications for new dwellings or major non-residential developments should be accompanied by an energy assessment to demonstrate how the relevant targets for reducing carbon dioxide emissions and promoting renewable energy technologies will be met. (e) Where compelling reasons can be demonstrated that achieving the relevant carbon dioxide reduction targets on or near site would not be technically feasible or economically viable, the Council will negotiate Section 106 agreements with developers to support the delivery of carbon reduction measures off-site20 through Community Energy F in accordance with the CInterim Planning G Climate Change MSPD.

20

Justification 3.63 It is considered that Policy DM6

is consistent with the existing and emerging policies of the London Pstrategic targets for reducing carbon dioxide emissions and promoting decentralised energy

developments within the Hackbridge sustainable neighbourhood from 2011.

3.64 In seeking to achieve the highest standards of energy efficient design and layout in accordance with the first step of the Mayor's energy hierarchy and part (c) of Policy DM6, developers should give consideration to the following measures from the earliest stages of project planning and design:

High standards of insulation and fabric energy efficiency21 (FEE). Within Hackbridge, blocks of flats and mid-terrace houses will be expected to achieve a FEE of

2/year and end terrace, semi-detached and detached houses will be expected to achieve a FEE of

2/year in line with the mandatory requirements set at Code Levels 5 and 6 for ENE2;

Maximising the benefits of green roofs and walls in terms of insulation;

High standards of thermal performance22 for windows,

21

energy demand for space heating and cooling measured in kWh/m

2/year

22 thermal transmittance or heat loss of a

- measured in W/m2k

Agenda Item 9c


doors and curtain walling;

Maximising air tightness in order to reduce the rate of air infiltration23;

Optimising solar gain using building orientation, layout, massing, landscaping and otherpassive design measures;

Optimising the size of heating systems;

Natural ventilation and cooling;

Energy efficient lighting; and

Localised heating, cooling and lighting controls.

3.65 Where appropriate, developers should ensure that a suitable Building Management System is implemented post construction over the lifetime of the development. Developers are also encouraged to specify equipment to display electricity and primary heating fuel consumption data to occupants through the installation of a correctly specified energy display device. This will empower occupants to reduce their energy use.

3.66 In seeking to promote the efficient supply of energy in accordance with the second

hierarchy and Policy DM6, development proposals should prioritise connection to any existing or planned DE networks as identified in the London Heat Map, the Borough Heat Mapping Study or any energy masterplans to be included within a subsequent SPD. If it is not possible to link to an existing network, the

23

rate of air infiltration measured in m3/m

2/h @

50 Pa

feasibility of site-wide heating and cooling networks connecting different uses and/or groups of buildings or communal systems serving individual buildings should then be considered. Where a new CHP or CCHP system is appropriate, development proposals should examine opportunities to extend the system beyond the site boundary to serve adjacent sites.

3.67 identified in the Borough Heat Mapping Study, including Hackbridge, Sutton Town Centre and Rosehill district centre, the Council will promote district heating networks as the primary approach to delivering low or zero carbon heat and power to new and existing developments. Within such areas, the Council will apply the

order to ensure that proposed developments are designed to connect to and, where appropriate, contribute towards the delivery of DE infrastructure supplied by renewable or low carbon energy sources, including energy from waste. The DE Protocol introduces the following hierarchy of considerations:

(i) Where the proposed development is adjacent to an existing DE network, it should:

Secure the direct connection of all units to that network; and

Contribute as necessary to the increased capacity of the DE network to support such connection.

(ii) Where there is an existing DE

Agenda Item 9c


network that requires extension in order to supply the proposed development, proposed developments should:

Contribute to such extension;

Secure the direct connection of all units to the extended network; and

Contribute as necessary to the increased capacity of the DE network to support such connection.

(iii) Where there is a planned DE network within feasible and viable range of future connection and/or within identified DE Opportunity Areas, proposed developments should:

Commit to connect to any future DE network provided that (i) the reliability of the system has been demonstrated continuously over a period of 6 months, and (ii) the costs in sourcing heating and hot water by the residential and non-residential units will not materially increase;

Incorporate site-wide and/or communal heating systems, and not include in-unit boilers or electrical heating systems, where a future connection to the planned DE network is viable;

Ensure that the proposed site-wide and/or communal heating systems are equipped to connect any future DE network with minimum need for retrofit;

Provide sufficient space within the energy centre or plant room to accommodate additional future heat generation capacity to supply DE connection equipment such as pipes, heat exchangers and pumps etc.;

Locate the energy centre or plant room to ensure the shortest connection distance to the future network, having regard to the requirements of the network as a whole;

Use the layout, density and mix of development to support identified DE opportunities;

Provide pipe connections as appropriate to the site boundary or safeguard an identified route within the site for future DE connection infrastructure; and

Where the planned DE network requires extension to supply the proposed development, proposed developments should contribute to such extension.

(iv) Where there is no existing or planned DE network within feasible or viable range of future connection, proposed developments should incorporate site-wide and/or communal heating and cooling systems to serve the development where feasible and viable, and not include in-unit boilers or electrical heating systems. Such heating and cooling systems must be designed to run efficiently and be optimally sized to maximise carbon dioxide savings.

3.68 The Council will seek to negotiate Section 106 agreements with developers as appropriate in applying the DE Protocol in accordance with further detailed guidance set

draft Interim Planning Guidance (IPG) on

subsequent SPD as appropriate.

3.69 Within the context of the

Agenda Item 9c


will be a presumption that major development proposals will achieve a 20% reduction in carbon dioxide emissions24 through the use of renewable sources of energy generated on or near site. Minor residential developments involving the creation of at least one new dwelling and minor non-residential developments will be expected to achieve at least a 10% reduction. The following technologies should be considered wherever site conditions make them feasible and where they contribute to the highest overall emissions reductions for the development proposal:

Solar photovoltaics (PV);

Solar water heating;

Ground sourced heat pumps;

Wind turbines;

Biomass heating systems with CHP/ CCHP; and

Energy from waste technologies, including anaerobic digestion (AD), gasification and pyrolysis.

3.70 Energy Assessments submitted

with planning applications for new dwellings or major non-residential developments should provide details of (i) baseline energy demand and carbon dioxide emissions for both regulated and unregulated emissions (ii) proposed energy efficiency measures and associated carbon dioxide reductions (iii) the proposed

24

this 20% reduction should be calculated on the basis of total emissions (regulated plus appliances) after energy efficiency and efficient supply of energy (i.e. through DE networks) has been taken into account

contribution of DE, such as district heating networks and/or CHP systems, to reducing emissions, and (iv) proposed on-site renewable energy technologies and their contribution to achieving further emissions reductions. Energy Assessments should describe the basis for the selection of the proposed heating and cooling systems and renewable technologies within the context

Developers are encouraged to enter into pre-application discussions from the earliest stages of project planning and design in order to ensure compliance with the above requirements.

3.71 Where compelling reasons can be demonstrated that achieving the relevant carbon reduction targets on or near site would not be technically feasible or economically viable, having regard to the overall costs of bringing sites to the market, the Council apply one of the following alternative approaches to negotiating Section 106 agreements with developers for the purpose of compensating for the shortfall in carbon dioxide emissions reductions on-site:

Option 1: Financial

Community Energy Fund (commuted sum); and

Option 2: Developer commitment to undertake equivalent carbon dioxide emissions reduction measures off-site in accordance with an agreed programme (unilateral obligation).

Agenda Item 9c


3.72 In each case, the Council will

determine the extent of the carbon dioxide emissions reduction shortfall in kgCO2 per year and the level of developer contributions to be sought based on information provided in the Energy Assessment. Then the Council will negotiate a charge (commuted sum) through the Section 106 process for the purpose of the Community Energy Fund in accordance with detailed guidelines set out in the

d

3.73 The Community Energy Fund will be used by the Council to fund, implement and monitor a range of area-specific and fully costed carbon dioxide reduction measures off-site, including:

Free installation or the provision of grants to community building managers to fund a range of renewable energy

measures in existing housing stock, community buildings and commercial buildings in the vicinity of the proposed development, including solar PV, solar water heating, loft insulation, cavity wall insulation, installation of efficient condensing boilers and improved heating controls;

Delivery of low or zero-carbon DE infrastructure serving the wider area;

Installation or upgrading of CHP/ boiler units fuelled by low or zero carbon sources of energy including those serving schools, hospitals, leisure centres, housing

estates and Council-owned

DE Opportunity areas;

Plarger retrofit measures;

Provision of energy audits for homes across the Borough; and

Behavioural change projects (provided that the reduction in carbon dioxide emissions can be quantified).

3.74 Developers should have regard

to further detailed guidance on energy efficient design, decentralised energy networks, renewable technologies, Energy Assessments and the Carbon Offset Fundset out in the

Change Mitigation or any subsequent SPD.

Policy DM7 - Flood Risk

Background 3.75 The Borough is affected by a

number of different sources of flood risk, including fluvial (river) flooding, surface water flooding, sewer flooding and groundwater flooding.

3.76 Map2.71shows the extent of the following fluvial flood risk zones within the Borough for the

updated modelling data released by the EA25 for the Wandle in August 2010 and for the Beverley Brook in June 2009:

Fl less than 1 in a 1000 annual probability or <0.1%);

25

EA fluvial flood risk zones are updated on a regular basis.The latest EA Flood Maps and

from the EA website at www.environment-agency.gov.uk or from the Council

Agenda Item 9c


(between 1 in a 100 and 1 in a 1000 annual probability or 1% - 0.1%);

in a 100 or greater annual probability or >1%); and

Flo

annual probability or >5%).

3.77 Flood risk areas are predominantly located towards the north east of the Borough around and adjacent to the River Wandle. Other affected areas include the land adjacent to Beverley Brook and Pyl Brook towards the west of the Borough. Five flood warning areas are identified within or partly within the Borough (i) River Wandle from Croydon to Carshalton (ii) River Wandle at Carshalton (iii) River Wandle from Carshalton to Colliers Wood (iv) Pyl Brook from Sutton to New Malden, and (v) East Pyl Brook from Sutton to Raynes Park. According to the EA, there are estimated to be 3,995 properties within the Borough (5% of all properties) at risk of fluvial flooding.

3.78 Surface water flooding incorporates runoff from land occurring as a result of heavy rainfall. Map 2.72 shows areas with a 1 in a 100 or greater annual probability of surface water flooding (>1%) based on the Borough Surface Water Management Study26 undertaken on behalf of the

26

Areas at risk from surface water flooding and the boundaries of critical drainage areas have since been reviewed and updated where necessary for inclusion in the Borough Surface Water Management Plan (SWMP) and will be subject to further review

Council by Scott Wilson consultants in July 2010. A number of

within the Borough, mainly located within Hackbridge, Sutton Town Centre, Worcester Park, Wallington and Carshalton. According to DEFRA27, Sutton is ranked the 30th settlement in England most susceptible to surface water flooding, with as many as 9,900 properties estimated to be at risk. Furthermore, as many as 26 discrete locations have been identified within the Borough as at risk of flooding due to gullies becoming blocked or a lack of capacity during intense rainfalls. Sutton was one of the worst affected London Boroughs by the July 2007 floods. Maps 2.73 and 2.74 show areas most affected by sewer and groundwater flooding respectively based on the Surface Water Management Study.

3.79 Arising from independent review into the summer 2007 floods, the Flood and Water Management Act 2010 shifted the emphasis from building defences to managing risk in line with the previous Government statement on

legislation, together with the Flood Risk Regulations gives

risk management, ensuring that all sources of flooding, including surface water, groundwater and sewer flooding is identified and managed as part of a locally

27

Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs

Agenda Item 9c


agreed work programme. This recognises the need to develop an integrated approach to urban drainage between the various responsible bodies, including planning authorities, the EA and sewerage undertakers.

3.80 the Council will have new responsibilities to:

Ensure co-ordinated management of flooding from surface water, groundwater and ordinary watercourses;

P28 (PFRA) of

the Borough by June 2011;

Prepare flood risk and flood hazard maps for submission to the EA by June 2013;

Prepare a Flood Risk Management Plan for Sutton; and

Determine approval for sustainable drainage schemes linked to new development in line with draft national sustainable urban drainage systems (SUDS) standards.

3.81 These legislative requirements

set the context for the

Water Management Study in July 2010 and the subsequent publication of the Borough Surface Water Management Plan (SWMP). During 2011-12 and beyond, the Council will continue to work with partner Boroughs on the South West London Strategic Flood Group in order to meet these legislative requirements as part

programme.

28

3.82 opment

seeks to ensure that flood risk is taken into account at all stages in the planning process to avoid inappropriate development in areas at risk of flooding, and, to direct development away from areas at highest risk. Where new development is, exceptionally, necessary in such areas, planning policies should aim to make it safe without increasing flood risk elsewhere and, where possible, reduce flood risk overall.

3.83 Local planning authorities should prepare and implement planning strategies that help to deliver sustainable development by:

Framing policies for the location of development which avoid flood risk to people and property where possible, and manage any residual risk, taking account of the impacts of climate change;

Reducing flood risk to and from new development through location, layout and design, incorporating SUDS; and

Using opportunities offered by new development to (i) reduce the causes and impacts of flooding e.g. through surface water management plans (ii) make the most of the benefits of green infrastructure for flood storage, conveyance and SUDS (iii) re-create functional floodplain; and (iv) set back defences.

3.84 All development in flood risk

areas should therefore be

Agenda Item 9c


appropriately flood resilient and resistant, and demonstrate that any residual risk can be safely managed.

3.85 Policy 5.12 (Flood Risk Management) of the London Plan confirms that development proposals must comply with the flood risk assessment and management requirements set out in Revised PPS25. Developments subject to the Revised PPS25 Exceptions Test should address flood resilient design and emergency planning objectives by remaining safe and operational under flood conditions, and being designed for quick recovery.

3.86 Policy 5.13 (Sustainable Drainage) of the London Plan requires developments to utilise SUDS unless there are practical reasons for not doing so and should aim to achieve greenfield run-off rates and ensure that surface water run-off is managed as close to its source as possible in line with the Mayor's drainage hierarchy. Boroughs should identify areas where particular surface water management issues exist and develop actions and policy approaches aimed at reducing these risks.

3.87 The joint Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (SFRA) Level 1 Report, prepared by Scott Wilson consultants in December 2008 on behalf of Sutton, Croydon, Merton and Wandsworth, provides an assessment of all potential sources of flooding within the Wandle catchment area, taking climate change into account, as the basis for applying the

Revised PPS25 Sequential Test to site allocations and planning applications.

3.88 The SFRA Level 2 Report (July 2009) provides further detailed information on those sites that may require further assessment as part of the Revised PPS25

the preparation of site specific flood risk assessments (FRAs) by developers where appropriate. The SFRA report will be updated in due course to incorporate updated EA modelling data for the Wandle and Beverley Brook and areas at risk from surface water, sewer and groundwater flooding based on the SWMP.

3.89 In accordance with Government guidance in Revised PPS25, Policies 5.12 and 5.13 of the London Plan, Core Policy BP7 and SFRA recommendations:

Policy DM7 - Flood Risk

Proposed developments should assess and avoid or minimise all sources of flood risk to people and property where possible, and manage any residual risks, taking account of the future impacts of climate change, without increasing flood risk elsewhere by: (a) Preparing site-specific flood risk assessments (FRAs) in support of planning applications for all development proposals located within Flood Zones 2 or 3, all major development proposals located within Flood Zone 1 exceeding 1 ha or any development proposal located within an identified critical drainage area. FRAs should identify and assess the risks of all forms of flooding to and from the development and demonstrate how these flood risks will be managed now and in the future, taking climate change

Agenda Item 9c


impacts into account, in line with the minimum FRA requirements set out in Annex E of Revised PPS25; (b) avoiding inappropriate development in areas at risk of flooding in accordance with the provisions of the sequential and exceptions tests set out in Annex D of Revised PPS25, having regard to the flood risk vulnerability classifications and flood zone compatibility guidance in tables D2 and D3 respectively; (c) applying the sequential approach at a site level to minimise risk by directing increasingly vulnerable development to areas of lowest flood risk, matching the vulnerability of the proposed use to flood risk, having regard to the Development and Flood Risk Practice G Revised PPS25 and further guidance29 to be set out in the C Climate Change SPD; (d) incorporating appropriate sustainable urban drainage systems (SUDS) in order to manage surface water run-off as close to its source as possible and aiming to achieve greenfield run-off rates, in accordance with national SUDS standards, the M drainage hierarchy, SUDS adoption criteria to be established in the Council Climate Change SPD and other sources of best practice. All development proposals will be expected to incorporate green roofs, walls or site planting measures where feasible, and promote the benefits of blue and green infrastructure for flood storage, urban cooling, local amenity, biodiversity and other adaptation objectives in line with Policy DM8; and

29

Architects on behalf of the Council in September 2009 as part of the GRaBS project

(e) ensuring that any residual risks are safely mitigated through the use of appropriate flood resistance and resilience measures, subject to having applied the sequential approach and incorporated SUDS in accordance with parts (a) to (d) above.


is consistent with Revised PPS25, the London Plan, Core Policy BP7 and advice in the SFRA Level 1 and Level 2 Reports.

3.91 In seeking to avoid or minimise all sources of flood risk to people and property in accordance with Policy DM7, the Council will apply the corresponding steps of the following flood risk management hierarchy set out in the Revised PPS25 Practice Guide:

a. Assess undertake site-specific FRA;

b. Avoid apply the PPS25 Sequential Test;

c. Substitute apply the sequential approach within the site;

d. Control use SUDS; and e. Mitigate ensure flood

resilient construction.

3.92 All FRAs submitted in support of development proposals must show how the requirements of Annex E of Revised PPS25 have been met within the context of the

management hierarchy, taking into account the vulnerability of future occupiers and the need to ensure safe access, subject to the Sequential and Exception Tests. In all cases, developers should seek opportunities to reduce the overall level of flood risk in the wider area

Agenda Item 9c


through the layout and form of the development and the appropriate use of SUDS. Developers should also have regard to the allowances to be made for climate change impacts set out in Annex B of Revised PPS25.

3.93 The Council will consult the EA on all development proposals located within Flood Zones 2 or 3, all major development proposals located within Flood Zone 1 exceeding 1 ha or any development proposal located within an identified critical drainage area. The EA will also be consulted on any proposal within 20m of a main river30 or culverting operation aimed at controlling the flow of any river or stream.

3.94 Development proposals located within adopted site allocations as set out in Section 4 (or included in a subsequent DPD), which have already been subjected to the PPS25 Sequential Test, can rely on the outcome of that testing, provided that the proposed development types are in accord with the relevant DPD. However, where the proposed development is not consistent in scale, development type and location with that allocation, or where the Sequential and Exception Tests have not been applied and the site is within an area at risk of flooding, the FRA should provide evidence to demonstrate that there are no other reasonably available alternative sites in areas at lower risk of flooding which are suitable for the proposed

30

within the Borough are defined by the EA

development. If the proposed development is needed for wider sustainable development reasons in flood risk areas it must then satisfy the 3 criteria of the Exception Test to ensure that the development would be safe and not increase flood risk. The Council will undertake the actual test(s) based on this information.

3.95 In all cases, developers should apply a sequential approach within development sites in order to steer the more vulnerable land uses towards those parts of the site at lower flood risk, taking the degree of flood hazard into account (i.e. modelled flood depths and velocities). Proposed developments should be set back at least 8m from the banks of main rivers and 5m from the banks of ordinary watercourses in order to allow improvements and maintenance of land drainage, improve the ecological functioning of river corridors and enhance local amenity. Guidance on applying the sequential approach within development sites is provided in Chapter 4 of the Practice Guide to Revised PPS25. Developers are also encouraged to make

31 and further guidance to be included within the forthcoming Climate Change SPD.

3.96 All development proposals should incorporate appropriate surface water management measures to ensure that peak run-off rates and annual

31

developed by Barker and Coutts Architects (BACA) on behalf of the Council in September 2010

Agenda Item 9c


volumes of run-off are less than the previous conditions on the

run-off rates where possible. The primary function of SUDS is to reduce flood risk by slowing the flow of water, increasing infiltration into the ground and holding water in storage areas. SUDS also achieve many other benefits, including the removal of pollutants from run-off at source, and through the provision of green infrastructure within urban areas, with benefits for climate change adaptation (see Policy DM8).

3.97 Developers should therefore give consideration to the following SUDS measures wherever practicable32:

green roofs, green walls or site planting measures;

rainwater harvesting measures and water butts;

soakaways (where ground conditions are appropriate);

wetlands, swales and infiltration strips;

detention basins, ponds and wetlands;

permeable pavements; and retention of mature trees and

soft landscaping in front gardens and other means of reducing the amount of hardstanding associated with existing developed areas.

3.98 From 2012, proposed drainage

systems will be required to meet new national standards for the design, construction and maintenance of SUDS. As a

32

guidance on applying SUDS in different parts of the Borough is provided in the Level 2 SFRA Report

the Flood and Water Management Act 2010, the Council will be responsible for adopting and maintaining approved SUDS. In the interim period prior to these new arrangements, developers should take account of the

ce on 33, 2004) and the

(CIRIA)34. The Council will seek to negotiate developer contributions or unilateral obligations through Section 106, or set planning conditions as appropriate, to secure adoption and robust arrangements for the long-term management and maintenance of SUDS. In the interim period, developers should have regard

Model Agreements for (CIRIA, 2007).

3.99 Having incorporated SUDS as part of their proposed designs and layouts, developers should ensure that any residual risks can be safety managed, having

(CLG, 2007). This identifies alternative design strategies to deal with a range of potential flood depths. However it should be noted that flood resistance and resilience measures should not be used to justify development in inappropriate locations.

33

National SUDS Working Group 34

Construction Industry Research and Information Association (see http://www.ciria.org/suds/icop.htm)

Agenda Item 9c


Policy DM8 - Climate Change Adaptation

Background 3.100 Evidence shows that climate

change caused by human activities is already happening and is by far the greatest challenge to the future social, economic and environmental well-being of the Borough. According to the latest UK climate projections published in September 2009 (UKCP09), the Borough will experience progressively warmer, wetter winters and hotter, drier summers over the next few decades. At the same time, there will also be an increase in the frequency and intensity of extreme weather events, such as heavy rainfall, storms, drought conditions and heatwaves.

3.101 scenario for the

2050s, summer mean temperatures and summermean daily maximum temperatures across London are predicted to increase by around 2.7ºC and 3.7ºC respectively, with summer mean daily minimum temperatures increasing by 2.9ºC. The number of very hot summer days over 25°C are likely to increase from the 1961-1990 average of nine days per year to 28-45 days per year by the 2050s, leading to more intense and prolonged Urban Heat Island (UHI) effects. While winter rainfall will increase by around 14%, summer rainfall will decrease by 19%. However, the number of heavy rainfall days (greater than 25 mm) will increase by a factor of between 2 and 3.5 in winter and by a factor of 1 to 2 in summer.

3.102 Without appropriate adaptation measures, the adverse impacts of climate change are likely to include:

increased risks of flooding leading to personal injury and loss of life, damage to properties, infrastructure and utilities and contamination from sewer flooding;

increased risk of drought conditions leading to water shortages, reduced river flows and adverse impacts on biodiversity;

increased severity and duration of heatwaves and periods of uncomfortably hot weather, exacerbated by the UHI effect, leading to adverse impact on health and well-being, particularly for more vulnerable groups;

increased air pollution and higher demands for cooling in summer;

increased frequency and intensity of storm events and extreme heat causing damage to buildings, infrastructure and trees; and

adverse economic impacts arising from loss of income, delayed economic development and blight.

3.103 The Draft Revised Supplement

that planning should shape places and secure new development so as to minimise vulnerability and provide resilience to climate change impacts, consistent with cutting greenhouse emissions. Within areas with significant climate change vulnerabilities, risks should be managed through the use of suitable adaptation

Agenda Item 9c


measures, in particular by promoting the many benefits of green space as part of wider green infrastructure networks. These include supporting local biodiversity and creating healthy, living environments through urban cooling, local flood risk management and local access to shady outdoor space.

3.104 Climate Change Adaptation Strategy (2011) seeks to position London as an international leader in tackling climate change by identifying proposals for managing the impacts and capitalising on the opportunities by promoting new development and infrastructure that is located, designed and constructed for the climate it will experience over its design life.

3.105 Policy 5.9 (Overheating and Cooling) of the London Plan seeks to reduce the impact of the UHI effect and encourages the design of places and spaces and avoid overheating and excessive heat generation on an area wide basis. Major development proposals should reduce potential overheating and reliance on air conditioning systems and demonstrate this

cooling hierarchy.

3.106 Policy 5.10 (Urban Greening) of the London Plan states that development proposals should integrate green infrastructure from the earliest stages of project planning and design, including tree planting, green roofs and walls, soft landscaping and other urban greening measures. Boroughs should identify areas where urban greening and green

infrastructure can make a particular contribution to mitigating the effects of climate change, such as UHI effects.

3.107 Policy 5.11 (Green Roofs and Development Site Environs) of the London Plan states that major development proposals should include roof, wall and site planting, especially green roofs and walls where feasible, to provide cooling, SUDS, climate change mitigation (energy efficiency), enhancement of biodiversity, accessible roof space, improvements to the appearance and resilience of buildings and opportunities for growing food.

3.108 Other relevant policies of the London Plan relating to flooding (Policy 5.12) and SUDS (Policy 5.13) are addressed under Policy DM7.

3.109 Arising from the Cou

project35

Climate Change Adaptation Strategy (LBS, June 2011), sets out a Vision to ensure that the location, layout and design of all new developments minimise vulnerability of people and property and are fully adapted and resilient to future climate impacts. This is supported by a number of key aims and adaptation principles aimed at minimising all sources of flood risk, minimising UHI effects and exposure to overheating, maximising the benefits of blue and green infrastructure, taking account of expected changes in

35

Space Adaptation in Urban Areas and Eco-

Agenda Item 9c


local climate throughout the lifetime of new developments and creating sustainable, socially cohesive and equitable communities. The Council has also prepared a comprehensive

2010) in order to ensure that

planning policies, including Policy DM8, are soundly based on an understanding of key climate risks affecting the Borough now and in the future.

3.110 Further outputs delivered through the GRaBS project between 2008-11 include Hackbridge Climate Change Adaptation Action Plan, the

(BACA Architects/LBS,

on Green Infrastructo Local/LBS, September 2010), the interactive on-line Climate Change Risks and Vulnerabilities Assessment Tool and the Community Engagement Strategy (LBS, April 2010).

3.111 In accordance with the

Supplement to PPS1, London Plan Policies 5.9 to 5.13, the Borough Climate Change Adaptation Strategy and Core Policy BP7:

Policy DM8 - Climate Change Adaptation

(a) The Council will seek to ensure that the location, layout and design of proposed developments minimise vulnerability of people and property and are fully adapted and resilient to future climate impacts in accordance with SuttVision and key adaptation principles set

out in the Borough Climate Change Adaptation Strategy, the MClimate Change Adaptation Strategy and the policies of the London Plan. (b) Proposed developments should promote effective adaptation to the future impacts of climate change within the Borough by:

Avoiding or minimising all sources of flood risk to people and property, managing any residual risks and, where possible, reducing flood risks overall, taking account of the future impacts of climate change, in accordance with Policy DM7;

Minimising overheating and contribution to the urban heat island (UHI) effect by permeating developments with blue and green spaces and through a range of urban design measures at the neighbourhood and building scales, including energy efficient designs and natural cooling measures such as green roofs, green walls or site planting measures (required under Policy DM7), shading, water features, courtyards and passive ventilation;

Conserving water resources and ensuring sufficient water supplies during drought conditions through maximising the flood storage role of rivers, natural floodplains, ponds, aquifers and other water features, promoting the benefits of suds for groundwater recharge and achieving higher standards of water efficiency in new development in accordance with Policy DM10;

Conserving and enhancing the range and ecological variability of existing habitats and species to reduce the likelihood of losing biodiversity in the face of future climate change;

Maximising the role of green

Agenda Item 9c


infrastructure, including open spaces, parks, wildlife corridors, tree planting, communal and private gardens and green roofs/ walls as part of wider green space networks ('green grid'), in urban cooling and in achieving a range of additional benefits for flood storage/SUDS, environmental enhancement, local amenity, recreation, biodiversity and habitats and sustainable transport;

Maximising the role of blue infrastructure, including river corridors, natural floodplains, ponds and other water features in urban cooling and achieving a number of additional benefits for flood storage/SUDS, environmental enhancement, local amenity, recreation and biodiversity and habitats; and

Taking account of the expected changes in local climatic conditions throughout the lifetime of the development by incorporating sufficient flexibility of design and layout to enable adaptation to the future impacts of climate change and other changing economic, environmental or social demands.

(c) Details of the type and extent of the main changes expected in the local climate throughout the lifetime of the development and the proposed climate change adaptation measures should be provided in the Sustainable Design and Construction Statement (or Design and Access Statement) prepared in accordance with Policy DM5 and any site specific flood risk assessments (FRA) prepared in accordance with Policy DM7 as appropriate.

Justification 3.112 In seeking to achieve the most

effective adaptation to the

impacts of climate change within the Borough, it is considered that Policy DM8 is consistent with the

Climate Change Adaptation Strategy, Policies 5.9-5.13 of the London Plan and the key principles set out in the Borough Climate Change Adaptation Strategy.

3.113 In applying Policy DM8, the Council will seek to maximise the benefits of green and blue infrastructure36 as part of wider green space networks throughout the Borough and beyond, in creating sustainable communities that are fully adapted to the future impacts of climate change, including increased flood risk, exposure to high temperatures and the UHI effect, drought conditions and impacts on habitats and biodiversity. Development proposals within the Hackbridge area should support the objectives of the proposed Wandle Valley Regional Park37 (see Core Policy PMP5), which will form an important part of

Grid.

3.114 Further guidance on minimising all sources of flood risk to people and property, taking account of the future impacts of climate change, is set out in Policy DM7.

3.115 All major developments should seek to reduce exposure to overheating and the UHI effect

36

green corridors, nature conservation sites, trees, gardens, green roofs/ walls, water bodies, rivers, streams, floodplains and SUDS 37

see http://www.wandlevalleypark.org.uk/

Agenda Item 9c


in accordance with thcooling hierarchy as set out in Policy 5.9 of the London Plan:

(i) minimise internal heat generation through energy efficient design;

(ii) reduce the amount of heat entering a building in summer through shading, albedo, fenestration, insulation and green roofs and walls;

(iii) manage the heat within the building through exposed internal thermal mass and high ceilings;

(iv) passive ventilation; (v) mechanical ventilation; and (vi) active cooling systems

(ensuring they are the lowest carbon options).

3.116 The adaptation principles set

out in Policy DM8 have been developed on the basis of emerging best practice on planning for blue and green infrastructure developed with

partners through the GRaBS

Climate Change Adaptation Strategy and further research undertaken by consultants on behalf of the Council during 2010.

3.117 The Toolkit on Blue Infrastructure puts forward an integrated design approach to simultaneously address the need to accommodate new development and to manage flood risks through resilient spatial planning in sustainable regeneration and growth areas such as Hackbridge. This approach is based on the principles of providing space for the river, providing space for rain, creating space for amenity,

integrating community needs, designing to be adaptable, reducing car dependency and providing space for low carbon or renewable energy which were originally developed in the

-term Initiatives for Flood-Risk

(June 2009). The Toolkit provides high level guidance for developers and their designers on what forms of land-use, surface water management/SUDS measures, transport/ access arrangements and renewable energy technologies may be appropriate, taking account of fluvial (river) flood risk zones and surface water flooding areas and depths affecting different parts of a site.

3.118 The Toolkit on Green Infrastructure provides high level guidance for developers on the following issues:

the role of planting and other shading measures in reducing temperatures and conditions in urban areas (microclimate);

the role of green roofs, green walls and permeable surfaces as part of residential and commercial development in reducing run off and improving local air quality;

the role of SUDS (see above);

the benefits of linear green space links or corridors as access routes for sustainable forms of transport such as cycling or walking;

the benefits of green space for recreation, creating opportunities for active and passive use by the community and encouraging healthy lifestyles;

Agenda Item 9c


the benefits of linear green space links or corridors for wildlife and achieving regional and local biodiversity action plan objectives;

the amenity benefits of woodland, wildflower meadow and attractive planting schemes for visual and ecological enhancement;

the role of green corridors in creating grassland and woodland areas alongside rivers and streams; and

the importance of selecting climate resilient species, sensitive design and realistic maintenance arrangements as part of planting schemes in achieving improved air quality and microclimate, shading and cooling, SUDS, promoting biodiversity, and enhancing health and quality of life.

3.119 The Council will prepare further detailed guidance on the application of Policy DM8, based on principles developed through the Toolkits on Blue and Green Infrastructure; as part of the forthcoming Climate Change SPD. Developers should also have regard to Climate Change: Adaptation by Design: A Guide for Sustainable

38 (TCPA 2007),

39 (EA, 2007), principles set out in the

Adaptation Strategy and other sources of best practice.

Policy DM9 - Water Supply, Water Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure

Background

38

see www.tcpa.org.uk/publications 39

see http://www.environment-agency.gov.uk/business/sectors/32695.aspx

3.120 Water companies are under a statutory duty to ensure that adequate water treatment infrastructure is provided to meet the requirements of new residential development. Sutton and East Surrey Water serves most of the Borough, although Thames Water serves a small area to the northeast and the northwest of the Borough. 85%

from groundwater abstraction (i.e. water from boreholes) with 15% being extracted from one reservoir at Bough Beech. The South East is already an area of severe water stress and it is predicted that the Sutton and East Surrey supply zone will have a deficit in supply by 2016. The average rate of domestic water consumption within the Sutton supply zone is 169 litres per person per day compared to 162 litres per person per day for London and 149 for England and Wales.

3.121 In addition, climate change is expected to affect water availability within the Borough by reducing river flows, reducing groundwater recharge, increasing evaporation, increasing loss from broken water mains and increasing demand for water from people and wildlife.

3.122 Thames Water Utilities Ltd is solely responsible for sewerage services and surface water drainage across the Borough.

different sewage treatment works (STWs): Beddington, Hogsmill, and, Crossness. The eastern parts of the Borough drain to Beddington STW, located to the north-east of the Borough adjacent to the

Agenda Item 9c


Beddington Strategic Industrial Location, which serves a population equivalent of around 54,000. Beddington STW is currently running close to capacity and will soon require an upgrade to increase capacity to meet additional demand from new housing.

3.123 Over recent years, there have been a number of cases of localised flooding events within the Borough where quantities of rainfall and foul sewage have exceeded the capacity of the drainage system. Additional housing in affected areas is likely to require further investment to increase capacity

Water Management Plan (SWMP) indicates that the north west of the Borough is susceptible to significant sewer flooding (see Policy DM7 and Map 2.73 for further details).

3.124

the need to take account of the capacity of existing and planned water services infrastructure, including water supply, drainage, sewerage and sewage treatment facilities, in preparing local development documents and considering major planning applications.

3.125 PPS23 on (2004)

identifies the need to consider the potential adverse impacts on water quality arising from new development, including the impact of any possible discharge of effluent or leachates that may pose a threat to surface or underground water resources directly or indirectly through

surrounding soils. Local authorities should work with the water supply and sewerage companies to ensure that the necessary water supply, surface water drainage, sewerage, sewage treatment and disposal infrastructure are in place to serve new development.

3.126 Policy 5.15 (Water Use and Supplies) of the London Plan indicates that development should minimise the use of treated water by incorporating water saving measures and meeting water consumption targets of 105l/p/d in residential development.

3.127 Policy 5.14 (Water Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure) indicates that development proposals must ensure that adequate sewerage infrastructure capacity is available. Proposals that would result in a reduction in water quality in the Blue Ribbon Network40 should be refused.

3.128 In accordance with PPS23 and London Plan Policies 5.14 and 5.15, the Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM9 - Water Supply, Water Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure

(a) The Council will require all residential developments to be designed to achieve good practice standards of water efficiency by ensuring that internal potable water consumption is limited to 105 litres per person per day (l/p/d) in line with the minimum standards set in the London Plan and Code for Sustainable Homes Level 4, adjusting in future years in

40

as identified in Map 7.5 of the London Plan

Agenda Item 9c


accordance with reviews of the London Plan and prevailing standards in the Building Regulations;41 (b) The Council will require all development proposals to limit the amount and rate of run-off and waste water entering the sewerage network/ system by capturing, retaining and re-using surface water and grey water on-site, including through sustainable urban drainage systems (SUDS) or rainwater holding facilities (see Policy DM7). Development proposals that would lead to the pollution of groundwater or surface water through waste water discharge or increased surface water run-off will not be permitted; (c) Planning permission will only be granted for developments that increase the demand for off-site service infrastructure where developers can demonstrate that sufficient water supply, surface water drainage, foul drainage and sewerage treatment capacity exists to serve them, or extra capacity can be provided in time to serve the development which will ensure that the environment and the amenities of local residents are not adversely affected. Where there is a capacity problem and improvements in off-site infrastructure are not programmed, planning permission will only be granted where the developer funds appropriate improvements which will be completed prior to occupation of the development; and

d) Proposals for the development or expansion of water supply or waste water treatment and disposal facilities will normally be permitted, either where needed to serve existing or proposed development, or in the interests of long-term water supply and

41

this standard is likely to be reduced further to 80 litres per person per day (l/p/d) in line with the minimum standardscurrently set under Code for Sustainable Homes Levels 5 and 6 required by 2014 under Policy DM6

waste water management, provided that the need for such facilities outweighs any adverse land use or environmental impact and that any such adverse impact is minimised.


is consistent with the requirements of Government guidance in PPS23 and London Plan Policies 5.14 and 5.15.

3.130 The Council will continue to work with Sutton and East Surrey Water (water supply), Thames Water Utilities Ltd (statutory sewerage undertakers) and the Environment Agency (EA), as appropriate, to ensure that adequate water supply, surface water drainage, foul drainage and sewerage treatment capacity is in place to serve new development throughout the Borough. In dealing with planning applications, the Council will have regard to

Services Infrastructure Guide for Local Authorities and the Infrastructure Guide: a Planning Framework as amended in order to establish whether water supply or drainage issues are material to the planning decision. The Council will also take account of the Thames

(2010-35) and the Sutton and East Surrey Water

(2010-15).

3.131 Developers will be required to demonstrate that there is adequate capacity both on and off site to serve the development and that it would not lead to problems for existing users. In some circumstances,

Agenda Item 9c


this may make it necessary for developers to carry out appropriate studies to ascertain whether the proposed development would lead to overloading of existing infrastructure.

3.132 Proposals for water or sewerage infrastructure must be supported by evidence demonstrating the need for the development, that every effort has been made to minimise adverse environmental impacts, and, that the principles of good urban design, as set out in Core Policy BP12 (Good Urban Design and Heritage) have been adhered to.

3.133

Appendix 4 of the Core Planning Strategy), Thames Water has identified the need to increase the capacity of the Beddington Sewage Treatment Works to serve additional growth. This is envisaged to be a two year scheme to be delivered between 2010-20.

Policy DM10 - Air Quality

Background 3.134 Vehicle emissions account for a

large proportion of local air pollution within the Borough. During 2009-10, national air quality standards for nitrogen dioxide (NO2) and fine particulates (PM10s) were

quality monitoring stations on a number of occasions, mainly due to road traffic. Future climate change scenarios are expected to exacerbate health problems arising from air pollution within the Borough, including an increase in cardio-respiratory problems affecting

vulnerable groups, particularly older people and those with pre-existing heart or respiratory conditions.

3.135 The Environment Act 1995 and

Strategy for England (2007) require local authorities to review and assess air quality in their areas. Where national air quality standards are unlikely to be met, local authorities must designate Air Quality Management Areas (AQMAs) and produce an Air Quality Action Plan setting out measures they intend to take to work towards compliance with the standards.

3.136 quality review and assessment in 2000, and the subsequent assessment in 2003, the Council declared a number of AQMAs along the main roads where national air quality standards were likely to be exceeded. In 2010 the whole of the Beddington Lane industrial area was declared an AQMA.

3.137 Future climate change scenarios under UKCP09 are expected to exacerbate health problems arising from air pollution within the Borough e.g. low-level ozone at street level. An increase in heat related illness and death, arising from asthma and cardio-respiratory disease, will lead to increasing

health and emergency services. Higher temperatures also make people vulnerable to air pollution more sensitive to air pollutants. Poor air quality is thought to have contributed to the high mortality rate during the 2003 heatwave. Air pollution

Agenda Item 9c


episodes have the greatest impact on certain vulnerable groups, particularly older people, young people, and those with pre-existing respiratory conditions.

3.138 The planning system plays a key role in determining the location of development that may give rise to pollution, either directly or indirectly, and in ensuring that other uses and developments are not, as far as possible, affected by major existing or potential sources of pollution. PPS23 ng and

states that any consideration of the quality of land, air or water and potential impacts arising from development, possibly leading to impacts on health, is capable of being a material planning consideration, in so far as it arises or may arise from or may affect any land use. However, the controls under the planning and pollution control regimes should complement rather than duplicate each other.

3.139 In accordance with the aims of the National Air Quality

Air Quality Strategy 2010) seeks to minimise the emissions of key pollutants and to reduce concentrations to levels at which no, or minimal, effects on human health are likely to occur. Other Mayoral initiatives such as the Low Emissions Zone, introduced in February 2008, also make contributions to improving air quality.

3.140 Policy 7.14 (Improving Air Quality) of the London Planstates that development

quality neu

further deterioration of existing poor air quality (such as within AQMAs) and increased exposure to existing poor air quality should be minimised. Boroughs should seek reductions in levels of pollutants

National Air Quality Strategy

Quality Strategy and take account of the findings of Borough Air Quality Review and Assessments and Action Plans. Development proposals should also promote sustainable design and construction to reduce emissions from the demolition and construction of buildings in accordance with best practice guidance.

Policy DM10 - Air Quality

(a) Development proposals that would have significant adverse impacts on local air quality, expose the public to air pollution or lead to a breach of the Gparticularly within identified Air Quality Management Areas (AQMAs), will not be permitted, unless appropriate mitigation measures are put in place to reduce the adverse impacts to acceptable levels. (b)All planning applications for major developments with potentially significant adverse impacts on air quality, or located within or in the vicinity of an AQMA, should be accompanied by an Air Quality Assessment to assess the extent of the potential impacts and set out the mitigation measures proposed to make the development acceptable. The Council may impose planning conditions or negotiate planning agreements with developers where necessary.

Justification

Agenda Item 9c


3.141 In seeking to reduce polluting emissions and public exposure to air pollution to acceptable levels, achieve national air quality objectives, particularly within identified AQMAs, and maximise opportunities for reducing air pollution, it is considered that Policy DM10 is consistent with PPS23, the

and Policy 7.14 of the London Plan.

3.142 Developers should liaise with the Council at an early stage to determine whether an Air Quality Assessment will be required before submitting a planning application. The Council will take account of a number of factors in determining whether an assessment is required, including the scale of the proposed development, the

relation to AQMAs and vulnerable receptors, traffic generation and the introduction of any new industrial or waste processes requiring an environmental permit under the Environmental Permitting Regulations (England and Wales) 2010. Larger commercial or industrial installations with potential to

installations) will normally require an air quality assessment to be undertaken under the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Regulations 2011. Smaller less polluting

may still require an assessment to be undertaken as part of a permit application under the Environmental Permitting Regulations 2010 as amended.

3.143 The purpose of an Air Quality Assessment is to provide sufficient information for the Council to determine the

impacts by assessing existing air quality in the study area (existing baseline), predicting future air quality without the development (future baseline), and predicting future air quality with the development in place (with development). The following information should be provided:

Details of the proposed development and relevant air quality objectives;

Details of the assessment methods used;

Full details of model verification (required for all traffic modelling);

Description of baseline conditions;

Assessment of impacts, with the results of modelling the

set out;

Description of construction phase impacts;

Proposed mitigation measures employed to avoid, reduce and, if possible, offset significant adverse effects; and

A summary of the assessment results including impacts during construction (usually dust and PM10s) and operation (usually nitrogen dioxides, PM10s and PM2.5s), exceedences of AQMA objectives, the significance of the impacts identified and any conflicts with planning policy.

3.144 Before undertaking an

Agenda Item 9c


assessment, developers should seek to obtain prior agreement with the Council on the appropriate modelling methodologies and local input data to be used. Local scale dispersion modelling will normally be required to estimate emissions arising from the proposed development both with and without the development. Local background concentrations should be added to the modelled values to predict total concentrations at each location. Typical examples are ADMS-Roads, ADMS-Urban, the Caline group of models and AAQuIRE. The models used for road traffic emissions will invariably require the modelled local contributions to be verified against local monitoring data and if necessary adjusted. Air Quality Assessments should provide a transparent account of the modelling undertaken, including all assumptions made, input data used and the approach to model verification. Developers should refer to

verifiying dispersion models. It is expected that the approach taken will be consistent with London Councils Air Quality and Planning Guidance (2007)

42 Development Control: Planning for Air Quality (2010).

3.145 Traffic emissions modelling

upda

Design Manual for Roads and

42

Environmental Protection UK

Bridges (DMRB). Where an approved transport assessment (TA) has been prepared, modelled or predicted development traffic flows in the TA should generally be used as the basis for the calculation of

and subsequent model runs.

3.146 Background air pollution levels should be based on a nearby monitoring station where the data is sufficiently relevant to the study area, with reference made to the London Air Quality

quality monitoring programme. Developers should apply the most r

2006).

3.147 Based on the Air Quality Assessment, the Council will determine both the significance of exposure to air pollution and the levels of mitigation required to enable the development to progress, having regard to the

Councils Air Quality and Planning Guidance (2006) or equivalent. Within AQMAs, mitigation measures will be considered as standard practice, particularly for larger trip-generating developments. In such cases, the Council will set conditions, negotiate Section 106 agreements as appropriate in order to implement the following mitigation measures:

Considerate contractor schemes;

Dust control measures;

Air quality monitoring (at boundary and at closest receptor);

Agenda Item 9c


Travel Plans, car clubs and public transport incentives;

Specified emissions standards for service vehicles/ HGVs;

Parking for low emission or car club vehicles;

Provision of electric charging points;

Low emission buses;

Contribution to specific traffic management or road schemes;

Mechanical ventilation; and

CAction plan and monitoring programmes

3.148 Developers should give

consideration to technical guidance set out in revised Quality and Planning

Dust and Emissions from

published by London Councils in 2 Development Control, Planning for Air Quality

EPUK in 2010 or equivalent.

Policy DM11 - Contaminated Land

Background

3.149 The redevelopment of previously developed land (or

uses, many of which are potentially affected by contamination, provides an opportunity to deal with the potential risks posed by contamination to human health and the natural environment. Government guidance in PP

precautionary principle. Where development is proposed on or

near a site known, or reasonably believed, to be contaminated, a site assessment should be required to establish the nature and extent of the contamination prior to determining the application. Development should not be permitted unless effective measures are taken to treat or control any contamination in order not to: Expose occupiers of the

development and neighbouring land to unacceptable risk;

Threaten the structural integrity of any building on or adjoining the site;

Contaminate any watercourse, waterbody or aquifer; or

Cause the contamination of adjoining land or allow the contamination to continue.

3.150 Policy 5.21 (Contaminated Land) of the London Plan states that appropriate measures should be taken to ensure that development on previously contaminated land does not activate or spread contamination and that LDFs should encourage the remediation of contaminated sites.

3.151

Borough with respect to possible land contamination. Details of these sites can be

Environmental Protection team.

Policy DM11 - Contaminated Land

(a) The Council will permit development proposals located on or near potentially contaminated sites, provided that:

a detailed site investigation is undertaken prior to the start of

Agenda Item 9c


construction in order to assess the nature and extent of contamination, the production of landfill gases and the potential risks to human health, adjacent land uses and the local environment;

where the assessment identifies unacceptable risks to human health, adjacent land uses or the local environment, appropriate site remediation and aftercare measures are agreed or secured by condition to protect the health of future occupants or users, taking into account the proposed use; and

the proposed use does not lead to the future contamination of the land in and around the site.

(b) All development proposals on or near potentially contaminated sites should be accompanied by a full risk assessment, which takes into account existing site conditions, the groundwater regime, and pollution pathways.

Justification 3.152 It is considered that Policy DM11 is

consistent with the requirements of Government guidance in PPS23 and Policy 5.21 of the London Plan.

3.153 In considering planning applications, the Council must be satisfied that the potential for contamination and any risks arising to human health and the natural environment are properly assessed. Furthermore, proposed developments should incorporate any necessary remediation and subsequent management measures to deal with unacceptable risks and make the site fit for the proposed development. The following matters will be considered:

the potential sensitivity of the area to the adverse effects of pollution, including the quality of soil, ground and surface waters, nature conservation and the presence of Source Protection Zones (water supply);

the possible adverse impacts on water quality and the impact of any possible discharge of effluent or leachates which may pose a threat to surface or underground water resources directly or indirectly through surrounding soils;

the perception of unacceptable risk to the health or safety of the public arising from the development;

the need to ensure that land, after development, is not capable of being determined as contaminated land under Part IIA of the Environmental Protection Act (EPA) 1990 and that all unacceptable risks have been addressed; and

strategy and programme for contaminated land (required under Part IIA of the EPA 1990).

3.154 Developers should be able to assure the Council that they have the expertise, or access to it, to make such assessments. Developers should take note of the requirement to understand the potential for contamination and the need for initial site investigations and reassurance that the site will not cause pollution to water and soil. The

Management of Land

equivalent, which provide a

Agenda Item 9c


technical framework for applying a risk management process when dealing with land contamination, should be consulted.

Policy DM12 - Noise and Vibration

Background 3.155 PPG24

(1994) outlines the considerations to be taken into account in determining planning applications, both for noise-sensitive developments (such as housing, schools and hospitals) and for those activities that generate noise. It recommends appropriate levels for exposure to different sources of noise in terms of noise exposure categories for dwellings and detailed guidance on the assessment of noise from different sources.

3.156 The planning system should ensure that, wherever practicable, noise-sensitive developments are separated from major sources of noise (such as road, rail and air transport and certain types of industrial development). It is equally important that new development involving noisy activities should, if possible, be sited away from noise-sensitive land uses.

3.157 Policy 7.15 (Noise and Vibration) of the London Plan states that development proposals should seek to reduce noise by minimising the existing and potential adverse impacts of noise on, from, within, or in the vicinity of, development proposals, separating new noise sensitive development from major noise sources wherever practicable through the use of distance,

screening, or internal layout in preference to sole reliance on sound insulation, and promoting new technologies and improved practices to reduce noise at source.

Policy DM12 - Noise and Vibration

(a) Development proposals that would result in exposure to noise or vibration above acceptable levels affecting noise-sensitive land uses, such as housing, schools and hospitals, will not be permitted unless appropriate mitigation measures are put in place to reduce the adverse impacts to acceptable levels. Where necessary, the Council will set planning conditions to reduce the impact on adjacent land uses to acceptable levels, relative to ambient noise levels and the character of the locality.

(b) New noise-sensitive developments should be separated from major noise-generating activities wherever practicable. Planning applications for noise-sensitive developments located near to a noise-generating activity should be accompanied by a formal assessment, which should categorise the site according to the noise exposure

responds to the advice given in PPG24. All new dwellings should achieve

equivalent) and improve on the sound insulation standards in Part E of the Building Regulations by 5dB in

Sustainable Design and Construction SPG (2006) as amended.

(c) Details of these measures should be provided in Sustainable Design and Construction Statements or through submission of an appropriate scheme prior to the start of construction on site.

Agenda Item 9c


Justification3.158 It is considered that Policy

DM12 is consistent with Government guidance in

Noise Strategy and Policy 7.15 of the London Plan.

3.159 In the case of noise-generating development, the adverse impacts of noise exposure on surrounding land uses will depend on a variety of factors, such as character, frequency and pitch. Since no fixed standard can be universally applied, the Council will consider each case on its own merits, based on the following key considerations: the character of the noise.

Sudden impulses, irregular noise or noise that contains a distinguishable continuous tone will require special consideration;

the potential of new technologies and other measures to control the source of, or limit exposure to, noise. These include (i) engineering measures such as sound insulation and/or noise barriers (ii) layouts and designs that ensure that the site provides adequate distance between the source and noise-sensitive buildings or areas or screening through natural barriers, other buildings, or non-critical rooms in a building, and (iii) administrative measures limiting the operating time of source, restricting activities allowed on the site and specifying an acceptable noise limit;

where it is proposed to grant permission for noise-sensitive development in areas of high

ambient noise, the role of planning conditions and, where necessary, Section 106 Agreements to ensure that the effects of noise are mitigated as far as possible;

the role of highway management and transport policies in reducing the impact of traffic noise, such as the requirements set under Policy DM20

sport Impact of New

containing noise from late

night entertainment and other 24-hour activities;

the likely level of noise exposure at the time of the application and any increase that may reasonably be expected in the foreseeable future;

the potential of subsequent intensification or change of use to cause greater intrusion and disturbance; and

levels of noise during throughout the night, especially during the hours when people are normally sleeping (23.00 to 07.00), and the need to ensure particular protection to noise-sensitive development.

3.160 In seeking to minimise noise and vibration impacts during the construction phase, developers should have regard to Guideline SDC17 of the

IPG (2008) or any subsequent SPD. All proposals for major development should be accompanied by a site environmental plan prepared in line with best practice guidance,

Pra

Agenda Item 9c


the Construction Industry Research and Information Association (CIRIA) or equivalent.

Policy DM13 - Light Pollution

Background 3.161 Light pollution is defined as

artificial light that is allowed to illuminate, or intrude upon, areas that are not intended to be lit. The intrusion of overly bright or poorly directed lights onto neighbouring property can

enjoy their own property. A typical example would be an inconsiderately directed security light shining into a bedroom window. Another important issue arising from light pollution is sky-glow, which can severely affect our view of the night sky. Inconsiderate or incorrectly set lighting can have other adverse effects in terms of glare, nature conservation impacts and wasted energy.

3.162 Government guidance in PPS23 tion

need to limit and, where possible, reduce the adverse impacts of light pollution e.g. on local amenity, rural tranquillity and nature conservation.

3.163 dards set Sustainable

Design and Construction SPG (2006) includes a requirement

-site outdoor lighting is proposed as part of a development, it should be energy efficient, minimising light

Policy DM13 - Light Pollution

(a) All development proposals should incorporate measures to minimise the intrusiveness of artificial lighting and

thus the potential adverse impacts on residential amenity, the character and appearance of the historic environment, public safety, protected wildlife and quality of life. Applicants are encouraged to use low energy lighting systems in order to conserve energy and preserve the darkness of the night-time sky, particularly near public open spaces. (b) Lighting schemes submitted in support of major development proposals should have regard to the best practice guidelines set out in the

Sustainable Design and Construction IPG (2008) (or any

s Sustainable Design and Construction SPG (2006) as amended. Details of these measures should be provided in Sustainable Design and Construction Statements or through submission of an appropriate scheme prior to the start of construction on site. (c) Where necessary, the Council may set planning conditions to control the levels of luminance, glare, spillage, angle, lighting type and hours of operation.

Justification 3.164 It is considered that Policy

DM13 is consistent with the aims of national policy in PPS23

standards Sustainable Design and Construction SPG.

3.165 Lighting schemes submitted in support of major development proposals should also have regard to best practice guidance prepared by the Institution of Light Engineers in

Redu

Agenda Item 9c


(GN01) 2005 or equivalent. Where appropriate, developers should comply with the 1994

outdoor sports facilitieby Sport England.

Policy DM14 - Hazardous Substances

Background 3.166 A hazard is defined as an

appreciable danger to life, limb and property arising from the presence of certain explosive, poisonous or otherwise hazardous substances. Although these dangers are generally low in the Borough, there is a need to minimise the potential risks which may arise from the following types of development proposal: installations for the storing or

processing of hazardous substances;

the redevelopment of contaminated sites;

development likely to cause the intensification of existing hazards or which will significantly increase the level of public exposure; and

the disposal of hazardous materials on sites within the Borough.

3.167 Circular 04/00 Controls for Hazardous

on the operation of the consent procedure for hazardous substances, which was introduced under EU Directive 96/82/EC. However, the requirement for hazardous substances consent does not override the need for planning permission to be obtained where development of land for the storage or processing of hazardous substances is involved. In considering

planning applications for development at or in the vicinity of sites at which hazardous substances are present, local authorities should have regard to the following objectives: to prevent major accidents

and limit the consequences of such accidents for man and the environment;

in the long term, to maintain appropriate distances between establishments and residential areas, areas of public use and areas of particular natural sensitivity or interest; and

in relation to existing establishments, to apply additional technical measures so as not to increase risks to people.

3.168 Policy 5.22 (Hazardous Substances) of the London Plan states that when assessing developments near hazardous installations site specificcircumstances and proposed mitigation measures should be taken into account. However the risks should be balanced with the benefits of development and take account of existing patterns of development.

Policy DM14 - Hazardous Substances

(a) Development proposals involving the use, storage, installation or processing of explosive, inflammable, corrosive, toxic or other harmful/ hazardous substances that are a potential safety risk will not be permitted. Planning permission will only be granted for developments involving hazardous substances, or uses requiring hazardous substances consent, where there are no unacceptable risks to occupiers, public

Agenda Item 9c


health and safety or to nature conservation interests.

(b) Proposed developments within the vicinity of existing notified sites or other known hazards will be assessed on the basis of potential adverse impacts resulting from this close proximity.

(c) The Council may impose planning conditions or negotiate planning agreements with developers, where necessary, to reduce any risks to acceptable levels.

Justification 3.169 It is considered that Policy

DM14 is consistent with Circular 04/00 and London Plan Policy 5.22.

3.170 In applying Policy DM14, the Council will consult with the Health and Safety Executive (HSE) to establish the level of danger and the precautions that can be taken and have regard

for Developments near

2008) as amended. Where necessary, the Council will impose conditions or enter into Section 106 Agreement planning agreements to ensure the introduction of safety measures to minimise the potential risks to acceptable levels. Any new installation for storing or processing notifiable quantities of defined hazardous substances will be expected to respect rigorous safeguards.

3.171 The Council has been made aware of the following notifiable sites and high pressure gas pipelines by the HSE: London Road Depot, Starr (Fuel

Oils) Ltd., Hackbridge; Wrythe Lane gas-holder,

Carshalton; Crown Road gas-holder, Sutton;

West Barnes Lane gas-holder, Worcester Park;

Woodcote/ Croydon Works gas pipeline;

Hooley/ Woodmansterne Road gas pipeline;

Mogador/ Woodcote gas pipeline; and

Woodmansterne Road/ Croydon Works gas pipeline.

Policy DM15 - Green Belt/Metropolitan Open Land

Background 3.172 PPG2

makes it clear that the fundamental aim of Green Belt policy is to prevent urban sprawl by keeping land permanently open and that there is a general presumption against inappropriate development in the Green Belt. The construction of new buildings inside a Green Belt is inappropriate unless it is for agriculture and forestry, essential facilities for outdoor sport and recreation, for cemeteries or other uses of open land that preserve the openness of the Green Belt.

3.173 The Open Space and Biodiversity Report of Studies (2008) reviewed the boundaries of the Green Belt and concluded that they were both logical and defensible and that there were no strategic development needs that would require boundary amendments.

3.174 In preparing guidance on the Green Belt in the 1990s, an assessment was undertaken of the likely impact of extensions to existing residential development. There are two distinct parcels of land designated as Green Belt in Sutton: the Cuddington Area is

Agenda Item 9c


characterised by low density linear suburban residential development in large plots with views to the open Green Belt behind; the Little Woodcote Area is rural with scattered small weatherboard houses associated with smallholdings built in 1925 to help returning soldiers from World War I.

3.175 It was determined that a 30% increase in floor area above the site of an original dwelling would not impact on openness or be disproportionate in the local Sutton context as:

the weatherboard properties in the Woodcote area have a small original floorspace and a 30% increase would not result in a large extension. There would consequently be no suburbanising effect from such development;

The plots in Cuddington are large and extensions limited to 30% would be unlikely to reduce the gap between buildings and therefore affect the appreciation of the openness of the Green Belt.

3.176 Since 1997, and the adoption of an SPG on the Green Belt, the Council has been applying guidance that extensions no greater than 30% above the floor area of the original building would not usually be considered disproportionate. This has not led to a detrimental impact on the character of either Green Belt area.

3.177 In accordance with PPG2 and the London Plan Policies 7.16 (Green Belt) and 7.17 (Metropolitan Open Land) and further to Strategic Objective 9 and Core Policy PMP9, which seek to control urban sprawl

and protect the Metropolitan Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land, the Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM15 - Green Belt/Metropolitan Open Land

(a) The Council will grant planning permission for extensions and replacement of existing dwellings in the Green Belt at Cuddington and Woodcote (as shown on the Proposals Map) provided that the openness of the Green Belt is not affected and that the increase in the floor area is no greater than 30% above the size of the original dwelling.

(b) The Council will not grant planning permission for development adjacent to the Green Belt or Metropolitan Open Land (MOL) (as shown on the Proposals Map) if it has a detrimental impact on its visual amenities.

Justification 3.178 There is comprehensive

guidance on assessing appropriate development in the Green Belt and MOL in PPG2 and the London Plan and accordingly the Council will apply this guidance when assessing applications. In particular the Council will grant planning permission for the development or infilling of Major Developed Sites if it meets the criteria of PPG2 Annex C. Furthermore, in accordance with PPG2, the Council will grant planning permission for proposals in the Green Belt and MOL, which have a positive role in fulfilling its statutory purposes and objectives. Applications for the re-use of existing buildings will also be assessed against the criteria set out in PPG2.

3.179 Whilst PPG2 sets out the principle that limited extensions

Agenda Item 9c


or alteration of existing dwellings is not inappropriate, more specific local guidance is required and is set out in Policy DM15. For purposes of applying Policy DM15, the Council considers that:

the 30% figure should only be treated as an indication and that in some instances proposals to extend the floor area by less than 30% may still be disproportionate, be considered to have a significant impact on openness and therefore be inappropriate. The Council will also consider the mass, scale and any increase in ridge height in order to determine if an extension is disproportionate; and

the dwelling (and garages and ancillary buildings within 5 metres) that existed in 1948 or when first built if later than 1948. Any extensions, which are built subsequently, will not be considered part of the original building.

Policy DM16 - Open Space

Background 3.180 In accordance with PPG17

Planning for Open Space,

and the London Plan, there is a strong level of protection for open spaces and it is recognised that open spaces have a multiple range of functions.

3.181 In 2005, the Council commissioned consultants Scott Wilson to undertake a study into the supply, demand and use of green space in the Borough. In accordance with the Companion Guide to

PPG17, this study also assessed the quality and value of open spaces. The assessment of quality was based on the nationally agreed quality standards of the Green Flag Scheme and were typology specific. In 2007 the Council produced an Open Space Strategy based on the results of the earlier study.

3.182 The Open Space and Biodivsets out the results of comprehensive appraisals of open space and their contribution to the Borough and builds on the Actions of the Sutton Open Space Strategy. The Report of Studies confirms the appropriateness of all designations, apart from two areas of Urban Green Space

Plough Lane and the Mill Green Allotments), which no longer meet the criteria for designation and have subsequently been de-designated as Urban Green Space.

3.183 The Open Space and Biodiversity Report of Studies also set supply and demand for allotments and identify the dramatic rise in take up of allotments over the last four years.

3.184 In accordance with PPG17 and the London Plan and further to Strategic Objective 9 and Core Policy PMP9, the Council will seek to protect and enhance the open space network of the Borough by applying the following policy:

Policy DM16 - Open Space

(a) The Council will not grant planning permission for proposals for built

Agenda Item 9c


development that would result in the loss of open space, unless an assessment has been undertaken which shows that the open space is surplus to all the functions that an open space can perform. (b) The Council will require all residential development proposals in Areas of Open Space Deficiency (see Maps 2.1 to 2.5 in Appendix 2), in wards with below the Borough-wide target of open space of 2.88ha per 1,000 population (as currently set out

, and, in Centres of Regeneration and Growth, to provide new open space and/or make financial contributions to enable the provision of new open spaces or improvements to the accessibility and quality of existing Public Open Spaces (as shown on the Proposals Map). (c) The Council will only grant planning permission for small-scale structures on Public Open Space (as shown on the Proposals Map) or Urban Green Space where the development is directly related and ancillary to any recreational use of the land and the predominant open character of the open space is maintained. (d) The Council will require, where appropriate, developments to make a contribution towards enhancing poor quality spaces within the catchment of the development site. (e) The Council will not permit development involving the loss of allotment sites unless the allotment site is significantly and continuously under-used and is declared surplus by the Council and other open spaces. (f) The Council will, where appropriate, require contributions towards the provision or improvement of

pedestrian and cycle linkages within and between sites within the Green Chain and other open spaces.

Justification 3.185 There is comprehensive

guidance on assessing proposals for development on open space in PPG17 and the London Plan and accordingly the Council will apply this guidance when assessing applications. In addition, many of the open spaces have an integral relationship with the significance of heritage assets and the impact of any proposed development on this heritage value should also be considered.

3.186 In accordance with Core Policies PMP9 and DP2, the Council will seek to ensure that new residential development provides new open space on site or makes a financial contribution towards the open space network, including play space (see also DM29: Housing Standards).

SPD (2007) provides details of the scope and scale of contributions that will be sought, including contributions towards sports and recreation, which will be assessed separately.

Policy DM17 - Biodiversity, Habitats and Species

Background 3.187 PPS1

indicates that local authorities should seek to enhance the environment as part of development proposals; significant adverse impact on the environment should be avoided and alternative options that might reduce impacts

Agenda Item 9c


should be followed; and where adverse impacts are unavoidable, local authorities should consider mitigation measures. PPS9 ersity

(2005) is clear that the highest level of protection should be given to the most valued landscapes, wildlife habitats and natural resources.

3.188 Biodiversity consists of a rich diversity of flora and fauna, which forms a critical part of the ecosystem. Biodiversity can bring a range of benefits including flood alleviation, pollution amelioration, and enhancements to the environment that can lead to improvements in the local economy. Finally enhancing biodiversity in urban areas can contribute to a better quality of life and a sense of well-being.

3.189 sets out the

policy, criteria and procedures for identifying nature conservation sites in London, and, London Plan Policy 7.19 (Biodiversity and Access to Nature) indicates that local authorities should use these to identify sites of importance for nature conservation. Accordingly, the Council, in conjunction with the GLA, has carried out a review of the biodiversity of the Borough, using these criteria, and the outcome of this assessment, which recommends a number of boundary amendments, is set out in the Open Space and Biodiversity Report of Studies (2008). The resulting updated boundaries and additional Sites of Importance for Nature Conservation (SINCs) are

shown on Maps 2.66-2.67 in Appendix 2. The London Biodiversity Action Plan and

Action Plan also set out detailed information on the biodiversity in the Borough.

3.190 In accordance with PPS9, the London Plan Policy, and, further to Strategic Objective SO5 and Core Policy PMP9 (The Open Spaces Network), the Council will protect and enhance the biodiversity of the Borough by applying the following policy:

Policy DM17 - Biodiversity, Habitats and Species

(a) The Council will not grant planning permission for development within or adjacent to SINCs (as shown on the Proposals Map) where there would be a significant damaging impact on the nature conservation value or integrity of the site unless the need for, and benefits of, the development clearly outweigh the harm; where the Council is satisfied that there are no reasonable alternative sites that would result in less harm; and, where adequate mitigation and compensation measures can be put in place. (b) The Council will grant planning permission for developments that create, conserve or enhance biodiversity and improve access to nature particularly in Areas of Deficiency in Access to Nature and Priority Opportunity Area to Reduce Deficiency in Access (as shown on Map 2.67 in Appendix 2). (c) The Council will not grant planning permission for development that would adversely affect the value of Green Corridors (as shown on the Proposals Map) for nature conservation, amenity and leisure purposes.

Agenda Item 9c


(d) Where appropriate, the Council will secure financial contributions towards enhancing nature conservation and access to nature. In particular, the Council will seek, where appropriate, contributions towards improvements to the River Wandle and the Beverley and Pyl Brooks, including river restoration, de-culverting and habitat enhancement, and financial/land contributions required to complete the River Wandle Walkway and Cycleway (as shown on the Proposals Map).

Justification 3.191 When considering planning

applications, the Council will have regard to the requirements of Section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 - Habitats and Species of Principal Importance in England, which sets out a list of species and habitats of principal importance in England that local authorities must specifically consider. In determining applications, further consideration should also be given to the other Section 41 Species and Habitats that are of significance locally (as listed in the London and Sutton Biodiversity Action Plans) and to the protected species listed under the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 and the Habitat Regulations 1994.

3.192 The Council will seek to protect those back gardens that are of ecological value and accordingly will apply Policy DM30 (Housing and Back Garden Land).

Policy DM18 - Agricultural Land & Diversity

Background 3.193 PPS7

(2004) recognises the importance and varied roles of agriculture, including the maintenance and management of the countryside and valued landscapes. The guidance says that favourable consideration should be given to proposals for diversification where the development preserves the openness of the Green Belt and does not conflict with the purposes of including land in the Green Belt.

3.194 Farming in Sutton is following the national pattern and is experiencing a decline. In particular the smallholdings are suffering from competition from larger, more economic units and this is leading to a considerable number of applications for diversification of uses. Consequently, as many of the smallholdings of the Little Woodcote Area are no longer viable, there has been pressure on the houses to be used for residential purposes unrelated to agricultural uses.

3.195 In accordance with guidance in PPS7 and London Plan Policy 7.22 (Land for Food) and in order to implement Strategic Objective 9, the Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM18 - Agricultural Land & Diversity

(a) The Council will not permit development that would lead to the loss of the best and most versatile agricultural land or that would reduce the viability of the remaining agricultural land.

(b) The Council will not permit new agricultural buildings unless it is satisfied that they are necessary, do not affect the character of the area and

Agenda Item 9c


that there are no other suitable buildings on the agricultural unit for the proposed use. The Council will assess whether existing agricultural buildings are being used for agricultural purposes. Proposals must be accompanied by a comprehensive farm diversification plan, which establishes how it will assist in retaining the viability of the farm.

(c) The Council will grant planning permission for residential units arising out of the rationalisation of agricultural land and no longer linked to small holding land provided that it will have a maximum plot size of 0.2ha (1/2 acre) for each detached dwelling and 0.1ha (1/4 acre) for each semi-detached dwelling.

Justification 3.196 The Council will apply the

provisions of PPS7 when assessing applications for farm diversification, including farm shops. The best and most versatile agricultural land is considered to be Grades 1, 2 and 3a of the Agricultural Land Classifications.

3.197 This policy seeks to ensure that agricultural buildings are genuinely needed and their adverse effect on the Green Belt is minimised in order to protect the openness of the Green Belt and the amenities of residents.

3.198 The creation of residential units arising out of the rationalisation of agricultural land should not, on its own, create any problems as long as it does not result in redevelopment, creation of more units or infill between the current scattered dwellings. However, extensions to residential gardens or curtilages could lead to the gradual

urbanisation of the Green Belt, particularly as a result of the permitted development rights. Therefore, it is important to define the plot sizes of residential units within the Green Belt and the Council will not permit proposals for the extension of residential curtilages in order to avoid undue encroachment on the agricultural landscape. Boundary treatments should be sensitive to the agricultural landscape and therefore all proposals for new residential units will be conditioned to include natural boundary treatments.

Policy DM19 - Promoting Sustainable Transport and Accessibility

Background 3.199

seeks greater integration of planning and transport at all levels in order to promote more sustainable transport choices for people and freight; to promote accessibility to jobs, shopping, leisure facilities and services by public transport, walking and cycling; and to reduce the need to travel, especially by car. To achieve these objectives, development plans should direct growth to those areas with the best public transport such as town centres; locate day-to-day facilities in local centres where they can be easily accessed by walking and cycling; locate higher density housing in areas highly accessible by public transport; and ensure that other types of development offer a realistic choice of access by public transport, walking and cycling.

Agenda Item 9c


3.200 One of the six main objectives of the London Plan is to ensure London is a city where it is easy, safe and convenient for everyone to access jobs, opportunities and facilities. The key policy directions for achieving this objective include improving and expanding public transport, improving conditions for cycling and walking, integrating development with public transport and encouraging patterns and forms of development that reduce the need to travel, especially by car.

3.201 London Plan Policy 6.7 (Better Streets and Surface Transport) requires that Local Plan policies should promote bus, bus transit and tram networks, while London Plan Policies 6.9 (Cycling) and 6.10 (Walking) aim to bring about a significant increase in cycling and walking in London by improving routes and facilities to support these modes of transport. Major developments are expected to provide new, high quality, pedestrian and cycle routes, which are direct and provide good connections to existing streets, bus stops and stations. Policies are expected to identify and promote the relevant sections of both the strategic and local cycle and walking networks.

3.202 Core Policy BP9 (Enabling Smarter Travel Choices an Area-based Approach) sets out how the Council intends to facilitate and improve sustainable transport options through a number of specific schemes, while Core Policy BP10 (Transport Strategic and Borough-wide Proposals)

sets out the approach to sustainable transport improvements. In order to promote the provision of sustainable transport, the Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM19 - Promoting Sustainable Transport and Accessibility

(a) New developments should be accessible by, and make provision for, sustainable modes of transport such as walking, cycling and public transport, in order to promote increased use of these modes in preference to the private car. Where such provision is outside the control of the developer, or the development is not large enough to warrant specific provision, planning obligations will be sought and pooled to support wider improvements to sustainable modes, including public transport and car clubs. (b) Major trip-generating developments (those requiring Transport Assessments/Travel Plans) should be located in areas of good public transport accessibility, based on the Public Transport Accessibility Level methodology, and be easily accessible by sustainable modes of transport. All new developments should be fully accessible to people with mobility impairments. (c) Developments or changes of use should not result in the loss of a sustainable transport facility, unless an acceptable alternative can be provided or it can be demonstrated to the

no longer required.

Justification 3.203 Both walking and cycling have

great potential to replace short car trips, and therefore reduce

Agenda Item 9c


local traffic congestion, air pollution, noise and community severance, accidents and road danger, and greenhouse gas emissions. PPG13 states that local authorities should pay attention to the design, location and access arrangements of new development to help promote walking and cycling, as well as seeking the provision of convenient, safe and secure cycle parking and changing facilities in new development. Public transport use should also be encouraged as an alternative to the private car and improvements to public transport should be sought as part of larger development proposals, in order to reduce the need to travel by car and the level of parking at such sites. Planning obligations may be used to achieve improvements to public transport, walking and cycling where such measures are likely to influence the travel patterns to the site involved, are an integral and essential part of the development, and without which planning permission would not be granted. In cases where an individual development will have an impact on these modes but the impact is not sufficient to justify provision of a specific infrastructure measure or service improvement/provision, a generic sustainable transport contribution will be sought instead which will be pooled and used towards improvements that benefit the wider area.

3.204 A map identifying the relative PTALs in the Borough is shown

Implementation Plan. The

SPD (2007) sets out the criteria and formulae for calculating S106 transport contributions, while Core Policy DP2 (Planning Obligations) provides the strategic policy context.

3.205 Trans SPG (2007) and London Plan Policy 6.2 (Providing Public Transport Capacity and Safeguarding Land for Transport) state that land and facilities currently in use for the provision of public transport should be retained in that use, and land should be safeguarded to implement future transport proposals that have a reasonable prospect of delivery. The Council will apply this policy to pedestrian and cycle routes, in addition to bus, tram and rail facilities. Where a new development or a change of use is proposed that would result in the loss of such land or facilities, an alternative acceptable site or route should be made available. Alternatively, it should be

satisfaction that there is no longer a need for the facility.

Policy DM20 - Assessing the Transport Impact of New Development

Background 3.206 PPG13 states that

where developments will have significant transport implications, Transport Assessments should be prepared and submitted alongside planning applications. In addition, where appropriate, a Travel Plan will also be required.

Agenda Item 9c


3.207 London Plan Policy 6.3 (Assessing effects of Development on Transport Capacity) requires that boroughs should consider new development in terms of existing transport capacity. Where existing transport capacity is insufficient to allow for the travel generated by proposed developments, and there are no firm plans for a sufficient increase in capacity to cater for this, boroughs should ensure the development is phased until these known requirements can be met. Developments with significant transport implications should include a Transport Assessment and Travel Plan as part of planning applications.

3.208 Therefore, in accordance with Core Policy BP10 (Transport- Strategic and Borough-wide Proposals), which seeks to ensure that new development is appropriately located in relation to the public transport and highway network, the Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM20 - Assessing the Transport Impact of New Development

(a) The Council will assess all new development applications for their impact on the existing and proposed transport infrastructure and services and the local environment. Larger development applications will be expected to be accompanied by a Transport Assessment and Travel Plan which should demonstrate how the developer proposes to mitigate any likely adverse transport impacts and minimise reliance on the private car, in particular by encouraging and providing for the use of sustainable modes of transport. For smaller

development applications, a Transport Statement may be required that provides evidence that the developer has taken account of traffic and transport issues. (b) The Council will not grant planning permission unless any transport improvements considered necessary by the Council to overcome any adverse impacts of the development can be secured by planning agreement or an undertaking given by the developer that they will be implemented as part of the development.

Justification 3.209 It is important to assess the

likely transport impact of new development, and, in particular, consider the likely trip-generation in relation to the capacity of the existing transport network and the impact on the environment. The cumulative impact of any neighbouring applications, and the impact on neighbouring boroughs, should be taken into account. Applicants should also set out how they proposed to manage and mitigate the transport impacts of their development. Therefore, in accordance with national and regional guidance, including TfL Transport As

(2006) and orkplace and Residential

(2008),Transport Assessments and Travel Plans will be required as part of major development applications, while for smaller developments Transport Statements will be required. The thresholds for requirement of Transport Assessments, Transport Statements and Travel Plans

Agenda Item 9c


and guidance on their content are set out in Transport Assessments and Travel Plans SPD (2008). For developments that are likely to generate significant goods vehicles movements, either operationally or during construction, Delivery and Servicing Plans and/or Construction Logistics Plans are likely to be required in accordance with the London Freight Plan ).

Policy DM21 - New Development and the Highway Network

Background 3.210 PPG13 sets out the

principles to be observed in terms of access to the road network and states that development plans should include any policies that are directly related to the management of traffic. PPG13 also states that traffic management measures should be promoted which enhance the street environment and improve road safety in residential areas, including the use of traffic calming and home zones.

3.211 London Plan Policy 6.11 (Smoothing Traffic Flow and Tackling Congestion) states that boroughs should take a co-ordinated approach to smoothing traffic flow and tackling congestion and that DPDs should develop an integrated package of measures to address all aspects of transport, promote local services and reduce the need to travel. London Plan Policy 6.1 (Strategic Approach) requires that boroughs should manage streetspace taking account of the different roles of

roads for neighbourhoods and road users, promoting public transport and other sustainable means of transport and a higher quality public realm.

3.212 Core Policy BP10 seeks to manage the highway network, traffic and car parking in order to ensure the safe and efficient use of the highway network. Accordingly, the Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM21 - New Development and the Highway Network

New development should be connected to the most appropriate tier of the road hierarchy in order to minimise any adverse impact on traffic movement and the local environment. Any local roads built to serve new development should be designed according to the Department for

Manual for Streets and home zone principles, giving priority to sustainable modes and local residents over through motor traffic. New roads and footways should be built to adoptable standards and be fully accessible to the mobility impaired. Developments that generate significant goods vehicle movements should be located close to strategic or distributor roads and make off-street provision for deliveries and servicing.

Justification 3.213 The means by which access is

provided to serve a development and how that development is designed in terms of making provision for the movement of vehicles and people are fundamental considerations in assessing proposals for new development. These aspects are crucial in terms of ensuring that new developments can be conveniently and safely

Agenda Item 9c


accessed by all modes of transport, particularly sustainable modes, and that they are appropriately located in relation to the highway network and the volume and type of vehicles likely to be generated by the development. In particular, it is important that developments generating high volumes of vehicular traffic and /or heavy goods vehicles are located close to the upper tiers of the road hierarchy (strategic and distributor roads) in order to minimise any adverse effect on local roads in residential areas. It is also important that local roads, particularly new residential roads, are designed in such a way that reduces the dominance and speed of motor vehicles and gives priority to pedestrians, cyclists and local residents, in order to improve safety, residential amenity and convenience for sustainable modes. Central to designing for sustainable modes is the

to ensure developments are as accessible as possible to people on foot and bicycle by a network of direct and convenient routes. Convenient and well-designed provision for mobility-impaired people and delivery vehicles are also important aspects to consider in the design of new developments and road layouts.

3.214 New developments and road layouts should therefore be designed according to the

Urban Design GuideSPD (2008), which sets out the principles that developers should adhere to in the design and layout of streets and residential areas. This approach

is set out in more detail in the

Manual for Streets , which the Council will also expect developers to adhere to where appropriate.

3.215 Developments that are located on, or likely to have a significant impact on, the Transport for London Road Network (TLRN) should be referred to TfL for consultation.

Policy DM22 - Parking

Background

3.216 PPG13 advocates the use of parking policies to promote sustainable transport choices and reduce reliance on the car, as well as giving priority to people over the ease of movement.

3.217 London Plan Policy 6.13 (Parking) seeks to ensure that an appropriate balance is struck between promoting new development and preventing excessive car parking provision that can undermine cycling, walking and public transport use. Boroughmaximum car parking standards set out in Table 6.2 of the London Plan to set parking standards. However, the policy allows, in certain circumstances, for a more flexible approach to be taken towards the provision of additional public car parking in town centres and setting more generous standards for new office developments.

Agenda Item 9c


3.218 Core Policy BP10 states that: new development should be

appropriately located in relation to the Btransport and highway networks and comply with the Crestraint-based parking

Accordingly, the Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM22 - Parking

(a) New developments will be expected to provide the appropriate amount of car parking necessary in

restraint-based maximum car parking standards (as set out in Appendix 3), taking into account public transport accessibility levels (PTALs), existing publicly available parking provision and usage in the vicinity of the site and the need to deter unnecessary car use while avoiding over-spill parking problems. (b) Planning permission will be granted for developments proposing limited or no parking, providedthe Council is satisfied that this will not result in an increase in on-street parking whichwould adversely affect traffic flows, bus movement, road safety or the amenity of local residents or the local environment. Proposals for car-free developments will be expected to:

Be located in a high PTAL (5-6) area;

Provide parking for disabled drivers and operational/servicing needs;

Prohibit residents from obtaining on-street parking permits, to be enforced by a legal agreement;

Be within a Controlled Parking Zone (CPZ) or contribute to the implementation of a CPZ where one does not currently exist, as long as this would not adversely impact on the amenity of residents and the interests of users of adjacent

facilities;

Ensure that the public transport infrastructure has sufficient capacity to accommodate increased demand as a consequence of the development.

(c) Dedicated parking should be provided for disabled drivers and, where appropriate, motorcycles, commercial vehicles and coaches in

standards. New developments should also make provision for convenient and good quality cycle parking in

parking standards (as set out in Appendix 3). (d) Planning permission will be granted for the conversion of existing parking space to other uses where it can clearly be demonstrated that such parking is surplus to requirements or the conversion is linked to a travel plan target to reduce demand for parking, the site is reasonably well-served by public transport and conversion would not result in on-street parking that would adversely affect road safety, traffic flow, residential amenity and the local environment.

Justification 3.219 The availability of car parking

has a major influence on the means of transport people use for their journeys. PPG13 requires local authorities to ensure that, as part of a package of planning and transport measures, levels of parking provision in new development will promote sustainable transport choices. This includes not requiring developers to provide more car parking than they wish to, unless there are exceptional circumstances such as safety considerations that cannot be

Agenda Item 9c


resolved; encouraging shared use of parking in town centres; and introducing parking controls in areas adjacent to major trip-generating developments to minimise potential displacement of parking where on-site parking is limited.

3.220 Development plan documents are required to set maximum levels of parking for different types of development and not have minimum standards other than for disabled people. Maximum standards are the maximum level of parking that can be provided at a development, but are not a standard that has to be met, and therefore the developer may propose less parking than the maximum standard.

3.221 PPG13 also encourages the use of planning conditions requiring the removal of parking spaces when, for example, public transport improvements have taken place on the site at a later date, or a travel plan is in place aimed at reducing car use.

3.222 The policy reflects the London Plan requirement for all parking standards to be maxima, allowing developers the flexibility to provide less than the standard if they so wish. The Cstandards have been revised to reflect this overall approach and the standards set out in the London Plan.

Developing Active, Healthy and Inclusive Communities

Policy DM 23 - Loss of Housing

Background 3.223 London Plan Policy 3.14

(Existing Housing) indicates

policies should prevent the loss of housing, including affordable housing, without its planned replacement at existing or higher densities with at least equivalent floorspace. In terms of affordable accommodation, the loss should not be permitted unless it is replaced by better quality accommodation, providing at least the equivalent floorspace of affordable housing.

3.224 Core Policy PMP1 (Housing Provision) seeks to make

needs target of 345 dwellings per year. The London Plan proposes a reduction in this minimum target to 210 dwellings per annum for the period 2011-2021. Accordingly, in order to help achieve this, the Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM23 - Loss of Housing

The Council will only, in exceptional circumstances, grant planning permission for the loss of residential accommodation where:

The net loss arises in seeking to meet the housing needs of the Borough by providing new housing of a higher quality and design; or

It provides for an essential local community facility, where a specific need has been identified that cannot be provided on another site nearby; or

The dwelling(s) by virtue of their location are considered by the Council to be unsuitable for continued residential occupation and it is not possible to provide satisfactory living conditions through carrying out improvements or

Agenda Item 9c


redevelopment.

Justification 3.225 While the Council will resist the

loss of existing housing in accordance with London Plan policy, it recognises that there may be exceptional circumstances where such a loss could be justified. For example, in re-developing older high-rise social-rented affordable accommodation in the Borough, the Council will support proposals that improve

even though this might result in fewer units being achieved on site, provided the overall quantity of affordable housing (measured in units or floorspace) is maintained across the Borough. The Council considers that such developments assist with the gcreating mixed and sustainable communities, as set out in PPS3 .

3.226 Similarly the loss of private market housing will only be favourably considered in very exceptional circumstances. For example, in seeking to meet other objectives of the development plan, such as providing small health care facilities that are needed locally and cannot be provided on an alternative site or where existing dwellings are considered unsuitable for continued residential occupation and it is not possible to provide satisfactory living conditions through carrying out improvements or redevelopments.

Policy DM24 - Conversions

Background

3.227 PPS3 states that conversions of existing housing can provide an important source of new housing. London Plan Policy 3.14 (Existing Housing) seeks to promote the efficient use of the existing housing stock. Core Policy BP1 (Housing Density) seeks to ensure that new housing development makes the most efficient use of land. The conversion of existing residential properties into two or more self-contained units or into multiple occupation has provided a significant source of new housing in the Borough since 2003 (between April 2003 and April 2008, out of a total of 2,749 gross dwellings built, 381 were conversions i.e. 14% of all gross residential completions were conversions). However, there is a need for a specific local policy to ensure such changes of use result in an acceptable form of development, both for the occupier and the adjoining residents.

3.228 In accordance with Core Planning Strategy Strategic Objective 1 and Core Policy PMP1 (Housing Provision), the Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM24 - Conversions

(a) The Council will grant planning permission for development involving the conversion of existing properties to provide new self-contained housing units or houses in multiple occupation (HMOs), provided that the proposals:

Have no adverse impact on the amenities of neighbouring residents;

Do not detract from the character and appearance of the area, particularly when proposed in

Agenda Item 9c


conservation areas and areas of special local character;

Are of an acceptable size and layout to provide adequate living space, refuse storage, and amenity space,

Urban Design Guide SPD (2008);

For houses in multiple occupation, the existing property is detached and the new units share facilities and have joint access and that there is not an over-concentration of HMOs in any one road; and

Do not adversely affect on-street parking.

(b) The Council will also grant permission for proposals that bring upper floors above shop units into residential use provided that a separate, independent, safe and secure access can be created from the dwelling to street level.

Justification 3.229 Conversions can come from

many sources, including offices and retail, as well as the subdivision of existing residential dwellings. The Council encourages the conversion of space above retail units, which can increase the vitality and viability of the

3.230 However, it is considered important that conversions should provide satisfactory living conditions for both the benefit of residents and neighbours, particularly in the

Core Policy PMP2 (Suburban Heartlands) seeks to manage change in a way that respects and enhances the distinctive local character of Suresidential heartlands.

suburban areas could have a

residential character if not properly controlled. Proposals for conversions should therefore minimise environmental problems and disturbance for neighbours (e.g. avoiding locating living rooms adjacent to bedrooms of neighbouring properties) and should include adequate security, lighting (particularly at the rear of properties), covered access and refuse storage, amenity space, landscaping and parking. Particular attention should be paid to alterations that materially affect the external appearance, so that individual elements of the proposed development do not affect the important design features of the property. This is especially important in conservation areas and areas of special local character and other sensitive locations. Good practice on conversions is set

(2008).

3.231 While it is recognised that there is a need to provide a stock of affordable non self-contained housing units in the Borough, the conversion of dwellings for communal uses such as HMOs can materially alter the character of the area they are set within. They can also pose particular problems in terms of means of fire escape, parking and amenity. It is therefore important the buildings are suitable for the intensity of use proposed and that adequate parking and amenity standards can be met without causing a detrimental impact. Furthermore, in order to ensure satisfactory accommodation, all

Agenda Item 9c


units provided should enjoy the benefit of any communal facilities provided both within and outside the building. Entrances to the building will also be limited in order to ensure the development is in keeping with the area.

Policy DM25 - Maximising Affordable Housing Provision

Background 3.232 One of the g

the Mobjectives is to increase the supply of affordable housing. This is important to promote mixed and balanced communities and to address the affordability issue in London. Given the scale of the shortfall in affordable housing, it is important that new development contributes towards its provision.

3.233 Core Planning Strategy Strategic Objective 2 seeks to secure the provision of affordable housing. Core Policy BP2 (Affordable Housing) and the accompanying section on implementation of the policy provide a definition of affordable housing; set out details of how much affordable housing was built recently in the Borough; and summarise the findings of the Fordham Rese

(2008). They also summarise the findings of Affordable

2008) and set out how the Council will seek to achieve the Borough-wide target of 50% affordable housing provision. In order to

affordable housing objectives, the Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM25 - Maximising Affordable Housing Provision

(a) Planning permission will be granted for residential or mixed use developments on the basis that the development incorporates the maximum reasonable amount of affordable housing on site, having regard to the Borough-wide target, and the split between social rented and intermediate provision for all sites capable of achieving 10 units or more, as set out in Core Policy BP2 (Affordable Housing). In considering proposals, the Council will also have regard to:

Individual site costs;

Economic viability;

The availability of public subsidy; and

Any other scheme requirements. (b) The Council will expect the affordable housing contribution to be made on site, but in exceptional cases where it can be demonstrated that it would be more beneficial to the

objectives, the Council may accept the provision of affordable housing off site, or a payment in lieu. Where schemes are brought forward for nine or fewer dwellings, the developer will need to satisfy the Council that:

The proposal does not represent an underdevelopment of the site with regard to Core Policy BP1 (Housing Density);

A large site is not being brought forward in phases to avoid the threshold at each stage. In such circumstances, the Council will apply the affordable housing target to subsequent phases based on the capacity of all phases, including those already permitted or built.

Justification 3.234 The Council considers that all

developments with capacity to

Agenda Item 9c


provide 10 dwellings (gross) or more should provide affordable housing. In order to meet the Borough-wide target, the Council will seek to achieve 50% affordable housing provision on all sites capable of providing 10 or more units, either in terms of the number of units on site or the overall residential floorspace of the development and that 70% of the affordable units should be for social rent. However, the Council recognises that it may not be financially viable to provide 50% affordable housing on all individual sites. In considering proposed developments, the Council will take into account the economic viability of a scheme and the most effective use of public subsidy, as well as any particular costs associated with the development of the site. In such cases, the Council will request that the developer provides a financial appraisal of the scheme so that a fair contribution can be agreed. The GLA Affordable Housing

used for this purpose. The Council will nonetheless expect developers to have taken into consideration any abnormal costs in developing a site before acquiring the land. This should include consulting the Council on any particular policies or planning obligations relevant to the development of the site.

3.235 A significant proportion of new development is likely to be in town centre locations and will comprise a high proportion of one and two bedroom flats. This will not meet the need for larger

family-sized affordable units. Therefore, cash-in-lieu payments may be considered to provide this type of housing in more appropriate locations for family dwellings.

3.236 approach to seeking affordable housing both on and off site are

Affordable Housing(2006) at sections 8 and 9. In assessing whether housing is affordable, the Council will take into account the London Plan, the South West London Sub-Regional Housing Market Assessment and the CounciAffordable Housing SPD.

Policy DM26-Housing Mix

Background 3.237 PPS3 states that the

planning system should deliver a mix of housing, both market and affordable, particularly in tenure and price, to support a wide variety of households in all areas. It requires local development documents to set out the size and type of affordable housing required. However, in terms of market housing, it states that the document should set out the likely proportion of different household types requiring market housing i.e. multi-person households, including families; single persons; and couples. Local authorities should, however, plan for the full range of market housing.

Preferred Policy DM26 - Housing Mix

(a) The Council will not grant planning permission for new residential development, unless it includes a mix of dwelling sizes and tenures.

Agenda Item 9c


(b) In terms of dwelling sizes, all developments should seek to provide a minimum of 25%43 of all dwellings on the site as having three bedrooms or more, unless it can be demonstrated that this would be inappropriate to the location or not viable.

(c) On sites particularly suited to larger-sized family houses, the Council will expect the proportion of units having 3 bedrooms or more, as specified in (b) above, to be exceeded.

Justification 3.238 Given the need to achieve

mixed and balanced communities, there is a need to ensure that, wherever possible, sites achieve a mix of both dwelling sizes and tenures, in line with London Plan Policy 3.8 (Housing Choice). However, the Council recognises that with many small developments (fewer than 10 units), it may be difficult to provide a wide range of different unit sizes and tenures.

3.239 The Council, together with the other six boroughs in the South West London sub-region (Wandsworth, Croydon, Kingston, Lambeth, Richmond, and Merton), commissioned Ecotec Research and Consulting in July 2009 to prepare a South West London Housing Market Assessment.

3.240 The Council had intended to carry out a Housing Market Assessment at borough level, but received government advice that such work should only be carried out at the regional level by the GLA. Instead, the Council was required to limit

43

This figure of 25% will be updated on a regular basis to reflect local research.

any surveys it wished to take to assessing Housing Needs and

Requirements Study 2004 to assess overall housing requirements.

3.241 Accordingly, the Council commissioned Fordham Research Ltd in 2007 to undertake a Housing Needs Assessment (published as

- Local Housing Needs Assessment(2008) to provide more information on the likely affordable housing mix required in the Borough. The Council undertook its own research into the type of housing mix likely to be needed to meet the growth in different types of household and has published this information in the Report of Studies. The GLA also published its London Strategic Housing Market Assessment(2009).

3.242 evidence suggests that based on applying existing housing occupancy rates to the future growth in different types of households across the local housing market, there will be a need for a minimum of 25% of units to be 3 bedrooms or larger. This methodology may result in a slight underestimate of the need for larger units because it does not deal with existing overcrowding. At the same time, the research shows some homes are under-occupied but it is considered this position is unlikely to change significantly as people will always occupy as large a property as they can afford. The Council will, however, update this research on a regular basis

Agenda Item 9c


to ensure that the Borough housing requirements are being met, particularly the need for larger-sized family units.

3.243 - Local Housing Needs Assessmentindicated a need for all sizes of affordable units, but that taking into account existing supply, the greatest need relatively was for larger family units, particularly of 4 bedrooms and greater. Furthermore, because of the Core Planning Strategy focus on achieving higher density

more sustainable locations, and the high proportion of small sites that are likely to come forward, it would be appropriate to seek a higher proportion of family sized-units on appropriate sites. Therefore, where appropriate sites are able to deliver family-sized housing, this should both exceed the 25% of 3 bedroom plus units and most of the units should be affordable.

Policy DM27 - Communal Accommodation

Background 3.244 PPS3 requires local

authorities to plan for the diverse range of housing requirements across its area. Communal accommodation is specifically designed to meet the needs of the community that cannot be met through traditional self-contained housing. London Plan Policy 3.8 (Housing Choice) requires that borough policies should identify and help address the range of housing needs likely to arise within their areas including special needs housing, such as sheltered housing with care

support, staffed hostels and residential care homes, for older persons, children and other client groups.

Policy DM27 - Communal Accommodation

The Council will grant planning permission for developments that provide care and accommodation for residents incapable of living independently provided:

It meets an identified need;

It provides accommodation in a location and of a type that is both well designed to meet the needs of a particular client group and fits in with the character of the surrounding area;

It is accessible to local shopping facilities, healthcare and other community services, public transport and facilities appropriate to the

Any such developments would not have an unacceptable impact on the amenities of local residents, either individually or cumulatively, and would not result in the over-concentration of such residential uses in a particular area of the Borough.

Justification 3.245 Although the Council supports

meeting the needs of the population as far as possible within their own independent self-contained homes, there remains a need for a type of housing that includes an element of care. Such developments might include residential or nursing care homes for older people, people with learning disabilities, vulnerable young people and children needing care etc. However, it is important to consider the location of such developments in terms of

Agenda Item 9c


proximity to local facilities and services as well as considering the scale and design of such buildings to ensure they are compatible with the surrounding area and are not harmful to local amenities. It is also important in terms of creating mixed and balanced communities to avoid an over-concentration of such uses in one area, which may also put too much pressure on certain services.

3.246 Where the proposals involve the use of existing residential accommodation, the Council will expect that the premises should be detached. The Council will also consider the need to place restrictions on the operation of premises, in order to ensure that the proposed use does not unduly affect the amenities of local residents. In particular, the Council may consider imposing conditions on the development of rest and nursing homes, in order to prevent their conversion to other more intrusive uses within Use Class C2, where such an authorised change would be likely to have an unduly adverse impact on the residential amenity of the area.

Policy DM28 - Gypsy and Traveller Site Provision

Background 3.247 There are currently two Gypsy

and Traveller sites with the Borough: one private and one public, and they are situated adjacent to each other at Carshalton Road, Woodmansterne. The London Traveller Accommodation

identified a need for an additional 4-8 residential pitches within the Borough between 2007-2012 and a further 2-5 residential pitches between 2012-2017. Subsequently the level of need has been subject to review and the Mayor decided not to include borough targets in the London Plan. Instead London Plan Policy 3.8 (Housing Choice) states that boroughs should identify the accommodation requirements of Gypsies and Travellers in their own areas and ensure they are addressed in line with national policy. Consequently, there will be a need to consider further Gypsy and Traveller accommodation within the Borough in the near future. The inclusion of a policy in this document is necessary to provide clear guidance for both Gypsies and Travellers (as defined in Circular 1/2006

and the other interested parties on how the Council will judge planning applications for additional accommodation. Therefore, in accordance with London Plan Policies 3.8 (Housing Choice) and Core Policy BP3 (Gypsy and Traveller Sites), the Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM28 - Gypsy and Traveller Site Provision

Planning permission for further Gypsy and Traveller sites will only be permitted when a site meets an identified need and satisfies the following criteria:

The site has safe access to and from the road network, and it has

Agenda Item 9c


adequate provision for parking, turning, servicing and emergency vehicle access;

The site does not have an unduly adverse impact on the local environment, the character of the area and the amenities of both local residents and the future occupiers of the site, including the potential for noise, traffic movements and other activities likely to be taking place within or in the vicinity of the site;

The site has or will have a supply of essential services, such as mains gas and electricity, water, sewerage and drainage and waste disposal;

The site is situated within a reasonable distance of local shops, services and community facilities, in particular schools and health services, and is accessible by public transport;

The site is not located in an area at high risk of flooding;

The layout of the site, its associated facilities and landscaping will be designed to a high standard including pitches, hardstandings, amenity blocks, parking and turning areas, amenity and play spaces and boundary treatments.

Justification 3.248 The criteria presented in this

policy have been formulated with regard to the best practice advice in Annex C of Circular 1/2006 and the Council considers that these are fair, reasonable, equitable and effective. Criteria 1, 2 and 6 will ensure that amenity is preserved for those within and near to any future site. Furthermore, the Council would expect that any future Gypsy and Traveller provision to follow the principles of design laid out

Traveller Sites: Good Practice 3

and 4 will ensure an appropriate standard of living for occupants, while criterion 5 ensures that occupants are not subjected to any unnecessary risk of harm to themselves or of damage to property in the event of flooding.

Policy DM29 - Housing Standards

Background 3.249 In order to address the

increasing concerns over inadequate dwelling size and insufficient amenity space provided in new housing in the Borough, this policy sets out the

private amenity space, play space, and space standards for new build and conversions.

Policy DM29 - Housing Standards

Planning permission will not be granted for new residential accommodation, including conversions, unless:

A minimum amount of private amenity space is provided, in line with the standards set out in

SPD, (January 2008), or, where this is not possible, a contribution towards the provision of open space elsewhere

Planning Obligations SPD (2007);

A minimum level of play space is provided, in line with London Plan Policy 3.6 (Children and Young PeRecreation Facilities) and the

SPG Providing for Young s Play and Informal

(2008);

In cases where on-site provision of play space cannot be provided

Agenda Item 9c


within residential developments, the Council will expect a developer contribution towards improvements to play spaces and facilities within the vicinity of the development in

G Providing

Informal Re (2008);

Sufficient internal space is provided in order to achieve a satisfactory level of accommodation that meets or exceeds minimum internal size standards for rooms and dwellings, in line with the Housing Space Standards set out in Appendix A of

SPD (2008) or as may be updated by the London Plan.

Justification Private Amenity Space

3.250 PPS3 states that where family housing is proposed, it is important to take the needs of children into account and that there is good provision of recreation areas, including private gardens, play areas and informal play space.

Play Space

3.251 London Plan Policy 3.6

Play and Informal Recreation Facilities) states that boroughs should ensure that all children have safe access to good quality play and informal recreation provision. Therefore new developments that include housing should make provision for play and informal recreation based on the expected child population generated by the scheme and an assessment of

children and

guidance to assist this process.

Room and Dwelling Size Standards

3.252 The Council will seek to apply the housing space standards (as set out in Appendix A of the

SPD (2008)) and those of the London Plan to ensure that residential accommodation provided in the Borough is large enough to function as intended.

3.253 There are three housing space standards set out in Appendix A of the

08): the Council standard for conversions; the

standards for all properties; and

minimum required dwelling size ranges for developments seeking grant funding. The

are minima and should be provided. They have been used by the Council in determining planning applications for a substantial period of time.

3.254 However, London Plan Policy 3.5 (Quality and Design of Housing Developments) seeks to ensure that housing developments should be of the highest quality both internally and externally. Table 3.3 of the London Plan sets out minimum space standards for all new dwellings which the Mayor encourages developers to exceed. The standards are based on the gross internal floor area required for new dwellings relative to the number of bedrooms/occupants and are consistent with Housing Corporation space standards replacing those set out in

Urban Design guide SPD. The

Agenda Item 9c


Mayor has also published a draft Housing SPG, setting out detailed guidance on housing design, including room space standards, which once adopted will update the relevant guidance contained in Appendix

Guide SPD.

3.255 The Council will also seek to ensure that new housing is built

and that ten per cent of new housing be designed to be wheelchair accessible, or easily adaptable for residents who are wheelchair users, as required by London Plan Policy 3.8 (Housing Choice).

Policy DM30 Housing and Back Garden Land

Background 3.256 Historically large parts of the

Borough have been laid out in rectangular street blocks, with houses fronting onto the roads enclosing large rear gardens. As a result private gardens make up around one third of the

pace. Many areas of back garden land have matured and developed as important amenity areas for residents that also contribute to the overall character and appearance of the local area. Many areas of back garden land have also become important wildlife habitats as well as being a refuge for cultivated plant species that are endangered in the wild. In addition, it is becoming increasing recognised that such areas, by virtue of their green and blue infrastructure, also contribute to mitigating the impact of climate change.

3.257 However, in recent years these areas have come under increasing pressure for new housing development, and it is considered that the cumulative impact of their loss would cause the gradual degradation of the character and appearance of the Borough, substantially reduce biodiversity and affect the health of its residents.

3.258 The Council therefore seeks to retain the suburban quality of the Borough by resisting pressures of building on green spaces, including blocks of back gardens that are important to the character and appearance of the area or are of local ecological value and which may also help mitigate against climate change impacts. This approach is now supported by changes to Government Guidance and in the London Plan. In particular, amendments have been made to the definition of previously-developed land as set out in PPS3 Annex B (2010) to exclude private residential gardens. As previously-developed land remains the priority for development, private garden land is therefore no longer seen as a primary source of housing land, which is reflected in the lower housing targets for this borough set out in the London Plan.

3.259 In addition, Policy 3.5 (Quality of Housing Design and Developments) of the London Plan supports boroughs introducing a presumption against development on back gardens where this can be locally justified. Furthermore,

Housing, sets out the

Agenda Item 9c


importance of gardens which include defining local context and character; providing safe, secure and sustainable environments and play space; supporting biodiversity, abating flood risk and mitigating the effects of climate change; and enhancing the distinctive character of suburban London. The achievement of such objectives is considered likely to outweigh the small increment to housing provision arising from garden development.

3.260 Therefore, in order to prevent

back garden land, retain the suburban character of the Borough, and to protect and, where possible, enhance the

accordance with Core Policies PMP2 (Suburban Heartlands) and PMP9 (The Open Spaces Network), the Council will seek to protect those back gardens that make an important contribution to the character and appearance of the area or are of ecological value.

Policy DM30 - Housing and Back Garden Land

The Council will not grant planning permission for the development of back garden land, where the site either individually or as part of a larger street block:

Makes an important contribution to the character and appearance of the surrounding area and its development would be contrary to Policy DM1; or

Is considered to be of ecological value in keeping with the aims of Policy DM17; or

Is likely to make a significant contribution to mitigating the impacts of climate change in

accordance with Policy DM8; or

Where the development of the site would adversely affect the amenities of future occupiers or those currently occupying adjoining or nearby properties, in line with Policy DM2.

Justification 3.261 Under Policy DM1 planning

permission will only be granted for development that maintains and enhances the local character and appearance of the surrounding area. Back gardens often play an important role in defining the character of the area, particularly in lower density areas where areas of well landscaped gardens and tree planting that are visible between the properties and above the rooftops of houses add significantly to the character of the area. In assessing applications for the development of back garden land the Council will be informed by the townscape quality of the Borough, which has broadly been identified in the Characterisation Report of Studies: Understanding Sutton's Distinctiveness. In addition, new development would need to satisfy other relevant policies of the LDF, including those dealing with the relationship between buildings and the provision of private amenity space and suitable access.

3.262

recognises a large proportion of

of private gardens, which collectively are of immense value as a wildlife habitat. The Mayor expects that biodiversity and wildlife habitat will be taken

Agenda Item 9c


into account in proposals for the re-development of garden land and that the most important areas for wildlife habitat in garden land should be protected from built development.

3.263 The Council recognises that it would not be appropriate to seek to resist the loss of all back garden land as the quality of these areas as a amenity and wildlife resource is likely to vary.

Practice Guidance (2005) refers to research carried out by the former London Ecology Unit (LEU) in establishing the importance of the wildlife habitat in these areas for the maintenance of their biodiversity. The guidance states that areas with long gardens and large blocks of gardens and areas with a good range of habitat support a great variety of wildlife. Large or long gardens are less disturbed by people and their gardening and other activity. Small gardens, however well landscaped, support a more limited range of wildlife.

3.264 The Council has therefore adopted a balanced approach to the development of back garden land by, subject to satisfying other policies in the LDF, aiming to preserve those areas that, as a block, are of ecological and amenity value, while allowing development involving back gardens that are considered to be of less ecological and amenity value to the locality.

3.265 The Council considers that the ecological value of back gardens is likely to be

influenced by the following factors. These are the depth of individual gardens within the street block; the overall size of the block of back gardens in which the development is located; and the degree to which the block of back gardens has been affected by previous developments. The ecological value of any adjoining land may also affect the ecological value of the street block. Long rear gardens within large street blocks which are largely undisturbed by previous development are likely to be of the greatest local ecological as well as amenity value.

3.266 research, the Council considers that in most instances gardens where the distance between the principal rear walls of dwellings is greater than 70 metres are of ecological value. This figure is based on the work undertaken by the former LEU where the number and density of bird species was used as an indicator for other wildlife, both plant and animal. A direct relationship was found between the length of rear gardens (and hence density) and the number of bird species. However, this can only be considered as a broad guide to assessing ecological value and in some cases the Council may ask developers to undertake an ecological study to assess the value of the affected garden and the impact of the development on the remainder of street block

3.267 In addition, larger areas of gardens with mature landscaping are likely to have a beneficial effect in terms of

Agenda Item 9c


mitigating the effects of climate change by helping to reduce the

assisting with sustainable drainage. This is recognised in government guidance (Planning and Climate Change) and the London Plan. This latter document states that boroughs should identify areas where urban greening and green infrastructure can make a particular contribution to mitigating the effects of climate change such as the urban heat island effect and cites evidence of the effect of increasing/decreasing the proportion of urban green space on city temperatures. In addition, the Council also considers that planting has a beneficial effect in absorbing pollution and noise.

3.268 Policy DM8 seeks to ensure the location, layout and design of proposed developments minimises the vulnerability of people and property to climate change and in requiring new development to promote effective climate adaptation measures, recognises the role of private gardens as part of a wider green space network in urban cooling as well as additional benefits including flood storage/sustainable drainage.

3.269 In addition to those back gardens that are considered to be of limited amenity and ecological value, back gardens within or around town centres

Sustainable Residential

Proposals Map) may be considered appropriate for development in order to achieve

higher residential development in accordance with Core Policy BP1 (Housing Density).

3.270 Where development of back gardens is considered acceptable in accordance with this Policy, it should also be of a high quality of design; maintain and, wherever possible, enhance landscape and nature conservation features on site; as well as satisfying other policies of the LDF. In particular, Policy DM16 also requires that new residential developments, in certain circumstances, provide new open spaces and/or make financial contributions to enable the provision of new open spaces or improvements to the accessibility and quality of existing public open spaces. The Council will also seek to maintain and improve the character and appearance of any front gardens included within any proposal for developing back garden land.

3.271 This policy will not generally be applied to development involving building on garden land located between houses in a street frontage or on the return frontages of corner sites. Small scale developments contained within the front gardens of existing houses will be considered against other policies of the Plan.

Policy DM31 - Social and Community Infrastructure

Background 3.272 Further to Core Planning

Strategy Strategic Objective 3, the Council, in principle, supports the provision of new facilities to provide education, healthcare or similar services.

Agenda Item 9c


Therefore the Council will seek to protect and enhance social and community infrastructure in accordance with London Plan Policy 3.16 (Protection and Enhancement of Social Infrastructure) and Core Policies BP 4 (Education and Skills) and BP 5 (Improving Health and Well-Being).

Policy DM31 - Social and Community Infrastructure

(a)The Council will grant planning permission for the development of social and community infrastructure where it:

Is accessible by a range of transport modes, in particular by walking, cycling and public transport;

Provides flexible and adaptable space, where practicable;

Is close or accessible to the community it is intended to serve and is of an appropriate scale to meet that need;

Is designed and sited to enable and maximise the shared use of premises and playing fields for community purposes;

Would not have any unduly adverse environment effects;

In the case of proposals for large developments generating significant numbers of trips, such as indoor sports facilities, are located within or on the edge of town centres or other areas of higher public transport accessibility.

(b) The Council will not grant planning permission for development that involves the loss of a social or community facility unless:

It can be demonstrated that the facility is no longer required either in its current use or for any alternative social or community use; or

Suitable alternative provision is made or is available nearby.

Justification3.273 It is important that social and

community facilities are either close to or easy accessible by public transport from where people live. Furthermore, because of the scarcity of suitable land and competing land uses, it is important that any social or community facility is as adaptable as possible to enable it to meet a variety of needs. This is particularly important with new schools where there is scope to share the use of premises and playing fields. It is also important that those uses that are likely to have very large or borough-wide catchment areas are located in the most accessible locations such as Sutton town centre, whereas those activities that are more local in nature should be more accessible on foot or by bicycle.

3.274 As many existing community facilities are often situated within residential areas they can come under increasing pressure to be redeveloped for housing. Where proposals come forward involving the loss of a social or community facility, sufficient evidence will need to be provided to satisfy the Council that the requirements of this policy have been met. This would demonstrate that for a period of at least 12 months there had been no interest in using the premises/land for their current or other community purposes at a reasonable charge or that the need for such a facility is already satisfied within premises in easy walking distance or an alternative facility will be provided within a similar distance.

Agenda Item 9c


3.275 The Council and other service providers will seek to identify future land and building requirements for education, health and other services and allocate land specifically for that purpose within the Site Development Policies document. Where appropriate, the Council will seek planning contributions from new residential developments towards the provision of social and community infrastructure,

Supplementary Planning

(2008).

Policy DM32 - Telecommunications

Background 3.276 PPG

(2001) states that development plan documents should include criteria-based policies to guide telecommunications development. The criteria should be flexible enough to allow for the efficient development of the network and the demands imposed by new technology. They should include policies on the siting and appearance of apparatus, including any location and landscaping requirements designed to minimise the impact of such apparatus on amenity, without inhibiting operational efficiency and set out the circumstances in which local authorities may decide Prior Approval is required for certain telecommunications development that does not require planning permission.

3.277 In respect of other

infrastructure/utilities, Core Policy DP3 (Infrastructure Requirements and Delivery) already provides for the Council to work with infrastructure providers and stakeholders to identify requirements for infrastructure provision and services for new development and will seek to co-ordinate infrastructure delivery. Furthermore, through Core Policy DP2 (Planning Obligations), the Council will ensure, where necessary, that all new development meets on and off-site infrastructure required to support the development and/or mitigate the impact of the development through the use of planning obligations.

3.278 Through London Plan Policy 4.11 (Encouraging a Connected Economy) the Council will also expect all new commercial and residential developments to be e-enabled in terms of ducts to existing or proposed fibre optic cables, multi duct nests for individual buildings and internal ducting or appropriate alternative provision.

Policy DM32 - Telecommunications

All telecommunications development should be sited and designed in such a way that it does not adversely affect the appearance of the surrounding area. The Council will only grant planning permission of telecommunications equipment where:

The siting is not intrusive in the street scene;

The design is of a height, scale and appearance which does not unduly detract from the character of the area or unacceptably harm the amenities of occupiers of neighbouring sites;

Agenda Item 9c


The equipment has been designed to keep the size of the installation to the technical minimum and sited, so far as practicable, to minimise the impact on the environment;

Screening of equipment housing and other visually intrusive development associated with the proposal is provided;

All alternative sites which fulfil the functional requirements of the equipment have been assessed;

It can be demonstrated that the use of existing facilities or sharing equipment with other operators has been considered;

No existing facilities are available and consideration has been given to the need to cater for future growing demand for network development, including that of other operators;

The applicant has demonstrated that the development will operate within the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection Guidelines for public exposure.

Justification 3.279 In accordance with PPG8

, this policy seeks to reconcile the need for telecommunications equipment to support business and domestic needs whilst ensuring that its environmental impact and the impact on the character of an area/building is minimised. This policy will be applied to both applications for Prior Approval (see PPG8

for the scope of developments falling within this procedure) and applications for other developments requiring planning permission.


Policy DM33 - Strategic and Established Industrial Locations

Policy DM34 - Other Land in Industrial Use

Background 3.280

industrial land is provided by three Strategic Locations at Kimpton, Beddington and Imperial Way, as well as a number of long-established industrial locations within the Borough occupying buildings of varying ages and conditions.

3.281 London Plan Policies 2.17 (Strategic Industrial Locations) and 4.4 (Managing Industrial Land and Premises) requires boroughs to identify and protect Strategic Industrial Locations and develop local policies and criteria to manage locally significant and other smaller industrial sites outside such locations. They should have regard to, amongst other things, the release of surplus land for other uses in order to achieve the efficient use of land in light of strategic and local assessments of industrial demand.

3.282 There has been increasing pressure for the release of industrial land and clarification sought as to the type of business activities that are considered appropriate on such land, based on the changing nature of business activities and guidance from the GLA. The

Industrial Land Supply Update confirms that additional land and floorspace will be required to meet business needs, provide job opportunities for the local workforce and encourage a more sustainable pattern of travelling to work. It demonstrates a general need to

Agenda Item 9c


protect existing employment opportunities if the Borough is to maintain economic prosperity. Furthermore, there is a lack of suitable land to extend existing industrial areas, particularly the established locations, most of which are surrounded by residential development or have other constraints.

3.283 Core Policy PMP4 (Main Locations for Industry) therefore seeks the retention of all industrial land at the main industrial areas in the Borough (Strategic Industrial Locations and Established Industrial Locations). Notwithstanding this strategic approach, Core Policy PMP7 (Hackbridge) provides for the established industrial land at Felnex Industrial Estate, land adjoining Hackbridge Station and Wandle Valley Trading Estate to be reduced in area in order to allow for their mixed-use redevelopment to deliver the vision of the Sustainable Community Strategy, which seeks to secure a sustainable neighbourhood at Hackbridge. Accordingly:

Policy DM33 - Strategic and Established Industrial Locations

(a) Within the main industrial locations (as shown on the Proposals Map), the Council will only grant planning permission for B1(excluding freestanding offices), B2 (general industry) and B8 (storage and distribution) uses or other similar industrial uses. Other similar industrial uses will be granted permission provided it can be demonstrated that the use would not adversely affect the industrial status or operation of the area.

(b) Within Beddington and Kimpton Strategic Industrial Locations, proposals for utility operations, logistics and transport uses will also be allowed. All development within these areas will be expected to contribute to environmental and transport improvements in accordance with Core Policies PMP4 (Main Locations for Industry) and BP9 (Enabling Smarter Travel Choices an Area-Based Approach) and DM3 (Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm). (c) The Established Industrial Locations of Felnex Trading Estate, Land adjoining Hackbridge Station and the Wandle Valley Trading Estate will be developed for mixed use purposes including employment, as set out in Core Policy PMP7 (Hackbridge) and, as may further be detailed, within a Hackbridge SPD. (d) Within the remainder of the Established Industrial Locations, proposals for industrial redevelopment or intensification will be expected to contribute, where appropriate, to any improvement schemes for that industrial location, as well as achieve environmental and traffic improvements in relation to any existing adjoining residential development. (e) The Council will expect proposals to include a range of different size premises, including a proportion of small and medium-sized business premises.

Policy DM34 - Other Land in Industrial Use

(a) Outside the main locations for industry, proposals resulting in the loss of industrial/business floorspace will not be granted planning permission

Agenda Item 9c


unless it can be demonstrated that:

The retention of the existing use will have a significant adverse effect on residential amenity and there is no reasonable prospect that this effect can be alleviated while retaining the use; or

There is genuine evidence, including that the site has been marketed without success44, that the site is no longer suitable for industry/business uses.

(b) Where the loss of industrial business floorspace can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Council, as required in (a) above, mixed-use redevelopment will be allowed provided that:

The development provides for a mix of uses including a significant element of business/industrial uses or other employment-generating uses;

Any housing includes a high proportion of affordable family-sized housing

Justification 3.284 The Core Planning Strategy

seeks to provide a sustainable balance between job opportunities and population growth. Furthermore, the Borough is identified in the

Industrial CapacitySPG (March 2008) as falling within the restricted category for the transfer of industrial land. Therefore the Council aims to focus industrial activity on its main industrial areas and protect this land from non-industrial purposes in accordance with London Plan Policies 2.17 and 4.4. The

44

The Council will require that the site has been marketed for a period of 12 months at an appropriate rate for its location and condition.

Council will also prepare supplementary guidance on the intensification of these locations.

3.285 Freestanding office buildings are not considered acceptable within industrial areas, but should instead be located within highly accessible locations such as town centres. The Council will consider the suitability of other industrial/business uses in relation to the impact such a use would have on the status or operation of the industrial area.

3.286 The Council recognises the changing nature of industrial/business activities and that many uses within industrial areas include an

Such uses are likely to be considered acceptable provided they do not give rise to large numbers of the public visiting the site by car to purchase goods and requiring a large amount of the site to be given over to car parking. This could result both in traffic congestion and the inefficient use of scarce industrial land. Therefore any use where retail sales to the public are a significant part of the activity is unlikely to be considered appropriate within a main industrial area. Other appropriate uses, which might assist the functioning of the industrial area, are considered to be ancillary uses such as small scale shops/cafes aimed at servicing the needs of the workers.

3.287 The South London Waste Plan Development Plan Document will allocate suitable sites for waste management within the

Agenda Item 9c


Borough and the other collaborating boroughs of Croydon, Merton and Kingston. It will also provide policy guidance to assist in the determination of planning applications that may come forward for waste management facilities on other sites in the four boroughs.

3.288 In order to ensure that the Strategic Industrial Locations remain attractive locations for industry, the Council will promote transport and environmental improvements in accordance with the CKimpton Industrial Area Development FrameworkBeddington Industrial Area Environmental Strategy and the Beddington Lane Regeneration Scheme . Where appropriate, the Council will seek contributions to assist in the implementation of such schemes, in accordance with Core Policy DP2 (Planning Obligations) Planning Obligation(2007).

3.289 Within other main industrial areas, any new development will be expected to provide environmental improvements in accordance with Policy DM3 (Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm), as well as improving the relationship of the site to any surrounding residential development in terms of providing environmental and transport improvements.

3.290 With regard to Policy DM34, where the Council considers that the developer has demonstrated that the land is surplus to industrial

requirements, the Council will seek a mix of uses on the site as part of its redevelopment. Developers will be required to demonstrate how the proposals

maintaining and enhancing permanent local employment opportunities. In this respect, the mix of uses may include social infrastructure e.g. health, education, emergency services and other community uses. However, such uses must be appropriate to the location both in terms of the scale of the development and the nature of the activities and in line with other policies of the Development Plan.

3.291 In accordance with Policy DM25 (Maximising Affordable Housing Provision), the Council will seek the maximum reasonable amount of affordable housing on site. However, given the previous non-residential use, the Council will seek to achieve or exceed the Borough-wide affordable housing target on the site unless it can be

satisfaction that this level of provision is not viable.

Policy DM35 - Development in Town and Local Centres

Background 3.292

states that the Gobjectives for town centres are to promote their vitality and viability by planning for growth and the development of existing centres and encouraging a wide range of services in a good environment that is accessible to all.

3.293 The town centre hierarchy and

Agenda Item 9c


network is set out in Map 5.1 in Appendix 5. Savills Hepher

Retail Study 2007) identifies the need for additional comparison and convenience floorspace in the Borough and the Core Planning Strategy, in accordance with PPS4, has identified a spatial vision and strategy for the management of growth of town centres in the hierarchy in order to meet this additional need. Accordingly, Sutton town centre will continue to be promoted as a Metropolitan Centre and has been identified for growth and regeneration in Core Policy PMP6 (Sutton Town Centre). Following identification of a deficiency in the network, and, in view of the predicted growth in the Hackbridge area as a sustainable neighbourhood, Core Policy PMP7 (Hackbridge) promotes Hackbridge as a district centre suitable for regeneration and growth. Of the other district centres, four are identified in the Core Planning Strategy in Core Policy PMP8 (Other District and Local Centres) for intensification: Wallington, Worcester Park, North Cheam and Rosehill. The remaining two district centres in the hierarchy, Cheam and Carshalton, are historic centres, designated as conservation areas and have limited capacity for growth. Therefore in order to reflect their character, they are identified in Core Policy PMP 8 as centres for consolidation.

3.294 PPS4 also states that local authorities should set flexible policies for their centres which are able to respond to changing economic circumstances and encourage, where appropriate,

high-density development accessible by public transport, walking and cycling. Therefore in accordance with PPS4, London Plan Policies 2.15 (Town Centres), 4.6 (Support for and Enhancement of Arts, Culture, Sport and Entertainment Provision), 4.7 (Retail and Town Centre Development), 4.8 (Supporting a Successful and Diverse Retail Sector) and Core Policies PMP 6, PMP7and PMP8, the Council will apply the following policy to new developments within town and local centres:

Policy DM35 - Development in Town and Local Centres

(a) Within the town centres (as shown on the Proposals Map) and local centres (Appendix 5), the Council will grant planning permission for new development that:

Is appropriate to the scale, role, function and character of the centre and its catchment;

Makes the optimum use of the site providing a mix of town centre uses appropriate to the scale of the development and its location within the centre, unless it can be demonstrated this is not practical or viable;

Provides active frontages at ground floor level compatible with the Councilfrontages;

Incorporates improvements to the public realm;

Is served by sustainable means of transport;

Ensures that parking spaces provided for any office accommodation should be maintained for that purpose;

Does not adversely affect the

markets.

Agenda Item 9c


(b) The Council will grant planning permission for new development that contributes to an evening and night time economy which appeals to a wide range of age groups, where it can be demonstrated that the impact on local amenity, including the cumulative impact on the character and function of the centre, anti-social behaviour and crime can be satisfactorily controlled. (c) The Council will grant planning permission for development proposals within Sutton town centre, where the scale and mix of development is appropriate within the different Quarters (as shown on the Proposals Map and set out in Appendix 5). (d) In addition, the Council will not permit any new development that would adversely impact on the historic or cultural value of the town and local centres.

Justification 3.295 Developments that would

adversely affect the functioning of the town and local centre hierarchy will not be allowed and larger development will be encouraged to locate in Sutton town centre.

3.296 The Council has chosen not to set indicative upper limits for the scale of development that is considered appropriate for each type of centre within its shopping centre hierarchy. Rather, for sites not specifically allocated in this DPD, the Council will assess or require applicants to undertake an assessment of the likely impact of the proposed development on the vitality and viability of existing centres within the catchment area of the proposed development, as well as any

wider impacts arising from the proposal. The Council will take into account whether such a

role in relation to the existing hierarchy of centres and how it might affect sites allocated in existing centres being developed.

3.297 PPS4 sets out a requirement for local authorities to monitor and manage the strategic town centre network. Accordingly, the Council undertook Town Centre Health Checks in 2008 of Sutton town centre and the district centres in accordance with the GLA methodology (2008). This data must be regularly reviewed in order to help assess applications for development.

3.298 The scope to include a range of uses will depend on the scale of the proposed development. Larger scale development will be expected to provide a range of uses capable of generating significant amounts of employment including flexible office accommodation, suitable to meet the changing needs of small to medium-sized businesses.

3.299 In order to ensure that town centres remain attractive locations, the Council will provide public realm improvements, including the provision of public art, in accordance with DM1 (Character and Design) and DM3 (Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm). Where appropriate, the Council will seek to secure such contributions in accordance with Core Policy DP2 (Planning

Agenda Item 9c


(2007).

3.300 The Council wants to ensure that future local employment opportunities created through new mixed-use developments are maintained throughout the lifetime of the development, and, in particular, any office floorspace remains attractive to both initial and subsequent occupiers. Therefore, the Council will seek to ensure that those parking spaces provided to serve any office floorspace are maintained for that particular use throughout the lifetime of the development.

3.301 Proposals seeking to locate superstores, retail warehouses and other activities are considered more appropriately located within town centres or where no suitable sites are available, at edge-of-centre locations. Out-of-centre locations will only be favourably considered where it can be demonstrated that there is a need for the development, that the sequential approach has been satisfied and there would be no adverse impact on the viability and vitality of nearby centres as required by PPS4.

3.302 This approach is consistent with national and regional guidance and the objectives and policies of the Core Planning Strategy.

3.303 The boundaries of Sutton town centre and its Quarters are identified on the Proposals Map and the details on appropriate development within each Quarter are set out in Appendix 5, and within the site allocations themselves.

3.304 The Council recognises that the

street market in Sutton town centre and the in Wallington make an important contribution to vitality and viability. Therefore the Council will retain and seek to enhance existing markets and, where appropriate, create opportunities for new ones. These objectives will be achieved through town centre management.

Policy DM36 - Office Provision through Mixed-Use Conversion or Redevelopment

Background 3.305 Over recent years there has

been increasing pressure to use vacant office floorspace within the Borough for other purposes, mainly housing. Such office space has remained vacant because it does not meet the needs of the office market, which is seeking more modern, flexible and affordable accommodation. Therefore, in line with London Plan Policy 3B.2 (Office Demand and Supply) and Core Policies PMP6 and PMP8, the Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM36 - Office Provision through Mixed-Use Conversion or Redevelopment

The Council will not grant planning permission for proposals involving the loss of existing office accommodation unless: Marketing Requirements

The building has been vacant for more than 12 months;

There is genuine evidence that all opportunities to re-let the accommodation have been fully explored, both in terms of the existing layout of the building and as smaller/more flexible office units at

Agenda Item 9c


appropriate market rents;

There is no realistic future prospect of the building or the site being used for office purposes;

Development Requirements

The proposals provide for a mixed use development that:

Includes new employment uses providing at least 50% of the previous employment levels on site when the existing premises were fully in use, unless it can be demonstrated that such level of provision would not be viable;

Includes an element of flexible, adaptable office floorspace capable of meeting the changing needs of small/business units;

Any office floorspace is completed and marketed prior to the first occupation of 50% of any residential development.

Justification 3.306 Employment

Study Update (2008) indicates that there is a need for more modern, flexible office floorspace particularly within town centres. The main mechanism for securing new and upgraded office space is likely to be through mixed use schemes, using the pressure for housing to fund development and provide such office floorspace. As well as new offices, mixed use developments can help secure increased employment in other sectors, especially retail and leisure. The retention of 50% of the previous employment levels is flexible and will vary between sites. Nonetheless a figure is required to provide an indication of the level of employment required to assist developers in bringing forward proposals. This figure will be kept under review

and amended in the light of experience. Employment uses in this context are considered to include employment created through retail, leisure uses, offices, restaurants and similar premises. Where no information concerning employment levels is available, employment levels will be based on the most recent advice available in terms of the ratios that relate floorspace to staff numbers.

3.307 However, for those sites which have been allocated within Sutton town centre, the Counciland mix of uses to be brought forward as part of any redevelopment, has already been specified and reflects the identified need for office floorspace and the need to support the consolidation and enhancement of the office stock in Sutton.

Policy DM37 - Shopping Frontages in Town Centres

Background 3.308

local authorities should distinguish between primary and secondary shopping frontages. These should be realistically defined. Having regard to the need to encourage diversification of uses in town centres as a whole, primary frontages should contain a high proportion of retail uses, while secondary frontages provide greater opportunities for flexibility and diversity of uses. Where frontages are defined, policies should make it clear which uses will be permitted in such areas. Therefore in accordance with

Agenda Item 9c


PPS4 and Core Planning Strategy Objectives 12 and 13, the Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM37 - Shopping Frontages in Town Centres

(a) Within the identified primary shopping frontage and malls within the primary shopping area of Sutton town centre (as shown on the Proposals Map) and the primary shopping frontages of district centres (as shown on the Proposals Map), the Council will not permit proposals at ground floor level involving the loss of shops (Class A1) unless the proposal would:

Not harm the predominant retail character of the shopping frontage;

Not create an over-concentration of similar uses;

Be likely to generate significant pedestrian visits, thereby avoiding the creation of an area of relative inactivity in the shopping frontage.

(b) Within identified secondary shopping frontages in Sutton town centre and the district centres (as shown on the Proposals Map), the Council will permit a diversity of uses provided that the proposed use:

Is compatible with the shopping frontage and provides a direct service to the general public;

Would not lead to an over-concentration of such uses so as to create a significant break in the retail frontage;

Would have no significant impact on the retail vitality and viability of the centre;

Retains an appearance which is compatible with adjoining shop units.

Justification 3.309 This policy seeks to achieve the

right balance of retail and non-retail uses in a town centre in order to ensure its vitality and viability. It is important that a

critical mass of retailing uses are maintained within the core areas of the Bcentres. Outside these core areas, and in line with PPS4, there is scope to introduce non-retailing, in the interests of maintaining and enhancing a

and to promote linked trips.

3.310 The Core Planning Strategy recognises the need to promote the role of Sutton town centre as a metropolitan centre (Core Policy PMP6) and sets out a range of proposals required to support this development and to ensure that leakage of expenditure to competing metropolitan centres in the South London Sub Region can be clawed back. In accordance with PPS4 and taking into account the findings of the Sutton Town Centre Health Check 2010, a primary shopping area is defined on the Proposals Map. In considering or promoting retail development within Sutton town centre, the first priority will be given to locating retail development within this primary shopping area.

3.311 In view of the identified demand for additional retail floorspace and the limited supply currently identified through the Sutton town centre allocations there will need to be considerable evidence to justify the loss of shops (Class A1) within the primary shopping area. Furthermore, the Council considers that, any proposed level of retail floorspace coming forward as part of the redevelopment of allocated sites should at least meet the identified retail floorspace figure

Agenda Item 9c


and, where possible the amount of retail floorspace should be exceeded, particularly on sites within the Exchange Quarter.

3.312 In view of the differences in the roles of centres within the town centre hierarchy, and in the context of the recent Sutton town centre and district centre health check data, the Council will assess the potential for harm to the predominant retail character of Sutton town centre differently to the assessment for harm to district centres. Within Sutton town centre, proposals involving the loss of shops (Class A1) within the primary shopping frontage and the ground floor units of the shopping malls within the primary shopping area will only be considered acceptable where the proposal would not result in the proportion of Class A1 retail units falling below 75% (as a percentage of A1-A5 uses) of all units within those frontages.

3.313 Within district centres a more flexible approach will be applied. The Council considers that the predominant retail character of the district centres is likely to be harmed where the proportion of Class A1 retail units falls below 65% as a percentage of A1-A5 uses within the primary shopping frontage.

3.314 In determining whether there has been an over-concentration of similar uses, the Council will also resist applications which lead to a clustering of more than three adjoining non-A1 uses within the frontage where the change is proposed. This approach will be applied within

all the town centres.

3.315 Furthermore, proposed uses in primary frontages should be compatible with the predominant retail character of the shopping frontage and should generate significant pedestrian visits, thereby maintaining the vitality of the centre and avoiding the creation

the same time the physical exterior of the development should be compatible with adjoining shops and maintain the wider appearance of the shopping frontage by ensuring that display windows and entrances are compatible with adjoining shop units. Applications for shopfronts and advertisements must accord with the principles in Policy DM3 (Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm) and will be assessed against the detailed criteria set out in the

SPD (2008).

3.316 The Council considers that other parts of town centres falling within secondary frontages are appropriate for a diverse pattern of uses including Class A2 (building societies, banks and estate agents), Classes A3 A5 (food and drink uses) and a range of leisure, social and community activities which provide a direct service to the general public. Nevertheless, to be acceptable all of these uses will need to be compatible with the shopping frontage in terms of the retention of a shop frontage and window display and provide a direct service to visiting members of the public and have no significant adverse impact

Agenda Item 9c


on the vitality and viability of the centre. To achieve this, proposals in secondary frontages should not lead to an over-concentration of non-retail uses so as to create a significant break in the retail frontage. Therefore, in assessing whether a particular proposal will lead to an over- concentration of similar uses, the Council will have regard to whether the proposal leads to a clustering of more than three adjoining non-A1 uses within any one frontage of the centre.

Policy DM38 - Promoting Local Shopping Provision

Background 3.317 Local centres and local shops

are essential to provide easily accessible shopping to meet

-to-day needs.

local authorities should refuse planning applications which fail to protect existing facilities

-to-day needs. This approach is also consistent with PPG13

in seeking to reduce car trips by encouraging people to make more use of local facilities. Therefore, in accordance with London Plan Policy 4.8 (Supporting a Successful and Diverse Retail Sector) and Core Policy PMP8, the Council will retain and promote local shopping facilities that serve the everyday needs of local residents and will apply the following policy:

Policy DM38 - Promoting Local Shopping Provision in Local Centres

(a) The Council will grant permission for:

Local convenience stores, pharmacies, post offices and other basic shops in local centres (as shown in Appendix 5);

Appropriately-sized supermarkets within larger local centres.

(b) Planning permission will not be granted for the change of use of a basic shop (those involving food sales, newsagents, chemists and post offices) to other uses unless it is demonstrated that:

There is an adequate alternative and equally accessible provision of basic shops available to serve the local residents;

The existing range of basic shops in the local centre is not adversely affected;

The shop unit is vacant and all reasonable attempts to let the shop unit have failed;

Where the above criteria are satisfied, it also meets the requirements set out in (c) below.

(c) The Council will allow a change of use from non-basic shop to non-retail use (A2, A3-A5, B1[a], D1-D2) provided that:

Convenient local shopping facilities are maintained;

Proposals will not lead to an over concentration of single uses;

Proposals are consistent with the scale and function of the centre;

It maintains an interesting street frontage through maintaining a window display.

Agenda Item 9c


Policy DM39 - Local Shopping Provision outside Town and Local Centres

Policy DM39 - Local Shopping Provision outside Town and Local Centres

(a) Outside town and local centres, the Council will grant planning permission for new convenience shops within existing communities or as part of new developments provided that the proposals are of an appropriate scale to the locality. (b) Outside town and local centres, the Council will not grant planning permission for the loss of A1 shops within areas of more than 400 metres walking distance from alternative shopping facilities unless it has been demonstrated that:

The shop has been vacant for more than 12 months and all reasonable attempts to market the shop over that period at an appropriate rent have failed; and

There is no reasonable prospect of a retail use occupying the site in the future.

Justification 3.318 These policies seek to ensure

that there is an adequate range of goods and services available within easy walking distance of all residents. Although there is no planning control over the loss of basic shop uses to other shop uses, the Council will only permit the loss of basic shops to non-retail uses in exceptional circumstances as set out in Policy DM38 (Promoting Local Shopping Provision in Local Centres). In terms of marketing vacant premises formerly occupied by a basic shop, applicants will need to demonstrate that it has not been possible to let the

premises at an appropriate rent following a continuous period of marketing of at least 12 months.

3.319 The Council will adopt a more flexible approach in relation to changes of use from non-basic shops to other uses in order to promote greater diversity of uses in local centres. However, the Council will seek to avoid an over-concentration of similar uses and will normally oppose the clustering of more than 3 adjoining non-A1 (shop) uses in any one frontage of the centre. Similar uses which are disproportionately large and do not complement the centre will be resisted. In this context, frontages of more than three adjoining non A1 uses which are likely to create a break in the shopping frontage of the centre are unlikely to be acceptable.

3.320 Although under Policy DM39 the Council will oppose the loss of shops in areas of shopping deficiency as defined in the policy, the Council recognises where there is insufficient demand, as demonstrated by the above marketing requirements, the Council will allow the change to an appropriate non-retail use. The Council will permit proposals of an appropriate scale to improve local shopping facilities, including small-scale shops within new developments and shops associated with petrol filling stations.

Agenda Item 9c


Policy DM40 - Minerals

Background 3.321 Minerals are a scarce resource

and sites containing mineral deposits should not be developed without first ensuring that extraction can take place in such a way so as to minimise any impacts on the environment and human health. London Plan Policy 5.20 (Aggregates) seeks the adoption of the highest environmental standards for aggregates extraction in line with National Minerals Policy Guidance.

Policy DM40 - Minerals

(a) The Council will refuse any development that is likely to prejudice the future extraction of mineral deposits.

(b) Planning permission will only be granted for mineral extraction where it can be demonstrated, by the applicant, that the highest environmental standards of extraction and restoration will be implemented. In considering such applications, the Council will expect that:

Nearby land, buildings and occupiers will be protected from any adverse impact from the workings and restoration in terms of both the activities taking place and the times of operation;

The extraction and restoration are carried out in a phased programme, where appropriate;

Ancillary buildings and plant are sited and screened so as to minimise their impact on the environment and local amenities;

There are no significant adverse effects arising from traffic generation and access/egress to and from the site;

The land will be filled with materials to be agreed by the Council and a

high standard of restoration undertaken appropriate to the intended after use, together with arrangements entered into for appropriate after use care;

There is no significant adverse effect on ground or surface water, flooding, air quality or creates land instability; and

The impact of mineral operations on both nature conservation and archaeology are fully assessed and any impact throughout the life of the operations is minimised and mitigated.

Justification 3.322 This policy aims to prevent or

reduce as far as possible, impacts on the environment and human health arising from the extraction, processing, management and transportation of minerals. At the same time, it seeks to ensure that mineral reserves are not sterilised by new development.

Policy DM41 - Site Allocations

Background 3.323 In addition to detailing policies

for guiding planning decisions, this document also allocates sites for specific land uses required to achieve the delivery of the Core Planning Strategy. The Council will apply the following policy:

Policy DM41 - Site Allocations

The Council will grant planning permission for development in accordance with the Site Allocations Schedule and as shown on the Proposals Map, subject to the proposed development meeting the other policies in the Development Plan. The development of these sites for other uses will be opposed.

Agenda Item 9c


Justification 3.324 The allocation of specific sites

ensures that the Vision, Spatial Strategy, the Strategic Objectives and the Policies of the Core Planning Strategy will be delivered. It also ensures the best use of land. It does not preclude development coming forward elsewhere and the suitability of development on other sites will be judged against the policies of the statutory Development Plan for the Borough.

3.325 The allocations for Sutton town centre set out a preferred use or mix of uses for each site which, together, seek to secure the continued success of this metropolitan centre in accordance with the objectives set out in the Core Strategy (Policy PMP6). The allocations take into account the development of a balance of uses across the centre; the function of each of the town centre quarters; and the boundaries of the primary shopping area. Accordingly, the Council will wish to secure the development of each of the allocations broadly in line with the mix of uses identified. However, given the evidence that identified retail needs may not be met over the Plan period (see Chapter 4 regarding the currently identified potential supply) the Council considers that any proposed level of retail

floorspace should at least meet the identified allocation figure and, where possible, the amount of retail floorspace should be exceeded, particularly on sites within the Exchange Quarter.

3.326 Government guidance indicates that the development plan should set out a clear vision for the future pattern of development within the Borough with clear objectives for achieving that vision and strategies for delivery and implementation. The development of site allocations as identified provides certainty that the Spatial Strategy for the Borough, as set out in the Core Planning Strategy, can be delivered. Although the capacity of development on site allocations and the mix of uses are based on a range of evidence, the Council will continue to monitor the effectiveness of these allocations and the extent to which they can achieve the delivery of the Core Planning StraObjectives. In particular, the Council will consider if there is the need to review all or some of the allocations in the light of changes to national or regional policy or in the light of changing economic circumstances, whilst still trying to meet the overall objectives of the Core Planning Strategy.

Agenda Item 9c


Site Allocations 4.1 This part of the document deals

with the allocation of future development sites for specific purposes (eg: housing, health etc).

4.2 Allocated sites included within this document are generally greater than 0.2ha in area and their allocation is likely to involve a change(s) of land use. In the cases of sites smaller than 0.2ha or larger sites which do not involve a change(s) of land use, it is considered that the Core Planning Strategy and Development Management policies will be sufficient to guide future planning decisions. Therefore, the fact that a site is not specifically allocated does not indicate it is inappropriate for a particular type of development.

4.3 The allocations broadly prescribe the development that will be permitted on each site and highlight some site-specific considerations. This information is not comprehensive and all site allocations will be expected to comply with the policies within the Development Plan (ie: the London Plan, the Core Planning Strategy and other policies within this document).

4.4 The following sub-sections provide information on the land requirements arising from the Core

Planning Strategy and how the site allocations will contribute to the delivery of the Strategic Objectives of the Core Planning Strategy and the implementation of the Core Planning Strategy policies.

Housing Supply

4.5 One of the key issues addressed in the Core Planning Strategy is the scale and location of new housing. The London Plan target for the Borough as set out in Core Policy PMP1 is the provision of 345 additional homes per year for the period up to 2016/17. However, since the adoption of the Core Planning Strategy the Mayor has produced a new London Plan, which was adopted in July 2011. The target in that Plan for the borough is to provide a minimum of 2,100 additional new homes between 2011 and 2021 (210 units per annum). The Mayor has also stated that these targets will be further reviewed by 2015/16.

4.6 In accordance with advice from the former Government Office for London and the GLA, boroughs are required to roll forward their 10 year London Plan targets as indicative figures for the remainder of the Plan period covered by core strategies.

4.7 Furthermore, since the Core Planning Strategy Examination-in-Public in June 2009, the Council has updated its housing supply analysis to reflect:

Tperiod;

Changing circumstances in the housing market; and

The revised London Plan housing targets set out in the London Plan from 2011/12.

FO

UR

Agenda Item 9c


4.8 The revised targets are therefore shown in Table 4.1.

Table 4.1: Revised Minimum Housing Requirements

Delivery Period of CPS PPS3 Requirement Based on London Plan Targets

2009-10 (1 year) 2010-11(2 year)

345 345

2011-12 to 2015-16 (5 years) 1,050 (Five-Year Supply 5 x 210)

2016-17 to 2020-21 (5 years) 1,050

2021-22 to 2023-24 (3 years) 630

Total over 15 years 3,420

4.9 In addition to setting a Borough-

wide target, Core Policy PMP1 also sets out the spatial distribution for housing across the Borough. It states the provision of new dwellings will be broadly located in the following proportions:

Sutton Town Centre 40%; Hackbridge 20%; Wallington 10%; Other District Centres (Rosehill, North Cheam, Worcester Park, Carshalton and Cheam) 10%; and,

Remainder of the Borough 20%.

4.10 Table 4.2 shows the target for each of the Borough locations, according to the above proportions, for each time period.

Table 4.2: Scale and Spatial Distribution of Revised Minimum Housing Requirements

Plan Period Years (units)

1 and 2 3 - 7 (5 yr)

TOTAL 1 - 7

8 - 12 (5 yr)

TOTAL 1 - 12

13 - 15 (3yr)

TOTAL 1 - 15

Sutton 276 420 696 420 1116 252 1368

Hackbridge 138 210 348 210 558 126 684

Wallington 69 105 174 105 279 63 342

Other DCs 69 105 174 105 279 63 342

Remainder 138 210 348 210 558 126 684

Total 690 1,050 1,740 1,050 2,790 630 3,420

Agenda Item 9c


4.11 In terms of predicted housing supply, every effort has been made to ensure phasing information is correct, however in the current uncertain housing market, information from landowners and developers has changed frequently. With respect to location, the areas set out in Core Policy PMP1 have been defined as the Sustainable Residential Quality areas (i.e. 400

centres). In addition to the housing sites listed in the Site Development

Policies DPD, other sources of supply have been included, these comprise: sites under construction, sites with planning permission and estate renewal programmes. Table 4.3 shows the predicted phasing and location of development, which can be compared against the revised targets set out in Table 4.2. The numbers in column two refer to the site allocation number (e.g. BW27) and the estimated capacity is shown in column four.

Agenda Item 9c


Table 4.3: Scale and Spatial Distribution of Potential Housing Supply (units)

Period Site Ref Site No of

Units Totals

SUTTON

Year 1-2 Year 1: Actual Completions Year 2: Estimated Completions

49

4

Total: 53

Years 3-7

BW27 STCN1 STCS1 STCC3

Bawtree House Magnet/Zurich/Dex House/ Fabric World 45 North of Sutton Court Rd Kwikfit Other Sources

15 239

26 15

95

Total: 390 Cumulative Total: 443

Years 8-12

STCS2 STCS5 STCC1 STCCW3 STCN3

South of Sutton Court Road Sutherland House North of Lodge Place Beech Tree Place Burger King Site

278

96 20 60 24


Years 13-15

A10 STCCW1 STCCW2 STCS3 STCS6 STCN1 STCN2 STCC2 STCC4 STCS4

Sutton West Centre Civic Centre Secombe Centre Sutton Station Brighton Road Gas Holder Site Blockbuster Site South of Lodge Place Greenford Road Shops opposite Sutton Station Estimated 5 years supply of 923 has been adjusted to 554 to reflect only 3 remaining years in this period.

40 31 33

454 63

123 26 95 17 41

Total: 554 Cumulative Total:1,475

45

The development capacity assumes the Gas Holder is decommissioned and HSE restrictions do not apply.

Agenda Item 9c


HACKBRIDGE

Year 1-2 Year 1: Actual Completions Year 2: Estimated Completions

1

1

Total: 2

Years 3-7

BW18 Kelvin House Other Sources

68

22


Years 8-12

BW12 BW13

Felnex Trading Estate (440)

440

60


Years 13-15


WALLINGTON

Year 1-2 Year 1: Actual Completions

Year 2: Estimated Completions

4

0

Total: 4

Years 3-7

BW19 Canon House Other Sources

174

73


Years 8-12

BW15 Wallington Square 35 Total: 35 Cumulative Total: 286

Years 13-15

BW29 BW30

Railway Approach Lidl Estimated 5 years supply of 60 has been adjusted to 36 to reflect only 3 remaining years in this period.

40 20


OTHER DISTRICT CENTRES

Year 1-2 Year 1: Actual completions Year 2: Estimated Completions

10

0

Total: 10

Years 3-7

Other Sources 45 Total: 45 Cumulative Total: 55

Years 8-12

BW20 Victoria House

25 Total: 25

Agenda Item 9c


Cumulative Total: 80

Years 13-15

BW3 Cheam Leisure Centre

Other Sources Estimated 5 years supply of 45 has been adjusted to 27 to reflect only 3 remaining years in this period.

30

15


REST OF THE BOROUGH

Year 1-2 Year 1: Actual completions Year 2: Estimated Completions

114

100

Total: 214

Years 3-7

BW4 BW7 BW8

Hallmead Day Centre Orchard Hill, Phase 1 Stanley Park High School Other Sources

26 123 90

516


Years 8-12

BW1 BW2 BW7 BW22 BW26

Library, Ridge Road Gleeson Offices Orchard Hill, Phase 2 All Saints Rd/Benhill Rd 107 Westmead Rd Other Sources

15 25

123 25 20 90

Total: 298 Cumulative Total: 1,267

Years 13-15

BW6 BW9 BW10 BW11 BW21 BW25 BW28

Sutton Hospital Sheen Way Offices, Denmark Rd Car Park, Denmark Rd Wandle Valley Estate Glastonbury Centre Carshalton War Memorial Other Sources Estimated 5 years supply of 499 has been adjusted to 299 to reflect only 3 remaining years in this period.

330 20 20 15 50 20 33 11


ALL LOCATIONS

Year 1-2 Total: 283

Years 3-7

Total: 1,527 Cumulative Total: 1,810

Years 8-12

Total: 1,336 Cumulative Total: 3,146

Years 13-15


Agenda Item 9c


4.12 Table 4.3 shows that the estimated capacity from the site allocations and other sources across the borough may exceed the minimum targets over the plan period. However, the uncertainties over delivery in the current economic climate make it particularly difficult to predict with any accuracy when some sites, particularly the larger ones, are likely to come forward. Furthermore, in Lohousing market it is recognised by the Mayor that there are particular difficulties in predicted capacity beyond ten years.

4.13 In terms of spatial distribution, should come

close to its target by year 12 and should exceed the target towards the end of the Plan period, although this could be influenced by the rate that development comes forward and the mix and intensity of development. The capacity for Hackbridge is expected to be close to the target at 12 years, but after 2020 there is expected to be no notable redevelopment in the area. In Wallington, housing growth is predicted to fall broadly in line with targets over the whole Plan period. In the other district centres, the targets may not be met at any of the milestones, but this is due to the fact that small site intensification is not reflected in these tables. The district centres of Rosehill, North Cheam, Worcester Park, Carshalton and Cheam have traditionally derived much of their housing capacity from small sites.

4.14 Finally, the Rest of the Borough total exceeds the target at all milestones and is estimated to be

considerably in excess at the end of the Core Strategy period. This likely overprovision can largely be accounted for by three exceptional sites: BW7: Orchard Hill (a Major Developed Site in the Green Belt yielding a potential 246 units), Durand Close (a large estate renewal scheme in the other sources category which yields a net increase of 203 units), and the final phases of The Hamptons development (which were granted permission on appeal after the Core Planning Strategy Examination-in-Public and yield a potential 184 units). These three sites alone produce a potential capacity of 633 units. In addition, there a number of large sites in public ownership that are expected to come forward for development within the Rest of the Borough. It should also be noted that Core Policy PMP1 states that the broad distribution set out in the policy will not be used to prevent the development of other sites which are in accordance with other policies in the plan.

4.15 While the scale and distribution of future housing is likely to broadly conform to the spatial strategy the risks to delivery remain. These comprise: Potential non-delivery of the

40% of housing growth in Sutton Town Centre due to scale and complexity of potential developments, in which case some of the over-provision from other areas of the Borough would be required to offset the lack of delivery in Sutton town centre. It is currently estimated that the overall borough-wide

Agenda Item 9c


target will be exceeded over the Plan period.

The non-delivery of some sites due to the adverse economic climate. Two large developments which had previously been delayed are now under construction (BW18: Kelvin House, BW19: Canon House). Nevertheless, it remains a possibility that some sites will not come forward.

The capacity stated for each site will not be delivered. Capacity outside Sutton town centre has been calculated using the London Plan Density Matrix and, while it provides a rough basis for assessing capacity, the suburban nature of the Borough, individual site constraints and the prevailing economic conditions mean that, in many cases, it is not always applicable. The matrix frequently produces capacities for sites which would make the likely development appear incongruous when compared to the surrounding low-density residential areas. It does not take into account site features or infrastructure requirements. The matrix also tends to promote high-density small housing/flatted development and hence higher numbers of units, whereas developers in the current economic climate tend to be favouring houses with three or more bedrooms, which are proving easier to sell. Within Sutton town centre there are particular difficulties in estimating housing capacities given that most developments will be mixed use and there is a more flexibility within the central

area about appropriate building heights.

4.16 Consequently, there are risks to the spatial strategy and the Council will monitor housing development closely and seek to manage any deficiencies by the methods set out in the Core Planning Strategy (paragraphs 7.52-7.58).

Other Housing Matters

4.17 Core Policy PMP3 (Community Regeneration Areas) sets out policies for Community Regeneration Areas and one of the priorities for these areas is improved access to housing. This will be achieved by site allocations: BW6: Sutton Hospital, which is in the Belmont Community Regeneration Area, and BW21: Wandle Valley Trading Estate, which is in the St Helier and Wandle Valley Community Regeneration Area.

4.18 Core Policy PMP7 (Hackbridge) promotes the development of Hackbridge and supports new housing development. This will be achieved through site allocations BW12: Felnex Trading Estate, BW13: Land adjacent to Hackbridge Station, BW18: Kelvin House and an estate renewal scheme at Corbet Close, off Hackbridge Road.

4.19 Core Policy PMP8 (Other District and Local Centres) promotes intensification of housing in Wallington and the other District Centres. This will be achieved by site allocations BW19: Canon House (Wallington), BW20: Victoria House (North Cheam), BW29: Railway Approach and Car Park (Wallington) and BW30: Lidl (Wallington).

Agenda Item 9c


4.20 Core Policy BP2 (Affordable Housing) states the Council will seek to ensure an overall borough-wide target of 50% of all new housing from all sources is affordable and a contribution towards achieving this target will be sought on site. However, there are certain site allocations which would be suitable for achieving a high proportion of affordable family-sized units.

Employment

4.21 Core Policy PMP4 (Main Locations for Industry) sets out a strategic approach in order to maintain an adequate supply of industrial land and provide employment opportunities in the Borough. Firstly, it states the Council will encourage the development and intensification of the Strategic Industrial Locations. Secondly, the Council will retain and promote the following Established Industrial Locations: Restmor Way, Gander Green Lane and Abbotts Road, Plumpton Way, Oldfields Road, Croydon Road and Mill Green Business Park. As there will be no change in land use at these locations, they do not appear in the site allocations, apart from site allocation BW16: Plumpton Way where there is potential for expansion on to the adjoining gas holder site. It should be noted, though, that some redevelopment and intensification has already taken place: the site at Oldfields Road is currently undergoing redevelopment and the site at Croydon Road has recently been redeveloped.

4.22 Thirdly, Core Policy PMP4 promotes mixed use redevelopment at Felnex Trading Estate, Hackbridge Station and

Wandle Valley Trading Estate and these sites are all designated for mixed-use redevelopment within the site allocations schedule. Site allocation BW12: Felnex Trading Estate is allocated for residential, retail, employment and community uses with approximately 25% being retained for employment. Site allocation BW13: Land at Hackbridge Station is allocated for residential and employment uses with approximately 30% of the site area being retained for employment. Site allocation BW21: Wandle Valley Trading Estate is allocated for employment, residential and open space with approximately 40% of the site area being retained for employment purposes. Finally, Core Policy PMP4 supports proposals for new development, which improves opportunities for small and medium-sized enterprises. It is considered that all the Established Industrial Areas and Mixed Use Areas are suitable locations for development of small and medium-sized enterprises.

4.23 In addition to traditional industrial sectors, one of the fastest growing industries, both currently and potentially, is the waste management sector and Core Policy BP8 (Waste Reduction and Management) states that the Council will identify the necessary capacity for the industry. This will be conducted though the South London Waste Plan, produced in collaboration with the London Boroughs of Croydon and Merton and the Royal Borough of Kingston, and consequently there are no site allocations for waste management facilities in this document. The South London Waste Plan, scheduled for

Agenda Item 9c


adoption in March 2012, safeguards all existing waste sites

trategic Industrial Locations and sites with a site area of 0.2 ha or larger outside these areas (see Schedule 1 of the Waste Plan). In addition, the Waste Plan identifies industrial areas with sites suitable for waste facilities in the plan area (see Schedule 2 of the Waste Plan). It will also provide policies to assist the determination of any planning applications that come forward on the above sites and areas, as well as proposals that could come forward on sites not identified on Schedule 1 or 2.

4.24 Historically, offices have been a major source of employment within the Borough but over the past two decades the stock has gradually become unsuited to modern requirements. Core Policy PMP6 seeks to promote Sutton town centre and indicates that the Council will support the creation and protection of a range of employment opportunities including enhanced office provision. Site allocation information regarding deliverability of the objectives for the town centre, including office uses, is set out for each of the Quarters in the Section below on Retail and Town Centre Uses. Core Policy PMP8 encourages proposals for new office space, the intensification/redevelopment of existing office space in district centres and specifically mentions Wallington as a location for an expansion in office provision. Site allocations BW15: Wallington Square, BW19: Canon House, BW29: Railway Approach and BW30: Lidl are all sites within Wallington district centre which

have been allocated for mixed use and which will include an element of office redevelopment or re-provision. Four other sites across the Borough have also been designated for office provision within mixed-use developments and these proposed site allocations, which are all in accessible locations, are: BW2: Gleeson Offices (on a major road), BW18: Kelvin House (within the new Hackbridge district centre), BW20: Victoria House (within North Cheam district centre) and BW26: Westmead Road (within Westmead Road local centre).

Retail and Town Centre Uses

4.25 Core Policy PMP7 (Hackbridge) supports proposals for new commercial and retail development in Hackbridge while Core Policy PMP8 (Other District and Local Centres) promotes the intensification of shopping and commercial uses at Wallington, Rosehill, North Cheam and Worcester Park and the consolidation of shopping and commercial uses at Cheam and Carshalton.

4.26 Sutton town centre is identified by the Mayor as one of only four metropolitan centres in south London. In accordance with the Vision for the town centre the Council is seeking to secure a more attractive, thriving, vibrant, safe, diverse, welcoming and accessible town centre which provides a strong economic hub for Sutton and the wider area46.

4.27 In order to promote a competitive town centre environment and to provide consumer choice the

46

As set out in The Town Centre Partnership Vision, Strategic Objective 12 and Policy PMP6 of the Core Strategy.

Agenda Item 9c


Council must plan for a strong retail mix that meets the quantitative and qualitative needs for comparison and convenience retail identified in the 2007 Sutton Retail Assessment47. The Sutton Retail Assessment concluded that Sutton must improve its retail offer simply to maintain its position relative to competing centres and, in the context of expected growth in comparison goods expenditure there is an identified need for up to an additional 16,000 sq m net (equivalent to 20,000 sq m gross48) of comparison floorspace in the Borough up to 2017. Experian, commissioned by the GLA, has prepared a more recent report into comparison goods retail floorspace needs in London49 which identifies a South West sub regional need for 352,000 sq m net (440,000sqm gross) by 2031. Whilst by 2016 the growth anticipated for Sutton by Experian is 9,200sq m net (i.e. significantly less than that identified by Savills),

floorspace requirement is identified as nearly 30,000sq m net (40,000sqm gross). This is almost double the figure identified by Savills. In line with the town centre hierarchy and government guidance in PPS4 the priority for provision of this comparison floorspace should be within Sutton town centre.

4.28 The Mayor is clear that LDFs should not only identify future levels of retail and other commercial floorspace need but

47

Undertaken by Savills Hepher Dixon 48

Conversion ratio of 1.25:1 gross to net expressed by Experian 49

omparison Goods Retail Floorspace Need in London: A Report by

should take a proactive partnership approach towards identifying capacity and bringing forward development in town centres. Accordingly, the supply side assessments set out below, in Table 4.5, for each of the identified town centre Quarters must be considered against the assessments of need set out above.

4.29 The allocations for Sutton Town Centre set out in Table 4.5 demonstrate that 16,800 sq m net (c. 20,500 sq m gross) of retail floorspace can be delivered over the next 15 years. This therefore does not meet the need identified by Experian, although there are a number of additional sites within and adjacent to the primary shopping area which could provide some of the additional retail capacity, but which have not been identified as allocations as, in the present economic climate the owners have not expressed any redevelopment intentions. However, even taking into account this potential future capacity, the Council considers that in order to secure the deliverability of the objectives of the Core Planning Strategy, over the timeframe of this Plan, retail floorspace must be provided on each of the sites in accordance with their allocations and where possible the level of retail floorspace should be exceeded.

4.30 The Employment Land Review Update identified an additional need for 22,500 sqm gross of office floorspace over the period of the Plan and the Allocations demonstrate that this figure can be delivered.

Agenda Item 9c


Table 4.5: Potential Net Changes to Capacity by Uses and Quarter50 Allocated Site Retail (A

Classes) Office (B1) Other Town

Centre Uses

Gross External Floor Areas (sq m)

North Sutton - Village Quarter

STCN1: Gas Holder Site 1,663 1,663 1,479

STCN1: Magnet Site51

3 595 0

STCN1: Zurich Site 2,713 -3,117 -562

STCN2: Blockbuster Site52

-246 360 360

STCN3: Burger King Site 576 0 0

Total 4,709 -499 1,277

Central Sutton - Exchange Quarter

STCC1: North of Lodge Place 720 2,344 1,248

STCC2: South of Lodge Place 274 2,950 0

STCC3: Kwikfit Site (i) 0 0 1,693

STCC3: Kwikfit Site (ii) 595 0 -291

STCC4: North of Greenford Road 450 97 -220

Total (i) 1,444 5,391 2,721

Total (ii) 2,039 5,391 737

Central West Sutton - Civic Quarter

STCCW1: Civic Centre Site 4,744 5,379 8,214

STCCW2: Secombe Centre 0 1,348 -2,216

STCCW3: Beech Tree Place 0 500 5,255

Total 4,744 7,227 11,253

South Sutton - Station Quarter

STCS1: North of Sutton Court Road 1,056 4,858 0

STCS2: South of Sutton Court Road 1,138 1,800 562

STCS3: Sutton Station and Car Park 1,756 10,000 25,603

STCS4: Shops Opposite Sutton Station 1,216 3,303 3,464

STCS5: Sutherland House 1,436 -5,507 3,268

STCS6: Brighton Road Sites 2,413 3,272 -4,731

Total 9,015 17,726 28,166

Town Centre Total - All Quarters

TOTAL (i) 19,912 29,845 43,417

TOTAL (ii) 20,507 29,845 41,433

50

This table sets out net changes and therefore excludes existing floor areas.Total gross development capacity for

each site is set out in the corresponding Site Allocations. These figures exclude residential which is dealt with separately in Table 4.3 on Housing Supply. 51

These figures (for STCN1) assume that the STCN1 (Gas Holder) is decommissioned and that Health and Safety Executive PADHI guidance does not apply. 52

These sites (STCN2 and STCN3) are in the HSE Consultation Outer Zone within which there are restrictions

over very large and sensitive developments such as institutional accommodation. Developers will need to take this into account when considering any redevelopment proposals. (i) Assuming hotel uses on-site. (ii) Assuming residential-led mixed use on-site.

Agenda Item 9c


4.31 Within Hackbridge, proposed site allocations BW12: Felnex Trading Estate and BW18: Kelvin House are both allocated for mixed-use developments including retail use.

4.32 Retail and other appropriate town centre uses are designated in Wallington in proposed site allocations BW15: Wallington Square, BW19: Canon House, BW29: Railway Approach and BW30: Lidl. In addition, there are also two Council-owned sites in the centre of Wallington, which if redeveloped, could contribute to the vitality and viability of Wallington. However, further work needs to be undertaken with regard to the two sites to establish the viability of site redevelopment and the feasibility of relocating existing on-site uses. Therefore, with deliverability unassured, it was considered inappropriate to include these sites in this document. However, development on these sites may come forward during the plan period on completion of the above work. With regard to other district centres, proposed site allocation BW20: Victoria House in North Cheam is allocated in part for retail.

Open Spaces

4.33 Core Policy PMP9 (The Open Spaces Network) states that the Council will seek to safeguard and

space network. It is therefore proposed that the majority of the Former Playing Fields at Sheen Way (Site Allocation BW9), which currently has restricted public access, should become a park to help rectify the current deficiency in access to local parks in this part of the Borough. Other proposed

site allocations which will safeguard and enhance the

BW31: Part of Stanley Road Allotments, which will cease to be designated for primary school provision, and BW32:Demesne Road Allotments, less of which is now safeguarded for a cemetery extension.

4.34 Core Policy PMP9 also states that the Council will designate the former Orchard Hill Hospital and BIBRA sites as Major Developed Sites in the Green Belt and it is proposed that the Orchard Hill development will include an element of open space. These sites appear as site allocations BW7 and BW23 respectively.

4.35 Finally, Core Policy PMP5 (Wandle Valley) states that the Council will play an active role in enhancing the River Wandle and adjoining open spaces. Proposed site allocation BW21: Wandle Valley Trading Estate will provide an opportunity to create a riverside open space area which will link other areas of the Wandle Trail and to other areas of the larger Wandle Valley Regional Park. Part of proposed site allocation BW14: Open Land within BedZED and Land North of BedZED is also within the Wandle Valley Regional Park and it is proposed to develop this area for recreational uses in the longer term.

Education

4.36 Core Policy BP4 (Education and Skills) states that the Council will provide facilities to meet future primary school provision needs. Currently, the Council is awaiting further data on (i) the birthrate, (ii) trends regarding children living in the Borough but being educated

Agenda Item 9c


outside the authority boundary and (iii) the proportion of Borough children being educated privately in order to determine the precise level of need. In the meantime, the Council is proposing to safeguard a number of sites for possible primary school provision pending this review of primary school place need. The proposed sites are: BW5: Sutton West Centre; BW9: Former Playing Fields at Sheen Way; BW14: Open Land within BedZED (buildings) and Land North of BedZED (playing fields); and BW25: Glastonbury Centre. Should any of these sites not be required for primary school provision, the sites will be available for the alternative allocated use.

4.37 Core Policy BP4 also states that the Council will support the development of a new secondary school at the former Orchard Hill Hospital site. Part of the proposed site allocation BW7: Orchard Hill has been allocated for education use as well as residential uses and open space. It is anticipated that any further need for secondary school places in the Borough can be accommodated by the expansion of existing secondary schools.

4.38 Core Policy PMP6 (Sutton Town Centre) supports proposals for, amongst other things, accessible community facilities. Furthermore, Policy PMP3 (Community Regeneration Areas) seeks to reduce levels of significant deprivation. Parts of Sutton Town Centre fall within an identified Priority Community Regeneration Area. These policy objectives will be addressed in the Sutton Town Centre through the Site Allocations STCC1: North of Lodge Place,

which supports the development of an improved health clinic at the existing GPs premises.

Health, Well Being and Recreation

4.39 Core Policy BP5 (Improving Health and Well-Being) supports the development of healthcare centres at Wallington and Hackbridge and the establishment of a Local Acute Hospital at St Helier. The Wallington Local Care Centre is already under construction and it is planned that a health facility will be part of a community hub on proposed site allocation BW12: Felnex Trading Estate in Hackbridge. The redevelopment of St Helier Hospital appears as proposed site allocation BW17: St Helier and includes plans for a Local Acute Hospital and Local Care Centre. The redevelopment of St Helier may be give rise to the temporary relocation of health services to the Sutton Hospital site (proposed site allocation BW6), pending its long-term redevelopment for housing and health purposes.

4.40 There are also two other site allocations which will provide redeveloped health facilities. Subject to the satisfactory relocation of the existing leisure centre, proposed site allocation BW3: Cheam Leisure Centre includes the redevelopment and possible expansion of existing health services to serve the west of the Borough, while the long-term redevelopment of proposed site allocation BW6: Sutton Hospital envisages a local health facility to serve the south of the Borough.

4.41 Core Policy BP5 supports the development at the Royal Marsden Hospital and Institute of Cancer

Agenda Item 9c


Research in the south of the Borough. Proposed site allocation BW24 details an expansion of the Institute of Cancer Research to ensure it remains at the forefront of research and development into cancer treatment. Meanwhile, site allocation BW35 provides for the redevelopment of the Royal Marsden Hospital, which is required to meet changing patterns in cancer treatment and care.

4.42 In addition to the treatment of illness, Core Policy BP5 supports the retention and improvement of facilities which help to prevent illness and which promote healthy lifestyles. The policy states that the Council will support the retention and improvement of leisure centres, playing pitches, and allotments and other uses which will promote healthy lifestyles as well as supporting increased options for cycling and walking.

4.43 The Council currently has two leisure centres, in North Cheam and Carshalton. The centre at North Cheam, which is no longer fit for purpose, is allocated as site allocation BW3 for redevelopment for housing and health facilities. Consideration is currently being given to relocating this centre to a suitable site to serve the residents of the western part of the Borough. However, the redevelopment of the Cheam Leisure Centre site would only come forward once such a new centre was operational. As it is currently uncertain where the replacement leisure centre would be located, a replacement leisure centre is not included as a site allocation.

4.44 Site allocation BW36: Sutton United Football Ground includes proposals to reinstate playing

fields that are currently unmaintained at Collingwood Recreation Ground, while proposed site allocation BW14: Open Land within BedZED and Land North of BedZED could provide new playing fields for a possible new primary school and for the local community. Proposed site allocations BW31: Part of Stanley Road Allotments and BW32: Demesne Road Allotments both reduce the areas within existing allotments which were previously safeguarded for other

Sustainability Issues

4.45 Core Policy BP6 (One Planet Living) specifies Hackbridge as a regeneration and growth area that will be delivered to low carbon standards with zero carbon standards to be achieved for all new developments within the Hackbridge Limit of Sustainable Residential Quality from 2011, where this is feasible. Proposed site allocations BW12: Felnex Trading Estate, BW13: Hackbridge Station and BW18: Kelvin House will implement this policy.

4.46 Core Policy BP7 (Flood Risk and Climate Change Adaptation) states that the Council will steer site allocations towards areas of lowest flood risk, taking the vulnerability of the proposed uses into account. Only two of the 35 site allocations require the Exceptions Test, as set out in PPS25, and they are BW12: Felnex Trading Estate and BW21: Wandle Valley Trading Estate. Proposed site allocation BW12 is only partially in Flood Zone 3a and it is proposed to locate much of the employment (less vulnerable) use, as opposed to the residential (more vulnerable) use, in the

Agenda Item 9c


higher risk area. Similarly, with regard to proposed site allocation BW21, it is expected the open space use will occupy much of Flood Zone 3a while the employment and residential uses will largely occupy the other, lower risk Flood Zone, areas.

Transport Infrastructure

4.47 Core Policy BP9 (Enabling Smarter Travel Choices an Area-Based Approach) outlines a series of transport improvements, many of which are planned in conjunction with other bodies such as Transport for London. The site allocations provide further information on the proposed transport improvements. Improvements to the Wallington station area are detailed in proposed site allocation BW29: Railway Approach and BW30: Lidl. Information on a new traffic management scheme for Carshalton is provided in proposed site allocation BW34. A description of how the area around Hackbridge Station and traffic flow, cycling and walking opportunities in Hackbridge generally are to be improved is provided in proposed site allocations BW12: Felnex Trading Estate, BW13: Hackbridge Station, BW18: Kelvin House and BW21: Wandle Valley Trading Estate. The plans for improvements to Beddington Lane are detailed in proposed site allocation BW33.

4.48 There are also a number of other proposed sites where development would involve transport improvements. These are: BW2: Gleeson Offices

(improved permeability for pedestrians and cyclists);

BW4: Hallmead Day Centre (footpath network improvements);

BW6: Sutton Hospital (improvements to permeability and bus service facilities);

BW7: Orchard Hill (improved access, improved permeability for pedestrians and cyclists and bus service improvements);

BW8: Stanley Park High School (improved permeability for pedestrians and cyclists);

BW9: Former Playing Fields at Sheen Way (improved access and permeability for pedestrians and cyclists);

BW15: Wallington Square (personal safety improvements for pedestrians);

BW17: St Helier Hospital (tramlink facilities and improved access);

BW23: BIBRA Site (improved access and permeability for pedestrians and cyclists);

BW35: Royal Marsden Hospital (improved access and permeability and bus service improvements);

STCN1: Crown Road / High Street Sites (new road link to enable the creation of a Village Square visually and functionally connecting the Village Quarter to the Exchange Quarter and enabling the creation of a pedestrian/tram link route along the northern part of the High Street); and

STCS2: South of Sutton Court Road and STCS3: Sutton Station and Car Park (create a public transport interchange).

4.49 The majority of these improvements are related to improvements for pedestrians and cyclists and bus services and hence comply with Core Policy

Agenda Item 9c


BP10 (Transport Strategic and Borough-wide Proposals) which seeks to encourage the use of sustainable modes of transport.

Agenda Item 9c

Site Development Policies Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012

113

Table 4.6: SITE ALLOCATIONS SCHEDULE

No Site Proposed Allocation

BW1 Library, Ridge Road, Stonecot

Residential

BW2

Gleeson Offices (Haredon House), London Road, Stonecot

Mixed Use: Residential/Retail/Offices

BW3

Cheam Leisure Centre, Malden Road, North Cheam

Mixed Use: Residential/Health

BW4

Hallmead Day Centre, Anton Crescent, Sutton

Mixed Use: Residential/Community

BW5

Sutton West Centre, Robin Hood Lane, Sutton

2010-15: Safeguarded for an Educational Use Post 2015: Mixed Use: Community/Residential

BW6 Sutton Hospital, Cotswold Road, Sutton

Mixed Use: Residential/Health

BW7

Orchard Hill, Carshalton Beeches

Mixed Use: Residential/Education/Open Space

BW8

Stanley Park High School, Stanley Park Road, Carshalton

Residential

BW9

Former Playing Fields, Sheen Way, Wallington

2010-15: Safeguarded for an Educational Use Post 2015; Mixed Use: Open Space/Residential

BW10

Council Offices, Denmark Road, Carshalton

Residential

Agenda Item 9c


114

BW11

Council Car Park, Denmark Road, Carshalton

Residential

BW12

Felnex Trading Estate, London Road, Hackbridge

Mixed Use: Residential/Retail/ Employment/Community

BW13

Land adjoining Hackbridge Station, London Road, Hackbridge

Mixed Use: Residential/Employment

BW14

Open Land within BedZED and Land North of BedZED, Hackbridge

Within BedZED: Education/Community North of BedZED: Short Term: Safeguarded for Mineral Extraction. Long-term: Regional Park and Playing Fields

BW15

Wallington Square, off Woodcote Road, Wallington

Mixed Use: Residential/Retail/ Offices/Leisure

BW16

Trading Estate and Gas Holder, Plumpton Way, Carshalton

Industry

BW17

St Helier Hospital, Wrythe Lane, Rosehill

Health

BW18

Kelvin House, London Road, Hackbridge


BW19

Canon House, Melbourne Road, Wallington


BW20

Victoria House, London Road, North Cheam


BW21

Wandle Valley Trading Estate, Mill Green Road, Hackbridge

Mixed Use: Employment/ Residential/Open Space

Agenda Item 9c


115

BW22

All Saints Road/Benhill Wood Road, Sutton

Residential

BW23

Former BIBRA Site, Woodmansterne Road, Carshalton

Mixed Use: Community/Residential

BW24

Institute of Cancer Research Land, Adjacent to Sutton Hospital, Belmont

Research and Development

BW25 Glastonbury Centre, Hartland Road, Rosehill

2010-15: Safeguarded for an Educational Use Post 2015: Residential

BW26

Land to the Rear of 107 Westmead Road, Sutton

Mixed Use: Residential/ Retail/Offices

BW27

Bawtree House, Worcester Road, Sutton

Residential

BW28

War Memorial Hospital/Ashcombe House, The Park & Cedar Close, Carshalton

Residential (including supported living units)

BW29 Railway Approach and Car Park, off Manor

Road, Wallington

Mixed Use: Office/Retail/ Leisure/Residential/ Car Parking

BW30 Lidl, Beddington Gardens, Wallington

Mixed Use: Retail/Office/ Residential/Car Parking

BW31

Part of the Allotments, Stanley Road, Carshalton

Urban Green Space (to be used as Allotments)

BW32

Allotments, Demesne Road, Wallington

A: Metropolitan Open Land (to be used as Allotments with Land Safeguarded for a Cemetery Extension) B: Metropolitan Open Land (to be used as Allotments)

Agenda Item 9c


116

BW33

Road Improvement Scheme, Beddington Lane, Beddington

Road Improvement Scheme

BW34

Traffic Management Scheme, Carshalton District Centre

Traffic Management Scheme

BW35

Royal Marsden Hospital, Downs Road, Belmont

Health

BW36

Sutton United Football Ground, Gander Green Lane, Sutton

Mixed Use: Sports Ground/Community Facilities

STCN1

Crown Road/High Street Sites

Mixed use: residential, retail, office and other

STCN2

Blockbuster Site, 341 High Street, Sutton

Mixed use: retail, residential, community and office

STCN3

Burger King Site, 330 332 High Street, Sutton

Residential-led mixed use and retail

STCC1

North of Lodge Place, Sutton

Mixed use: health, retail, residential and office or commercial leisure

STCC2

South of Lodge Place, Sutton

Mixed use: retail, residential and office or commercial leisure

STCC3

Kwikfit Site, Throwley Way, Sutton

(i) hotel or other town centre use, or (ii) residential-led mixed use and retail

STCC4

North of Greenford Road, Sutton

Mixed use: residential, retail and office

Agenda Item 9c


117

STCW1

Civic Centre Site, St Nicholas Way, Sutton

Mixed use: civic, community, cultural, retail and residential

STCW2

Secombe Theatre Site, Cheam Road, Sutton

Residential-led mixed-use and office

STCW3

Beech Tree Place / West Street, Sutton

Mixed use: social, community, residential and office/small business units

STCS1

North of Sutton Court Road, Sutton

Office-led mixed use

STCS2

South of Sutton Court Road, Sutton

Mixed use: office, residential, retail and leisure

STCS3

Sutton Station and Car Park, Sutton

Mixed use: office, retail, residential, car park, leisure and other town centre uses

STCS4

Shops Opposite Station

Mixed use: retail, residential, office and hotel

STCS5

Sutherland House, Brighton Road, Sutton

Mixed use: residential, office, hotel, retail and leisure

STCS6

Brighton Road Sites, Sutton

Mixed use: residential, office, retail, car park, petrol station

Agenda Item 9c

ORCHARD ROAD

BEAUCHAMP ROAD

BEULAH ROAD

SYDNEY ROAD

CROWN ROAD

COLLINGWOOD ROAD

BUSHEY ROAD

CHAUCER

ROAD

MILTON ROAD

CHAUCER

GAR

DENS

ST JA

ME

S' R

OA

D

Pavilion

Club

Stand

Pavilion

Stands

Collingw

ood

Court

Balaam HouseAndre

wes H

ouse

Dennis House

Gibson House

Milton

House

Sutton Garage(LT)

Hall

PCs

Wes

t Sutton S

tatio

n

70

66

127

137

152

150

115

146

138

78

64

52

42

28

16

4

67

53

39

25

13

1

63

51

2

14

26

38

21

9

77a

7c

35

49

49a

49d

2

69 to

73

75

81

1

13

29

41

53

67

79

85

89

76

64

54

42

32

18

6

83 8

5

PO

87a

99

1

13

25

37

49

63

77

81

79

9391

113 111

2 1

65

50

62

114112

9492

7472

5248

5450

10810

6

88

86

7674

72

58

46

34

22

10

103

113

121

123

137

147

159

163

167

165

179

177

181

193

197

201

195

213

211

208

198

184

182

180

168

156

144

132

120

110

100

97 to 1

27

1

4

5

16

8

13

5

12

4

11

3

9

1

1 to 60

168

12

4

11

3

173169

125

135

113

123

87

83

Hall

11

15

1

17

1 t

o 2

7

ST JA

ME

S'

BURGESS

ROAD

Sydne

y

Arms

(PH)

97

9389

111107 103

109 105101

145 141137

159155

151

1

3

2

10

5

1

79

VICARAGE ROAD

BU

SH

EY LA

NE

147143 139

157153

149

175 171

3

4

AV

EN

UE

65

WINGS C

LOSE

1to3

4

9

12

13

14

16to2

0

21to2

4

101

112

73

60

68

78

49

63

77

48

12

1

9

17

12 to 14

198

19

21

90

19

319

719

52

05

211

15

21

28

14

29

41

49

1

84

74

66

75

89

91

101

109

64

36

31 t

o 3

5

24

14

2

46

32

20

8

1

15

29

1

13

23

39

49

59

69

285

275

265

22

72

25

21

7

22

1 2

23

219

217a

24

254

25

22

50

24

42

42

240238

2362

34

23

2230

22

2

216 to

220

21

4

20

42

00

58

59

60

63

64

66

67

69

70

73

13 to 18

19

to 2

4

25 to 27

28

to 3

3

34 to 39

40 to 45

46

to 5

1

52 to

2

8

10

16

1820

22

28

42

30

44

54

33

321

21

20

7

13

12

21

14

13

6516

15

641817

5536

35

5438

37

4948

47

6

1

2010

10

29

1

1

92119

1311

23 25

35 37

19

25

3022

1 to

33

1 to 1023

21

1 to 6

7 to 12

1711a 13

12

2629

23

1 to 3

31

2

32

0

310 3

08

284 2

86

29

6

282

27

82

76

27

4 2

72

266 to

270

264

26

0

1 3 5

7066

4440

36 4642

38 3228

24 3430

2620

161222

1814 8

42 10

9

1

1 t

o 5

3

29

930

1

30

3 3

05

1 to

6

7 to 11

307

17

27

37

47

49

47a

49a

33

3

32

5

18

30

42

52

60

77

75

59

47

35

23

40

50

60

41

49

BENHILL AVENUE

LE

NH

AM

RO

AD

TH

RO

WLE

Y W

AY

MANOR PLACE

RO

AD

LOD

GE

BENHILL AVENUE

ELM

GR

OV

E

HIG

H S

TR

EE

T

GREENFORD ROAD

GREENFORD ROAD

HADDON ROAD

TH

OR

NC

RO

FT R

OA

D

CLARENCE ROAD

RO

AD

CO

LLING

WO

OD

WILCOX ROAD

BURGESS ROAD

BR

AN

DO

N R

OA

D

CROWN ROAD

MARSHALL'S ROAD

BR

UN

SW

ICK

RO

AD

LE

WIS

RO

AD

BURNELL ROAD

BELSIZE GARDENS

ROSEBERY GARDENS

VALE ROAD

BUSHEY ROAD

Court

Regency

JE

NG

AR

CL

OS

E

Eagle Star

House

Killic

k H

ouse

House

Dennis

Yard

Timber

ST N

ICH

OLA

S W

AY

HouseThe Old Court

PH

Club

Shelter

Sh

elte

r

SA Hall

P O

Bank

Bank

Ch

estn

ut T

erra

ce

Shelter

Bank

(PH)

Shelter

Hig

h S

treet

Church

PH

PH

No

3

20

2

199

34

36

No

1

6

7

5

11

Multi Car Park

62

18

to

13

24

to

19

6

to 1

12

to 1

Sut

ton

Adu

lt

19188

Gas

Holder Station

19

57

Sch

oo

l a

nd

In

stitu

te

20

3

48

HIG

H S

TR

EE

T

315 to

323

330to

332

1 to 24

1 to 22

50

42

34

52

56

32

26

52

52

50

40

2

1 to

35

Saxon

WebbHouse

House

Edwina

Court

Marshall's Court

Cro

wnbourn

e C

ourt

The Dolphin

7 9 11

24

6254

to

44

42a

42

31

6

27

28

7

4

38

44

51

55

172

1

6

1

7

34

1

19

4 to

19

6

1

3

Kingsmount Court

Dex House

SUNNYH

URST C

LOSE

PYLBROOK ROAD

SO

RR

EN

TO

ROAD

BISH

OPS

CLO

SE

CHAUCER GARDENS

ALEXANDRA A

VENUE

AN

TON

CR

ESC

EN

T

CO

LLING

WO

OD

RO

AD

MILTO

N ROAD

Chaucer House

Milton H

ouse

RECTORY ROAD

BU

SH

EY

LA

NE

52

7

12

1

7

18

2

5

10

15

33

35

9

4

18

49

209

198

205

188

191

182

174

181

168

175

166

167

154

153

148

149

134

135

140

141142

133 132

146

147

1 to 96

15

31

214216

218a

226

228

234

6

1

12

18

24

30

36

42

48

54

64

219

231

241

272

252

24

2

1718

8

9 10

1615

218

59

155

161

152

160

23

163 162

143

177 170

178

171

97 to

127

184

189

192

185

195

10

50

262

23

202

206

199

24

203 196

5151

51

5353

53

a

b

c

a

bc

VICARAGE ROAD

RECTORY ROAD

DEAN

S R

OAD

BUSHEY ROAD

TH

E G

RE

EN

PC

HIG

H S

TR

EE

T

P HE1

Sub Sta

LE

WIS

OAKHILL ROAD

Regency Court

BENHILTON GARDENSOakhill Lodge

GarageShe

lter

Angel Hill Court

Hall

SORRENTO ROAD

PY

LB

RO

OK

RO

AD

STAYTON ROAD

HALLM

EAD

RO

AD

El Sub Sta

Vicarage

22

34

48

22

12

2

30

34

1

13

27

46

36

14

2

47

37

25

13

22

13

1

1

34

43

46

348 to

352

35

4

36

2

364

366

2a

2

12

24

37

31

28

30

26

38

52

34 to 61

7159

47

37

23

10to15

1 to 3

42

41a

41

40a

40

38

37

33

30

32

31

19

15

10

6

77

b

1

15

31

2

1

36

26

14

2

1

13

27

41

1

5

2

45

43

44

30

16

2

1

13

32

18

4

5

6 3 4

2

1

57

1 to 12

Hall

26

28

RO

AD

53

Alvernia Lodge

1to9

HUNTING GATEMEWS

1

7

10

22

HolyFamily

Catholic

Church

17

13

24to28

22to27 28to33

34

to3

7

38 39

40 to

45

1 to

21

20

3

1

5

PA

RS

ON

S C

LO

SE

GranfersComm

Centre

Regency

Court

BR

UN

SW

ICK

RO

AD

DO

VE

RC

OU

RT

LA

NE

OAKHILL ROAD

Copthorne Court

STANMORE GARDENS

BEN

FLE

ET C

LOSE

BENHILL R

OAD

Woodfields Court

BENHILL WOOD ROAD

Aylesbury Court

CHILW

ORTH

GARDENS

Benhilton

Court

VINE CLOSE

Hall

Avo

nd

ale

Co

urtBENHILTON GARDENS

WO

OD

SID

E R

OA

D

El

Sub Sta

34

to

61

2

1 12

11

81 87 1

5

7d

7c

7b

7a

2

1

4

391

23 4

111

3

19

1 to

6 21

1 to 6

7 to 12

21

24

1

256

26

28

5

1

2

12

20

28

38 85

73

43

56

34

12

41

39c

a

35

373

3c

33

a

20b

20a

39

21

25

91

97 99101

1 to 6

3 to 8

9 to 14

20

66

76

86

2

12

20

179

115

115a

111

99

89

77

6757

47

37

27

17

15

15

a

11

1

2

1222

32

177

165

155

202

11

3

1 to 21

12

3

10

1112

96

100

1

26 to

37 14 to 25

910

1

2

ELG

IN R

OAD

Selbourne

House

39

to

15

BE

NF

LE

ET

CLO

SE

8385

2 1

Granfers

Comm

Centre

Lord Nelson

(PH)PH

PO

RegencyCourt

BR

UN

SW

ICK

RO

AD

Greville House

CR

ES

SIN

GH

AM

GR

OV

EC

ranfo

rd C

ourt

Ripley

Gardens

Albury Court

MIL

FO

RD

GR

OV

E

LIT

CH

FIE

LD

RO

AD

Surgery

WA

RW

ICK

RO

AD

MANOR LANE

GO

DS

TO

NE

RO

AD

OAKHILL ROAD

GLENA MOUNT

IVYDENE CLOSE

THICKET CRESCENT

MONTPELIER ROAD

CONSTANCE ROAD

LOWER ROAD

THE

BROADWAY

NU

RS

ER

Y R

OA

D

BENHILL AVENUE

Clinton Terrace

Works

BirchCourt

Linley Court

Birtway

Court

Manor C

ourt

Co

mp

ton

Co

urt

Oakwood

Court

BE

NH

ILL

WO

OD

RO

AD

Ockley Court

AVON CLOSE

283

0

12

12

10

11

38

46

47

65 36 35

59 24 23

54

52 22

58 20 19

55

14 13

17

18

91

0

21

93

2019

3938 4

0

33

32 4

3

1918

171

615

1413

2

1

22

21

14

13

2

1

394

0

29

30

19

20

579

10 8 6

18 1

7 1

55

a

79

13 t

o 1

8

7 to 12

1 to 6

1 to

6

14

to

19

1311

7

910

8

18

20

3 2 11

2 11 10

26

30

16

13

36

42 40

50 48

5858a

60

62

1 to

6

29

23

12

to 7

6 to

1

1 t

o 6

7 t

o 1

2

18

17

20

19

3533

4745

49

59

64

115

117

131145

159

78

6872

66

1 t

o 2

6

27

to

38

1 2 3

7 8 9

1 to

12

11

10

13

12

12

11

1714

151

3

2 1

28

14

24

22

20

8

1012

1 3 5

606

2

11 to 1

6

5 to 10

1 to 4

45

6

23

9 8 7

13

14

151

2 11 10

18 17 16

24 23 22 2

1 20 19

40

30

32

3

1

15

13

192

3

17

21

24

20

22

18

16

14

4

2

28 26

20 18

1

2

5

9

10

11

42 36 1

6

31

37

159

12 8 4

1 to 12

89

1 to 6

93

101

109

13

5

15

12

18

451

to

95

15

5

57

57

a

63 t

o 7

9

81

8966a66

64

1 to 16

17 to 40

41 31

29

15

1

31

1 to

24

4a4

2a2

517

16

214

26

141

6

113

3325

Hebe Court

183

2

39

2921

28

30a

28

a

14

13to19

11

9

71

2

12 2a 2b 2c

711686258

106

94

72

12

1

9

64

72

80

64

70

69

79

93

62

56a5654

32

20

8

9

19

35

54

50

1 to

7

72

23

0

2

14

152

3

162

100 86

45

29

29

31

43

44

51

123

24

8

910

48

8 5 2147

369

TH

ICK

ET

RO

AD

49

82

87

3635

4443

5251

58

54

53

86

3433

1

8

1920

2

75

74

73

8064

63

46

11

15

23

30

14

22

1

6 3

58

12 11 4

1197

642

1715

13

1816

14

23 21

19

4

29

55

53 21

48 45

37

49

39

40

50

414

2

38

15

64a

85

88

70

KESWICK CLOSE

ALVIA GARDENS

42

to 4

63

8

1 5

9

Bru

nsw

ick

Manor

Boulle

n C

ourt

3

1 to

34

Thic

ket C

ourt

Adam Court

1 to 10

25

to

39

16

16

1 to

18

Roland House

Chesterton House

Cle

ve

do

n H

ou

se

Stancliffe House

Denewood House

Lower Court

Gle

nro

se

Ho

use

Bra

nch

Ho

use

23

1to5

The Woodman

Oakleigh Care Centre

Oak Lodge

Arndell House

61

1 to

12

42

2

17

1

7 8

9

10

14

108

122

DUCHESS CLOSE

Fernhead

1 t

o 1

8

44

Newlyn House

The Thomas Wall Centre

43

1 to

10

The

Briar

132

130b

130a

130

12

8b

128a

128

14

5

81

26

b

12

6a 126

12

4b

12

4a 124

9191a

19

9

1 to 10

1 to 10

1 to 8 114

114a

2

14

3

2

1

4

3

109

82

92

102

112

6163

1 to 19

20 to 36

1 to 24

79

85

6

8

1213

59

67

83

93

103

113

125

146

150

9

136

144

2

8

16

4

12

20

107

119

1

9

19

114

120

128

97

105

91

93

84

62

24

2022

18

48

464

44

2

50

2

102

112

3

17

5

292

53

12

7

514

95

55

3

1

55a

91

111a

11

e

1

6

7

14

15

15a

15

b17

17

a1

7b

19

21

21

a2

32

3a

77

89

1

1 to 47

70

11

a

1f

72 CHEAM ROAD

WE

STE

RN

RO

AD

ST

JAM

ES

' RO

AD

GROVE AVEN

UE

LA

ND

SE

ER

RO

AD

BR

IDG

EF

IELD

RO

AD

GROVE ROAD

LESLIE

GARDENS

OV

ER

TO

N R

OA

D

MULGRAVE ROAD

HEATHER GARDENS

Stanstead

TORMEAD CLOSE

Surgery

Heyward Court

Pe

mb

erto

n

Ho

use

98

7

3

2

1

100

9 8 7

3 2 1

2

65 to 72

57 to 64

1 to

82a

4a

4

7 to 1219 to 24

27

to

32

33

to

38

39 to 44

45 to 50

65

122

12

10

1614

47

43

45

41

3230

282

6

13

91

51

1

26

25

Manor

4036

383

4

7

19

17

2123

393

7

35

33

CastleCourt

BE

GG

AR

'S R

OO

ST

LA

NE

1

3

4

1to

35

1

1317

22

73

19

Cypress Court

Woodland Court

1to6

7to12

14

1 to

14

66

8585B

132

10

1 to

16

18

1 t

o 8

8

116

120

1 to 11

1 to 15

71

1 to 10

Norm

an House

1 t

o 2

5

1 to 7

Overton Toft

TheMount

Alexa Court

132

130b

130a

130

12

8b

128a

128

14

5

81

26

b

12

6a 126

12

4b

12

4a 124

9191a

19

9

1 to 10

1 to 10

1 to 8 114

114a

2

14

3

2

1

4

3

109

82

92

102

112

6163

1 to 19

20 to 36

1 to 24

79

85

6

8

1213

59

67

83

93

103

113

125

146

150

9

136

144

2

8

16

4

12

20

107

119

1

9

19

114

120

128

97

105

91

93

84

62

24

2022

18

48

464

44

2

50

2

102

112

3

17

5

292

53

12

7

514

95

55

3

1

55a

91

111a

11

e

1

6

7

14

15

15a

15

b17

17

a1

7b

19

21

21

a2

32

3a

77

89

1

1 to 47

70

11

a

1f

72 CHEAM ROAD

WE

STE

RN

RO

AD

ST

JAM

ES

' RO

AD

GROVE AVEN

UE

LA

ND

SE

ER

RO

AD

BR

IDG

EF

IELD

RO

AD

GROVE ROAD

LESLIE

GARDENS

OV

ER

TO

N R

OA

D

MULGRAVE ROAD

HEATHER GARDENS

Stanstead

TORMEAD CLOSE

Surgery

Heyward Court

Pe

mb

erto

n

Ho

use

98

7

3

2

1

100

9 8 7

3 2 1

2

65 to 72

57 to 64

1 to

82a

4a

4

7 to 1219 to 24

27

to

32

33

to

38

39 to 44

45 to 50

65

122

12

10

1614

47

43

45

41

3230

282

6

13

91

51

1

26

25

Manor

4036

383

4

7

19

17

2123

393

7

35

33

CastleCourt

BE

GG

AR

'S R

OO

ST

LA

NE

1

3

4

1to

35

1

1317

22

73

19

Cypress Court

Woodland Court

1to6

7to12

14

1 to

14

66

8585B

132

10

1 to

16

18

1 t

o 8

8

116

120

1 to 11

1 to 15

71

1 to 10

Norm

an House

1 t

o 2

5

1 to 7

Overton Toft

TheMount

Alexa Court

15

27

5

1113

11

a

11d

6

12

14

14a

1616a

18

18a

20

30

26

45

37

27

26

8

3634

31

2933

to

60

15

to 2

7

1 to

32

1 t

o 1

6

11 1

39

5

31

33

26

16

37 to 42

66

54

42

30

33

43

57

67

21

23

46

30

1 to 18

1016

2

12

222

4a

24

b2

4c

24d

26

38

59

47

4945

29

15

1

26

32

15

29

47

57

67

81

1

7

13

25

37

49

61

73

60

52

38

36

a36

30

28a

2826a

2624a

24

22a

22

20

6

2

4

83

97

109

123

148

12

4

110

98

108

136

12

696

88

64

56

86

76

66

52

54

50

48 124

122

114 108

94

90

1

13

29

32

16

2

2a1 to

14

13

30

18

6

29

43

55

1

11

14

2

46

ORCHARD R

OAD

CLYDE ROAD

STR

ATH

EA

RN

RO

AD

ROBIN HOOD LANE

ST JA

ME

S A

VE

NU

E

NO

RM

AN

RO

AD

ST JA

ME

S R

OA

D

CAMDEN ROAD

SH

ER

WO

OD

PA

RK

RO

AD

WESTERN ROAD

WE

STE

RN

RO

AD

TATE ROAD

Orchard

Garden

s

MarianCourt

Sutton Youth Centre

The Oaks

El Sub Sta

Beech

wood C

ourt

Homefield

Preparatory

School

Sutton Christian Centre

Cypress Court

51

55

5367

65

61

51

Robin Hood

Infants' School

73

79

46

1to

8

EL DoretUnder 5'sCentre

Scola Annexe

The LoxleyCentre

Sutton WestCentre

52

1to6

24A

1 to 24

58

48A

Occupational Therapy

Adult Literacy

Unit

DayCentre

Thomas Wall

Nursery

School

1 to 8

1 to 16

1 to 15

28

1 to

10

69

431a3

921

76

72

70

68

66

60

58

56

84

92

104

110

108

112

114

116a

11

8

12

41

22

13

4

13

6 to

14

0

142 to

146

14

8

154

164

18

6

18

01

78

17

21

70

16

6

31

45

171

163

161

159

15

7

15

5

12

3

121

11

3

105

to 1

11

10

310

1

97

898

3 to

87

71 to

81

32

117

27

2

16

10

4

1 to 9

1

5

11

1

13

25

30

20

12

2

6866

15

27

39

51

63

71

64

54

38

24

10

25

24

23

1091

to

8

29

39

51

52

50

48

46

44

2019

38

36

CO

LLING

WO

OD

RO

AD

Queensm

ere

CLA

RE

NC

E R

OA

D

TH

OR

NC

RO

FT

RO

AD

LODGE PLACE

LO

DG

E R

OA

D

LE

NH

AM

RO

AD

TH

RO

WLE

Y W

AY

WES

T STR

EET

RO

BIN

HO

OD

LA

NE

FALCOURT CLOSE

BE

EC

H T

RE

E P

LA

CE

ST

NIC

HO

LA

S W

AY

THROWLEY ROAD

ST NICHOLAS ROAD

GIBSON ROAD

CA

MD

EN

GA

RD

EN

S

HILL ROAD

Hall

The O

ld C

ourt H

ouse

Car Park

PCs

Multistorey Car Park

Hall

The

Robin

Hood

(PH

)

Robin

Hood

Co

urt

Warehouse

Health Centre

Surrey House

Chancery

House

St Nicholas House

St Nicholas

Hall

Rectory

College ofLiberal Arts

Christian

Science

Church

CromerMansions

Secombe

Centre

Library

Civic Centre

Trinity

MethodistChurch

Bank

The Upper Walk

The Upper Walk

The Lower

Hall

Sunday

School

Church

BaptistSutton

Lo

dg

eE

pw

orth

Hal

l

Ch

ea

m R

oa

d

Mansions

Georgian

6 to 9

67

59

28

Church

St Nicholas

19 to 30

18

to

13

7a7b

31 t

o 3

6

12

to7

1 to 6

1

1 t

o 3

1

Guide

11

6

3

12

49

1412a

SquareULC

2

42

40

34

33

2

1

1211

35a43

47

113a

Robin Hood

62

8

CAMDEN ROAD

14

5

MANOR

PLACE

Junior School

173

Bank

46to50

CHEAM ROAD

CARSHALTON

ROAD

Bank

52

Marian Court

94

Multistorey

Times

Thorn

cro

ft Road (p

ath

)

Church Street

Square

61to65

48to53 under

66to71

54to60

42to47 under

7to10 under

26to3233to40

11to20 under

23to25

3to6 under

1and2

41 over

20A

Multistorey Car Park

and Cinemas

13

14

20

32

25

1

7

12

Sain

t Nich

ola

s Centre

THOMAS WALL CLOSE

PCs

Hotel

SUTT

ON

PARK

ROAD

HIG

H S

TR

EE

T

Hig

h S

treet

Bank

RU

SS

ELL W

AY

14

11

8

71

4

3

31

5

19

21

27

29

35

37

15

17

79

2

12

50

42

34

19

11

89

137 to

143

5

16

8

PH

1

5

6

12

ALB

AN

Y M

EW

S

14

51

55 57

63

Times

House

127

17

7

1

Windsor Hse

MA

SO

N R

OA

D

36

24

1b

1c

Grosvenor House1 to 16

VERNON ROAD

LIN

D R

OA

D

MY

RT

LE

RO

AD

WIL

LIA

M R

OA

D

WA

RW

ICK

RO

AD

LE

NH

AM

RO

AD

MANOR LANE

LIT

CH

FIE

LD

RO

AD

CARSHALTON ROAD

MORLAND ROAD

ALFR

ED

RO

AD

ALBERT

ROAD

SUTTON COURT

ROAD

THROWLEY

ROAD

PA

LM

ER

ST

ON

RO

AD

BISHOP'S PLACE

40

48

1

5

2

2

12

26

17

3

29

41

53

67

40

2

14

26

38

50

62

42

54 56

1

21

33

1523

29

2

16

30

38

48

60

7 t

o 9

29

39

41 to

45

1

7

96

92 to

94

596

7

55

Manor ParkPrimary School

1

5

146

1to12

25

6

16

3

56

28

2

20

12

4

120

23

10

1 to 35

8

38

26

10

9

Club

Sutton Grammar School

Multistorey

SurreyHouse

Surgery

Hall

PH

PH

PH

PH

PH

GREYHOUND ROAD

PCs

Manor Park

Shelter

LA

NG

LE

Y P

AR

K R

OA

D

Lodge

MA

NO

R P

AR

K R

OA

D

20

Car Park

17

E lSub Sta

For Boys

36

38

26

20

50

PH

53

61

138

RE

AD

ING

RO

AD

8

15

TH

RO

WLE

Y W

AY

Police Station

2

14

42

11

50

44

90

to 4338

to 2924

4448

1921

to 33

223435

to 4336

46

44

to 5

84

7

to 7

2

60

61

59

23

22to

35

24

39

36

12

18 424

0

9

2

8

15

6

1

5

16

21

20 28

87

610

7

1

15

12

14

17

1618

55

59

50

49

53

51

525

4

23

22

1 to

8

11

9

10 to 21

1 t

o 6

11

to 1

5

10

13

73

76

78

12

357

9 610

7983

42 to 52

30 to 40

MARLINS CLOSE

SH

OT

T C

LO

SE

Clif

feW

alk

GO

OS

SE

NS

CLO

SE

HO

PE

CLO

SE

TURNPIKE LANE

CLO

WS

ER

CLOSE

CH

AL

K P

IT W

AY

9

21

31

122126

128to130

15

1

27

39

100

108

118

11

14

26

2

124

Church

12

2

Thacke

ray M

anor

7

11

55

53

47

51

61

61b

59

1

46

15

11

76

78

to82

84

50

60

57

55

13

1

32

28

34

to 3

81

0

1to

5

7

9

1

13

25

39

516

1

33

a

2

1

Pa

lme

rsto

n

Court

14

Shelter

85

1to610

7

1to

6

12to18

7to

11

Ele

onora

Terra

ce

66to76 even54to64 even

514

9

25

132

1

24

21

1 TO 20

MONTANA GARDENS

56

33

41

El Sub Sta

Superstore

NIG

HT

ING

ALE

CO

UR

T

1 to

7

8 to 11

16 to 20

21

to 2

3

24 to

27

12

to

15

Patrick Dunne Hse

4

2

1a

1b

1c1d

1e

1

56

to

78

10

11 t

o 1

3

14

to

17

18

19

34

to294

1

1 to

28

18

to16

14

15

12

a

12

to10

4 t

o 6

1 t

o 3

21to

19

36to

34

39to

37

54to

52

55to57

64to6

6

1 to 26

1 to 26

159

12a

12

1 to

12

1 to

20

3

1 to

12

13 to 24

1 to 12

22

34

65 to 80

97 to 112

1 to

16

28

17 to 3

2

49 to

64

11

21

33

44

1 to 64

46

1 to 47

48

50

3142

55

59

51

53

45

53

43

1 to 6

36

39

53

67

19

33

2

12

22

1

19

31

43

2

18

16

24

1

6

88

a1

0

1 to 20

1 to 20

1211

1413

22

26

1 to 36

1 to

9

1

15

19

21

27

1 to 8

9 to 11

35

37

9 to 15

7

CUMNOR ROAD

WELLESLEY ROAD

LA

NG

LE

Y P

AR

K R

OA

D

EATON ROAD

ALBION ROAD

CAVENDISH ROAD

AM

BL

ES

IDE

GA

RD

EN

S

CE

DA

R G

AR

DE

NS

CEDAR ROAD

BR

IGH

TO

N

WEL

LESL

EY R

OAD

THE Q

UADRANT

Lynton Court

Wilmot

House

Netherlands

Court

The

Glen

VumbaHouse

Synagogue

Friends

Meeting

House

House

Argyle

House

Sutton Court

Multis

tore

yC

arP

ark

Gro

sve

no

r Co

urt

Regent

Suth

erla

nd H

ouse

Roof Car Park

Roof Car Park

El Sub Sta

Blenheim Court

Apsley Court

Vanborough Court

Rutland

Court

Cedar Court

Tudor C

ourt

Sta

tion P

ara

de

Sh

elte

rs

MULG

RAVE

ROAD

Sutton

Station

HIG

H S

TR

EE

T

Bank

South Point

Sentinel House

UCB House

Watermead

House

BankHouse

BA

NK

ME

WS

PC

s

LodgeThe

32

16128

4

1410

62

652

431

7

1 to 12

1 t

o 8

3

2

4

9to7

2

1 43

65

14

7

RO

AD

Pa

rade

SUTTON COURT ROAD

20

Police Station

Quadrant House

Brendon

Forest DeneCourt

29 t

o 9

6

1 to 28

1 to 1

2

13 to 24

40 to 44

1 to 1

6

to

1

CH

ALK

PIT

WA

Y

25

to3

0

34

2a

1 to 24

26 Ashdown

CourtSalatin House

Orion House

HamiltonHouse

17

17A

18

5

41

7

6

12

Heathfield Court

Grasmere Court

House

Raffety

Sherbourne CourtRichardSharples

Court

26A

Langle

y Court

Gar

den

Hall H

ouse

49

10

14

8

Bedfo

rd T

erra

ce

1 to 6

34

Winward

Court

2a

1b

1d

Group House

12

7

4

149

1613

11

6115

5

10

2

83

Jubilee Court

Patrick Dunne Hse

1516

21

65

10

6

22

a2

b4

4a4b

4949a

5151a53

53a53b

57

1a

22 to

27

13

to

21

7 to 121 to 6

28

30

1 to 18

4745

37

1 to 15

4

3 21

33

31

4

10

1 to 20

38

36

1 to 20

2

1 to 12

12

22

32

4

10

531

642

13

107

1411

8

15

12

91317

19 to 29

9

8 71

0 to

18

19 to

33

34 to

48

11

15

1

3

1 to 6

7 to 12

13 t

o 18

19 to

24

35 to 40

8

8a

22

1 3 5

2 4 6

1 3 5

2 4 6

1 3 5

2 4 6

1 3 5

2 4 6

1

9 11

15

1

7

9

1315

2

143

10912

11

25

31

1 to 9

33

1 to 14

1 to 14

37

39

2

16

543

1 to 12

43a

43b

4547

1 to 13

49

1 to 10

1 to 18

55

4

3

6

5

87

1 to 17

2

1

43

6

5

8

71 to 10

40

34

46

1 to 10

52

1 to 10

66

68

1 to 12

70

78

26

30

34

32

36

42

41

37

19

35

33

36

44

50 4854

128 to 139116 to 127

100 to

115

85 to 99

74

51 to 63

38 to

50

1 to

10

11

to 2

3

24 to 37

216 to 227204 to 215

18

8 t

o 2

03

18

0 t

o 1

87

172 t

o 1

79

157

to 1

71

140 t

o 1

56

39

45

55

57

1211

1021

2019

80

86

90

100

2

1 t

o 6

(ove

r sh

ops)

HIG

H S

TR

EE

T

PH

HallSunday

SchoolSutton

Baptist

Church

Hall

Swimming Pool(covered)

Sutton High School For Girls

Sports

Maso

nic H

all

Works

PH

Tele

phone E

xchange

Copthall House

Sorting Office

Sutton Station

Mulg

rave

Court

Cyrillian House

Charter House

Bridge

House

Greensleeves Manor

Grove Court

John's Court

Raymond Court

Surgery Grosvenor

Court

Mulgrave

Hall

Mulgrave Manor

MultistoreyCar Park

PCs

Tandrid

ge C

ourt

Glyndale Grange

Carey

Eve

rsle

y

The

Priory

SU

TTO

N P

AR

K R

OA

D

HO

ME

FIE

LD P

AR

K

CHEAM ROAD

GROVE ROAD

BR

IDG

E R

OA

D

MULGRAVE ROAD

WORCESTER ROAD

GR

AN

GE

RO

AD

CONWAY

ST

AN

LE

Y R

OA

D

LESLIE GARDENS

CA

DO

GA

N C

OU

RT

to86

1 to 21

44

DR

IVE

48

35

2

1

16

Hall

7

56to51

1 to 6

Sta

nst

ead M

anor

73

to

64

55

56

64

2

13

35

68 to 74

17

19to

21

51

531 to 14

54

1 to 10

2

1

St George's

Court

7

4

1

Seymour

House

Mulgrave

Chambers

44

Coach House Mews

PO

14

1 to 12

42

30

11

1 to 9

1 to 7

9 to 12

8

97

5

1-9

1-6

Adm

inistration Place

OR

ME

RO

AD

City House

1 2

44

14 t

o 1

81

to 1

2

42

14 to

18

1 t

o 1

2

242322

1 to 21

44 42

1 to 15

4 0 c

38

14

17

18

50

54

1

4

3 2

1

161

134

9

8

1 to 7

8 to 14

WORCESTER ROAD

Kingslee Court

Thorn Court

The Firs

31

25

29

1 to 20

23

17

2

Holmeswood

46

7 to 12

1 to 6

56

56a

20

21

23

9

1

5

28

9 6 37 4 1

21

12

11

12

24

4

10

27

136

2

93

2a

2d

2f

LE

SLIE

GA

RD

EN

S

MULGRAVE ROAD

Lancaster

Court

VIL

LA

GE

RO

W

Court

1 to

4 Castle

House

37

26

32

40

1to

35

36

to4

5Balmoral

22

7 to 215 6

132

130b

130a

130

12

8b

128a

128

14

5

81

26

b

12

6a 126

12

4b

12

4a 124

9191a

19

9

1 to 10

1 to 10

1 to 8 114

114a

2

14

3

2

1

4

3

109

82

92

102

112

6163

1 to 19

20 to 36

1 to 24

79

85

6

8

1213

59

67

83

93

103

113

125

146

150

9

136

144

2

8

16

4

12

20

107

119

1

9

19

114

120

128

97

105

91

93

84

62

24

2022

18

48

464

44

2

50

2

102

112

3

17

5

292

53

12

7

514

95

55

3

1

55a

91

111a

11

e

1

6

7

14

15

15a

15

b17

17

a1

7b

19

21

21

a2

32

3a

77

89

1

1 to 47

70

11

a

1f

72 CHEAM ROAD

WE

STE

RN

RO

AD

ST

JAM

ES

' RO

AD

GROVE AVEN

UE

LA

ND

SE

ER

RO

AD

BR

IDG

EF

IELD

RO

AD

GROVE ROAD

LESLIE

GARDENS

OV

ER

TO

N R

OA

D

MULGRAVE ROAD

HEATHER GARDENS

Stanstead

TORMEAD CLOSE

Surgery

Heyward Court

Pe

mb

erto

n

Ho

use

98

7

3

2

1

100

9 8 7

3 2 1

2

65 to 72

57 to 64

1 to

82a

4a

4

7 to 1219 to 24

27

to

32

33

to

38

39 to 44

45 to 50

65

122

12

10

1614

47

43

45

41

3230

282

6

13

91

51

1

26

25

Manor

4036

383

4

7

19

17

2123

393

7

35

33

CastleCourt

BE

GG

AR

'S R

OO

ST

LA

NE

1

3

4

1to

35

1

1317

22

73

19

Cypress Court

Woodland Court

1to6

7to12

14

1 to

14

66

8585B

132

10

1 to

16

18

1 t

o 8

8

116

120

1 to 11

1 to 15

71

1 to 10

Norm

an House

1 t

o 2

5

1 to 7

Overton Toft

TheMount

Alexa Court

59

57

4139

37

36

33

30

3431

28

35

322927

252326

2422

531642

13

10

71

41

18

1512

9 2119

1720

1816

2119

17

1614

16 18

18a18b

20

20a20b

2222a

22b24

24a

24b

23 to 431 to 22

1 to 64

44

1 to 53

49a1

2

1 4

3

LAN

GLE

Y P

AR

K R

OA

D

CAVENDISH ROAD

Saverton

House

BeauclereHouse

FoxleyFiske Court

7

Court

Melford Court1 to 28

1to6

5aCavendish

Lodge

London Borough of Sutton

Environment and Leisure

24 Denmark Road

Carshalton

SM5 2JG

This map is reproduced from Ordnance

Survey material with the permission of

Ordnance Survey on behalf of the

Controller of Her Majesty’s Stationery

Office © Crown Copyright. Unauthorised

reproduction infringes Crown copyright

and may lead to prosecution or civil

proceedings. London Borough of Sutton

100008655X 2012

N

NOT TO

SCALE

Figure 1

Location of Site Allocations

Sutton Town Centre

Town Centre Boundary

North Sutton - Village Quarter

STC N1 Crown Road / High Street Sites

STC N2 Blockbuster Site

STC N3 Burger King Site

Central Sutton - Exchange Quarter

STC C1 North of Lodge Place

STC C2 South of Lodge Place

STC C3 KwikFit Site

STC C4 North of Greenford Road

South Sutton - Station Quarter

STC S1 North of Sutton Court Road

STC S2 South of Sutton Court Road

STC S3 Sutton Station and Car Park

STC S4 Shops opposite Station

STC S5 Sutherland House

STC S6 Brighton Road Sites

Central West Sutton - Civic Quarter

STC CW1 Civic Centre Site

STC CW2 Secombe Theatre Site

STC CW3 Beech Tree Place / West Street

N2

N1

N3

C4

C1

C2

C3

CW2CW1

CW3

S2

S1

S3S4

S5

S6

Agenda Item 9c

February 2012

Not to Scale

This map is based on Ordnance Survey material with the

permission of Ordnance Survey on behalf of the Controller

of Her Majesty’s Stationery Office ©Crown copyright.

Unauthorised reproduction infringes Crown copyright and

lead to prosecution or civil proceedings. 100008655X 2012

Sutton Town

Centre Boundary

For information on

development sites within

Sutton Town Centre

please refer to Figure 1BW22

BW28

WALLINGTON

CARSHALTON

SUTTON

CHEAM

NORTH CHEAM

WORCESTER

PARK

ROSEHILL

BW9

BW14

BW13

BW12

BW11BW10

BW15

BW21

BW16

BW8

BW7

BW23BW24

BW6

BW3

BW1

BW2

BW4

BW17

BW36

BW5

BW18

BW19

BW20

BW25

BW33

BW32

BW29

BW30

BW26

BW27

BW31

BW34

Figure 2

Location of Borough Wide

Site Allocations

N

BW35

Agen

da Ite

m 9

cP

age 1

29


120

GUIDANCE ON THE PROPOSED SITE ALLOCATIONS SCHEDULE

Site Numbers: All Site Allocations fall within Sutton Town Centre, see Figure 1. In addition to the STC prefix references refer to the Quarters the north

are central sites in the the west of Sutton in the Civic Quarter; and

the Station Quarter.

to indicate that they are outside

For an explanation of how the sites contribute to the Strategic Objectives, the Spatial Strategy and the Policies of the Core Planning Strategy, please refer to paragraphs 4.1 - 4.42 of this document. Current Land Use and Ownership: The land use and ownership was correct as of September 2009. It is therefore the responsibility of the owner/developer to obtain the full, up-to-date planning history for the site. Public Transport: Public transport is assessed according to the Public Transport Accessibility Levels (PTALs) methodology. Level 6 denotes an area with excellent public transport connections and services. Level 1 refers to those areas of the Borough which have poor public transport services. The PTALs are as of 2006 and do not take account of predicted future changes to PTALs. Proposals Map: The designations refer to the Proposals Map. Relevant Planning History: This section covers planning applications and permissions which are similar in land use terms to all or part of the allocation and which were submitted or granted in the ten years prior to September 2009. Planning permissions concerning hazardous substances are included where it is considered appropriate. Allocation: The allocation provides stakeholders with the information on the type(s) of land use the Council is expecting on the site. Further information specific to the site is also provided. This further information covers infrastructure requirements related to delivery of the site as Planning Policy Statement 12 stresses that deliverability is a key aspect of a Local Development Framework. The information also includes design guidance and the Council will seek to ensure that all developmen

Development of allocations within Sutton town centre must also have regard to the design aspirations set out in the Sutton Town Centre Urban Design

Agenda Item 9c


121

Framework (2009) prepared by Gillespies until the Sutton Town Centre Urban Design Guidelines SPD is adopted. The site information does not constitute an exhaustive list of criteria for development and all schemes will need to comply with the policies within the Development Plan (ie: the London Plan, the Core Planning Strategy and other policies within this document). In considering development proposals for those sites with mixed-use allocations, the Council may allow some flexibility in the overall composition of land-uses provided the proposal remains in conformity with the Core Planning Strategy for the particular site. For the purposes of the Site Allocations employment uses include all B Class uses except B1(a)(Freestanding Offices) which, by virtue of Policy DM33, are considered more appropriately located in highly accessible locations by public transport such as town centres. Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) flood risk is graded with Flood Zone 1 being the least likely areas to flood. Flood Zone 3a shows areas at high risk of flooding, while Flood Zone 3b is represents the functional floodplain. The comments on flood risk, which are included for each site, are intended as a guide and are based on

nt (July 2009). With respect to surface water flooding, all sites within Sutton town centre fall within a Critical

Plan (July 2010). For comprehensive and up to date information on fluvial flood risk affecting each site and other environmental matters, please contact the Environment Agency. Up to date information on surface water, groundwater and sewer flood risks affecting each site can be obtained from the latest version of the Borough Surface Water Management Plan published by the Council. Waste Water Infrastructure: Within Sutton town centre waste water infrastructure capacity issues are based on information provided by Thames Water. The comments are intended as a guide and for comprehensive information on waste water issues Thames Water Developer Services should be contacted on 0845 850 2777. Potential for Decentralised Energy: Sites located within the Sutton town

e Borough Heat Mapping Study (URS Scott Wilson, Feb 2011). The envisaged network would be served by a gas-fired or biomass Combined Heat and Power (CHP) with optimum capacity of 4.8 MWe and carbon dioxide savings of 8,250 tonnes per year. In the interim period, site-wide CHP or communal heating/cooling systems should be prioritised, ensuring that energy centres and site layouts are compatible with future connection. Indicative Phasing: Indicative phasing is divided into three periods: April 2010-March 2015; April 2015-March 2020; and, April 2020-March 2025. The Council has consulted with stakeholders to ensure that the indicative phasing information is as accurate as possible. However, it should be noted that the

Agenda Item 9c


122

London development industry is very dynamic and that phasing assessments are always liable to change. Indicative Housing Capacity: Within Sutton Town Centre: The development capacity is based on the development footprint and building heights proposed in Gillespies Urban Design Framework, the draft Sutton Town Centre Urban Design Guidance SPD and the adopted Lodge Place SPD. Where a range of building heights is given, an average has been taken of all the proposed buildings. The number of suggested residential units is based on 95sqm, which represents an average gross floorspace per unit including a relevant percentage of internal circulation and other communal space. The residential capacity of sites, which were identified after the preparation of Gillespies Urban Design Framework, is based on the London Plan Density Matrix. Outside Sutton Town Centre: The London Plan Density Matrix has been applied to calculate indicative housing capacity. However, it should be stressed that the matrix is a basic method for calculating capacity and does not take into account special site constraints. All Sites: The capacity stated for each site is merely a guide. It does not follow that a planning application will be granted if the application contains the stated amount of housing units. Equally, through the submission and approval of a planning application, it may be possible to achieve a suitable development which exceeds the guideline capacity. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities in Sutton Town Centre: The figures identified in the Site Allocations represent the total gross capacity of development on the site. No deductions have been made for existing uses/floor areas. Delivery Mechanism: In order to ensure the delivery of the sites and consequently the Core Planning Strategy, the Council has consulted extensively with stakeholders to ensure the sites are deliverable. However, as stated above, the London development industry is very dynamic and delivery mechanisms are liable to change.

Agenda Item 9c


123

Agenda Item 9c


124

SITE ALLOCATIONS

SCHEDULE

Agenda Item 9c


125

BW1: LIBRARY, RIDGE ROAD, STONECOT

Site Description: The site is located on the western perimeter of the Borough on the corner of London Road and Ridge Road within a predominantly

d.

Site Area: 0.2ha Current Land Use: Community - Library Ownership: Council Public Transport: Level 2 Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


126

BW1: LIBRARY, RIDGE ROAD, STONECOT

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

sing the effect of traffic noise from London Road on residents

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 15 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 2.7-3.0hr/u. Delivery Mechanism The library is being relocated to the new Life Skills Centre at Alcorn Close. The site will become vacant in 2010-11. The site will then be disposed of by the Council to fund the development of the Life Skills Centre. (Ref: Report to The Executive, 6 April 2009).

Agenda Item 9c


127

BW2: GLEESON OFFICES (HAREDON HOUSE), LONDON ROAD, STONECOT

Site Description: The site is located at the junction of London Road and

ital. It is surrounded by inter-war housing. However, the character of London Road is more mixed. This

large office building, which is currently vacant.

Site Area: 0.5ha Current Land Use: Offices Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 2 Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


128

BW2: GLEESON OFFICES (HAREDON HOUSE), LONDON ROAD, STONECOT

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL and OFFICES


floor, office space on the first floor and residential uses on the upper floors

rating the site with the London Road frontage to the north of the site and creating permeability through the site

amenity for residents, workers and shoppers units to minimise the effect of traffic noise on

residents

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which improves opportunities for small and medium enterprises in all economic sectors (PMP4). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 2 Flood Risk Assessment required. Site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 25 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u. Delivery Mechanism The current landowners have indicated to the Council an intention to redevelop the site.

Agenda Item 9c


129

BW3: CHEAM LEISURE CENTRE, MALDEN ROAD, NORTH CHEAM

Site Description: The site is located between Cheam Village and North Cheam district centres on Malden Road fronting busy bus routes. It is surrounded by inter-war housing, which is fairly uniform and cohesive. It is a prominent site

surgery, a day centre and a health centre.

Site Area: 1.3ha Current Land Use: Community Leisure and Health Ownership: Council and Other Public Public Transport: Level 2 Proposals Map: North Cheam SRQ, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


130

BW3: CHEAM LEISURE CENTRE, MALDEN ROAD, NORTH CHEAM

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL and HEALTH

(but only when a replacement leisure centre that serves the residents of the western part of the Borough is operational on an alternative site)

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: y of the area

order to improve access to facilities and using the rest of the site for residential uses

ty and heights of the surrounding residential

development (ie two-storey terraced/semi-detached units)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in a district centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for the intensification of housing and accessible community facilities (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Supporting health facilities in the west of the Borough (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1 Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 30 units. This is based on locating the Day Care Centre and Health Centre on the road frontage and so there may be a residential developable area of 0.6ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u. The

Quality area. Delivery Mechanism The Council has indicated plans to relocate the leisure centre to another site to serve the western part of the Borough. The site will become vacant once the new site is operational (Ref: Report to The Executive 8 June 2009). The Primary Care Trust has indicated an interest in relocating services within the site.

Agenda Item 9c


131

BW4: HALLMEAD DAY CENTRE, ANTON CRESCENT, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the north west of Sutton town centre and is bounded by residential uses, Westbourne Primary School and the site currently known as Oldfields Trading Estate. The site is isolated from the existing urban fabric and grain. The site is currently occupied by the Hallmead Day Centre but there is a considerable amount of vacant land on the site.

Site Area: 0.9ha Current Land Use: Community Day Care Ownership: Council Public Transport: Level 2 Proposals Map: Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Planning permission B2008/60139: Erection of a detached building for use as a resource centre for adults with learning disabilities, associated car and cycle parking and landscaping.

Agenda Item 9c


132

BW4: HALLMEAD DAY CENTRE, ANTON CRESCENT, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL and COMMUNITY

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: 39 which allows for a rebuilt day centre in

the north-eastern portion of the site, while residential use should be on the remainder of site

ur Road and pedestrian access to

the footpath network.

Primary School

two-storey terraced/semi-detached units)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 2 Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in a Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 area so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 25 units. The planning permission for the day centre has a site area of 0.35ha so the net residential developable area is 0.55ha. Capacity is based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u. Delivery Mechanism Planning permission B2008/60139 indicates the site area to be developed by Council and the area that remains for others to develop. The site is awaiting disposal from Council ownership.

Agenda Item 9c


133

BW5: SUTTON WEST CENTRE,

ROBIN HOOD LANE, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the west of Sutton town centre and the surrounding development is predominantly residential. The site adjoins an Area of Special Local Character (ASLC) to the north and east, designated due to the heritage value of the late-Victorian and Edwardian housing. The site is occupied by a youth centre, a nursery and an adult learning centre. Many of the buildings are in a sub-standard state of repair.

Site Area: 1.0ha Current Land Use: Community Youth and Education Services Ownership: Council Public Transport: Level 4 Proposals Map: Sutton SRQ, Archaeological Priority Area, Adjoins Beulah/Clarence Road ASLC, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Planning permission B2007/58385: Erection of two-bedroom detached housing with parking spaces on area to the north west of the site.

Agenda Item 9c


134

BW5: SUTTON WEST CENTRE, ROBIN HOOD LANE, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: COMMUNITY and RESIDENTIAL

(but safeguarded for a possible future Primary School from 2010 to 2015)

Subject to not being required for education purposes within the period 2010-2015, any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

attractive accommodation

of the surrounding residential development

granted planning permission near the northern boundary

since the site has excellent links to shops, services and public transport nodes

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new housing and community and leisure facilities (PMP6). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Meeting needs for additional primary school places (BP4). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Developing leisure and cultural facilities in sustainable locations within the Borough (BP11). Flood Risk Zone 1 Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity Subject to not being required for education purposes, 40 units. Assuming 0.65ha of the site will be retained for community uses, the net residential developable area would be 0.35ha. Capacity is based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Urban 3.8-4.6hr/u. Delivery Mechanism The Council is considering options for the future use of this site.

Agenda Item 9c


135

BW6: SUTTON HOSPITAL, COTSWOLD ROAD, BELMONT

Site Description: The site forms part of large hospital complex to the south of Sutton town centre. Area A comprises the main Sutton Hospital site. Area B comprises the Chiltern Wing and is currently used by the South West London

acquired by Royal Marsden NHS Foundation Trust. A number of the site buildings have heritage value as they were built in the mid 1880s as part of the South Metropolitan School for Girls. There is distinctive suburban development to the north, open land to the east, the Royal Marsden Hospital to the south and Cotswold Road with housing and allotments to the west.

Site Area: Area A: 5.0ha. Area B: 1.8ha. Area C: 0.8ha. Current Land Use: Health Ownership: Epsom and St Helier University Hospitals NHS Trust Public Transport: Levels 1b and 2 Proposals Map: Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


136

BW6: SUTTON HOSPITAL, COTSWOLD ROAD, BELMONT

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL and HEALTH.

The redevelopment of Area A is subject to ensuring sufficient land is available to meet the healthcare needs of the Borough.

The redevelopment of Area B is subject to the satisfactory relocation of in-patients from the Chiltern Wing.

The redevelopment of Area C is subject to the Royal Marsden Hospital not requiring land for expansion


accessible for the local community

architectural or historical importance as well as the existing tree planting on site

-sized units

neighbouring uses

adjoining Royal Marsden Hospital site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Improving access to housing and social facilities in a Community Regeneration Area (PMP3). Supporting health facilities in the south of the Borough (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1 Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity 330 units. Assuming the whole site is developed for housing and allowing for 1ha for a health facility. Capacity is based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Agenda Item 9c


137

Delivery Mechanism The NHS Strategy document for Sutton and Merton, Better Healthcare Closer to Home, indicates that Sutton Hospital is no longer fit for purpose and local acute services are intended to be transferred to St Helier Hospital (Ref: Better Helathcare Closer to Home, Programme of Investment Overview, Annex S). In

indicated to the Council that it wishes to concentrate its in-patient operations on fewer sites across the sub-region. Consequently, the Chiltern Wing of Sutton Hospital (Area B), which currently houses in-patients for the Mental Health Trust and which is an ageing facility, is also likely to close. The Council, however, will seek assurances that those in-patients currently in the Chiltern Wing will be accommodated in facilities that are suitable for them and suitable for visitors and friends who wish to visit them. Finally, the Royal Marsden Hospital NHS Foundation Trust has indicated that it may wish to expand and utilise the south-western part of the Sutton Hospital site (Area C).

Agenda Item 9c


138


Agenda Item 9c


139

BW7: ORCHARD HILL, CARSHALTON BEECHES

Site Description: The site is located in the Green Belt. It previously housed people with learning disabilities and includes buildings of heritage value. The site abuts inter-war housing to the north and newer residential development to the east and west. The land to the south is of more open character.

Site Area: 20ha Current Land Use: Health Ownership: Sutton and Merton Primary Care Trust Public Transport: Level 1a Proposals Map: Identified as a Major Developed Site in the Green Belt, Metropolitan Green Belt, Site of Importance for Nature Conservation, Archaeological Priority Area, and includes a Scheduled Ancient Monument Relevant Planning History: Full permission C2008/58920 for a secondary school. Outline permissions C2008/59828 for 246 dwellings with the school and C2008/59829 for 330 dwellings without the school. Access is to be determined at the reserved matters stage for both outline applications.

Agenda Item 9c


140

BW7: ORCHARD HILL, CARSHALTON BEECHES

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, EDUCATION and

OPEN SPACE


(2007) e the new development and

surrounding residential areas

provide access for the secondary school -sized units

appropriate materials to limit the effect of the development on the Green Belt and the amenity of neighbouring uses

currently low PTAL value

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough

new secondary school at the former Orchard Hill site (BP4). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1 Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 246 units based on the extant outline planning permission. Delivery Mechanism Full permission C2008/58920 for a secondary school and outline permission C2008/59828 for 246 dwellings in conjunction with the school. In addition, the Council is considering making a Compulsory Purchase Order for the land needed to construct a new road linking Woodmansterne Road to the site of the proposed new school, should the land required not come forward within the appropriate timescale (Ref: Report to The Executive, 7 July 2009).

Agenda Item 9c


141

BW8: STANLEY PARK HIGH SCHOOL, STANLEY PARK ROAD, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located to the west of Wallington District Centre and is within walking distance of the centre. The site is surrounded by inter-war residential development. The site is currently occupied by a secondary school and an adult education centre.

Site Area: 1.8ha Current Land Use: Education Ownership: Council Public Transport: Levels 2 and 3 Proposals Map: Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


142

BW8: STANLEY PARK HIGH SCHOOL, STANLEY PARK ROAD, CARSHALTON


Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: -sized units

ight and density of the surrounding residential areas (ie two-storey semi-detached units)

pedestrian permeability through the site but avoids creating a vehicular through route

ing and utilising the topography of the site to provide a well-designed and imaginative scheme

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1 Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 90 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u. Delivery Mechanism The Council intends to relocate the school to Orchard Hill (see Site A12) and the site will become vacant in September 2011. The Council then intends to dispose of the site.

Agenda Item 9c


143

BW9: FORMER PLAYING FIELDS, SHEEN WAY, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located on the eastern boundary of the Borough, adjacent to an industrial area in Croydon. The site is bounded by a railway to the north and is in a predominantly inter-war residential area. The site originally formed part of the playing fields for the former Highview Secondary School but it has been fenced off and has not been used for that purpose for over ten years.

Site Area: 2.5ha Current Land Use: Vacant land with de facto public access Ownership: Council Public Transport: Level 2 and 3 Proposals Map: Site Allocation, Green Corridor, Urban Green Space, Archaeological Priority Area Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


144

BW9: FORMER PLAYING FIELDS, SHEEN WAY, WALLINGTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: OPEN SPACE and RESIDENTIAL

(but safeguarded for a possible future Primary School from 2010 to 2015)


its requirements are taken into account in designing the new park

two-storey terraced/semi-detached units)

all built development and private property in order to allow maintenance as necessary

for the purposes of safety and security

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough

for additional primary school places (BP4). Improving facilities which promote healthy lifestyles (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards lowest flood risk (BP7). Developing leisure/cultural facilities (BP11). Flood Risk Zone 1 Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity Subject to not being required for education purposes, 20 units. After requirements for school playing field use and a park, the net developable residential area is assumed to be 0.4ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u. Delivery Mechanism The site is currently vacant. The Council intends to allow local schools to use a small part of the site for school sport. The majority of the site would be used to provide a local park and the small amount of residential development proposed would fund the development of a park, with appropriate facilities to address the current local deficiencies, and allow for future maintenance. (Ref: Report to the Planning Advisory Group, 15 September 2009).

Agenda Item 9c


145

BW10: COUNCIL OFFICES, DENMARK ROAD, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located within a predominantly residential area of mixed character, next to Carshalton College and in close proximity to Carshalton railway station. Although the character is suburban, a number of larger semi-detached houses have recently been redeveloped as blocks of flats. The site is currently used as offices by the London Borough of Sutton.

Site Area: 0.4ha Current Land Use: Offices Ownership: Council Public Transport: Level 3 Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


146

BW10: COUNCIL OFFICES,

DENMARK ROAD, CARSHALTON



College

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity 20 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u. Delivery Mechanism The Council is considering options for the future use of this site.

Agenda Item 9c


147

BW11: COUNCIL CAR PARK, DENMARK ROAD, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located within a predominantly residential area, next to Carshalton College and in close proximity to Carshalton railway station. The surrounding housing is mixed and includes inter-war housing, more modern development and flatted development which has replaced semi-detached housing. The site is currently used as a car park for staff at the nearby Council offices.

Site Area: 0.4ha Current Land Use: Car Park Ownership: Council Public Transport: Level 3 Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


148

BW11: COUNCIL CAR PARK, DENMARK ROAD, CARSHALTON



area (ie two-storey terraced units)

trees ty for pedestrians

across the site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity 15 units. Assuming 0.1ha is not developable due to tree coverage and based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u. Delivery Mechanism The Council is considering options for the future use of this site.

Agenda Item 9c


149

BW12: FELNEX TRADING ESTATE, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

Site Description: The site falls within the Hackbridge Sustainable Neighbourhood and is partly within the proposed Hackbridge district centre. The site is bounded by two roads (London Road A237 and Hackbridge Road B277), local schools, a railway line and an office/industrial area. The site comprises older industrial buildings, many of which have become vacant.

Site Area: 7.7ha Current Land Use: Industry Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 2 and 3 Proposals Map: Partly within Hackbridge District Centre, Hackbridge SRQ, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


150

BW12: FELNEX TRADING ESTATE, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL,

EMPLOYMENT and COMMUNITY


within the site to create a focal point for the regeneration of Hackbridge

interchanges and seeking improvements to services to raise the PTAL

-sized units with appropriate play space and open space provision

revent undue overlooking of Hackbridge Primary School

to the station, local schools, the Restmor Way Industrial Area, Hackbridge Green and, where possible, the River Wandle and which provide legible permeability throughout the site

storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect the local context and character

House and the industrial heritage value of the site itself

sustainable design and construction are

employed to achieve an exemplary low-carbon development

current storage of liquid gas in close proximity to this site (see Site A23)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Hackbridge (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment and social facilities in a Community Regeneration Area (PMP3). Retaining and promoting the intensification of employment uses (PMP4). Promoting sustainable regeneration in the Wandle Valley corridor (PMP5). Supporting proposals for new shopping, housing and commercial development in Hackbridge (PMP7). Supporting the development of additional local healthcare centres at Hackbridge (BP5). Ensuring that any new development in higher flood risk areas demonstrates compliance with PPS25 Exceptions Test (BP7). Improving bus/rail/cycle/pedestrian interchange facilities (BP9). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Zone 1 and 2 Flood Risk Assessment required.

Agenda Item 9c


151

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 440 units. Net residential developable area of 4.4ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Urban 3.1-3.7hr/u. Delivery Mechanism The current landowners conducted a public consultation for Hackbridge residents on a proposed scheme in September 2009 and have now submitted a planning application for a mixed-use development of the site as at October 2010.

Agenda Item 9c


152


Agenda Item 9c


153

BW13: LAND ADJOINING HACKBRIDGE STATION, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

Site Description: The site falls within the Hackbridge Sustainable Neighbourhood. It is bounded by a bridge embankment with housing beyond to the north, a railway to the east, an approach road to the south and retail and residential uses to the west. The site is currently occupied by small industrial units and open storage activities.

Site Area: 1.2ha Current Land Use: Industry Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 3 Proposals Map: Hackbridge District Centre, Hackbridge SRQ, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Planning Permission C2005/53913 for the storage of liquid petroleum gas.

Agenda Item 9c


154

BW13: LAND ADJOINING HACKBRIDGE STATION, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL and EMPLOYMENT

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: t uses

seven to ten

storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local context and character


current storage of liquid petroleum gas on site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Hackbridge (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment and social facilities in a Community Regeneration Area (PMP3). Retaining and promoting the intensification of employment uses (PMP4). Promoting sustainable regeneration in the Wandle Valley corridor (PMP5). Supporting proposals for new housing and commercial development in Hackbridge (PMP7). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Improving bus/rail/cycle/pedestrian interchange facilities and enhancing the station environment (BP9). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Zone 1 Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is adjacent to a main river and an ordinary watercourse. For new development, 8-metre buffer zones are required adjacent to open watercourses. Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 60 units. Net residential developable area of 0.6ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Urban 3.1-3.7hr/u. Delivery Mechanism

Group under the Hackbridge Project Charter. The group has regular meetings to discuss development options.

Agenda Item 9c


155

BW14: OPEN LAND WITHIN BEDZED AND LAND NORTH OF BEDZED, HACKBRIDGE

Site Description: Within the Hackbridge Sustainable Neighbourhood, Area A is enclosed to the south-east, south and west by residential development and by open land to the north and north-east, while Area B is bounded by open land, a railway, a community facility and London Road.

Site Area: 7.5ha Current Land Use: Area A: Vacant Land; Area B: Vacant Land Ownership: Area A: Private; Area B: Council Public Transport: Levels 1b and 2 Proposals Map: Area A: Part MOL, Part Metropolitan Green Chain, Part Site of Importance for Nature Conservation, Whole Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation. Area B: all the above designations plus Land Safeguarded for Wandle Valley Regional Park. Relevant Planning History: Planning permission C2000/45806 for the BedZED development, including football pitch on Area A. Planning Application C1997/42105 for mineral working and restoration by landfilling on Area B.

Agenda Item 9c


156

BW14: OPEN LAND WITHIN BEDZED AND LAND NORTH OF BEDZED, HACKBRIDGE

Area A is allocated for EDUCATION/COMMUNITY.

Area B is allocated for a REGIONAL PARK and PLAYING FIELDS (Area B is safeguarded for mineral extraction)


unless it is proved that extraction is not economically viable

there is no mineral extraction

development is required for the playing field

used for any buildings on Area A, including a possible new primary school

road across Area B (avoiding any underground infrastructure provision)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Creating the Wandle Valley Regional Park (PMP5). Safeguarding identified sand and gravel reserves against sterilisation (PMP5). Undertaking restoration of mineral/landfill tipping sites and environmental/landscape improvements within the public realm (PMP5). Promoting development at Hackbridge, including additional primary school accommodation (PMP7). Creating additional public open spaces (PMP7). Enhancing the nature conservation value of Beddington Farmlands (PMP9). Flood Risk Zone 1 and 2 Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is affected by shallow ground water, has a minor aquifer but has flood defences Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable. Delivery Mechanism Area A could provide a possible site to accommodate the buildings for a new primary school, with any playing fields located within Area B. Since the primary school need is a consequence of growth in Hackbridge, the school will be

Agenda Item 9c


157

BW15: WALLINGTON SQUARE, OFF WOODCOTE ROAD, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located in Wallington district centre and forms part of the shops and services of the district centre. The site is bounded by two-storey housing to the north, offices to the east and Sainsburys supermarket to the south. The site comprises an unexceptional 1970s shopping precinct with a poor quality public realm and limited street furniture and landscaping.

Site Area: 0.6ha Current Land Use: Retail and Offices Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 4 Proposals Map: Primary Shopping Frontage, Wallington District Centre, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Planning application D2008/59825 for 33 residential units, new shopfronts, extensions to shop units and alterations to entrance on eastern part of the site has been approved subject to the completion of a S106 Agreement (October 2010).

Agenda Item 9c


158

BW15: WALLINGTON SQUARE, OFF WOODCOTE ROAD, WALLINGTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL,

OFFICES and LEISURE


safe and attractive environment

Smarter Travel Sutton proposals for Wallington

needs, is retained

Taller Building Potential (four to six storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local context and character

appropriate facilities for residents

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Wallington (PMP1). Expanding the retail and office offer in Wallington (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Developing leisure and cultural facilities in sustainable locations in the Borough (BP11). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Zone 1. The site lies within a major aquifer. Indicative Phasing March 2015-April 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 35 units. Net residential developable area of 0.3ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Urban 3.1-3.7hr/u. Delivery Mechanism The planning application D2008/59825 has been approved (subject to the completion of a S106 Agreement) and the Council understands that the site owners intend to submit further applications relating to the central and western parts of the site.

Agenda Item 9c


159

BW16: TRADING ESTATE AND GAS HOLDER, PLUMPTON WAY, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located near the Wrythe Green local centre on a

nded by terraced housing to the north-east and east. There are larger residential units to the west and south. The site also adjoins a surgery and school playing fields. The site is occupied by small business units to the west and north and a gasholder.

Site Area: 0.7ha Current Land Use: Industry Ownership: Private and Public Public Transport: Level 3 Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Planning permission C2000/46033 for the storage of natural gas.

Agenda Item 9c


160

BW16: TRADING ESTATE AND GAS HOLDER, PLUMPTON WAY, CARSHALTON

The site is allocated for INDUSTRIAL use


pment of small businesses and business start-ups

becomes vacant

Wrythe Lane is not unduly affected by any increase in vehicular movements -quality environmental improvements to the Wrythe Lane

frontage and improving the boundary treatments to the remainder of the site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Retaining and promoting the intensification of employment uses at St Andrews Road/Plumpton Way (PMP4). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable. Delivery Mechanism The landowners of the gasholder section of the site have informed the Council that the gas holder is not currently utilised for the storage of gas. However, the isolation and demolition of holder, relocation of other operational equipment and remediation of the site is only likely to be funded from any proceeds of a development of the site. The landowners consider this site to be a long-term development.

Agenda Item 9c


161

BW17: ST HELIER HOSPITAL, WRYTHE LANE, ROSEHILL

Site Description: The site is located on the edge of Rosehill district centre, adjacent to Metropolitan Open Land, Urban Green Space, a Metropolitan Green Chain and a Site of Importance for Nature Conservation. The site is covered by a large hospital with buildings dating from various periods and auxiliary land uses related to the main hospital use, including substantial areas of car parking.

Site Area: 5.8ha Current Land Use: Health Ownership: Epsom and St Helier University Hospitals NHS Trust & Council Public Transport: Level 1b and 2 Proposals Map: Rosehill SRQ, Land safeguarded for a Tramlink extension, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Outline planning permission (C2009/62093) granted for the demolition of Ferguson House and the erection of a new building of 24,000 sq m to provide replacement hospital wards, out-patients accommodation and a local care centre for the PCT together with a separate multi-storey car park.

Agenda Item 9c


162

BW17: ST HELIER HOSPITAL, WRYTHE LANE, ROSEHILL

The site is allocated for HEALTH use


and layout of the site

Borough during any phase of redevelopment and public traffic to and from Wrythe

Lane .

The design of any redevelopment should respect the history of the development of the area and the existing main hospital building as a key element of the 193 Estate.

Open Space

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Supporting a local hospital at St Helier (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1 Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable. Delivery Mechanism The NHS Strategy document for Sutton and Merton, Better Healthcare Closer to Home, indicates that St Helier Hospital will be the acute care hospital for the area, providing a wide range of services, including an Accident and Emergency Department. It proposes a new building programme and extensive refurbishment. In addition, the Primary Care Trust is proposing a Local Care Centre on the site to meet local non-acute health requirements.

Agenda Item 9c


163

BW18: KELVIN HOUSE, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

Site Description: The site is located in central Hackbridge and is currently a cleared site, having been formerly occupied by a relatively tall office building. It is adjacent to Hackbridge Junior School and Felnex Trading Estate (see Site A20) and faces onto a row of small two-storey terraced housing on the opposite side of London Road.

Site Area: 0.3ha Current Land Use: Vacant Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 3 Proposals Map: Hackbridge District Centre, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Planning permission C2006/56201 for 96 flats with parking and cycle spaces and floorspace for Class A1 and B1 uses. Planning application C2008/59625 undetermined for 117 flats with associated parking and cycle spaces and floorspace for Class A1 and B1 uses.

Agenda Item 9c


164

BW18: KELVIN HOUSE, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL AND OFFICE

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: r 400m2 of A1 use floorspace, 200m2

of B1 use floorspace and 96 residential units

School


and attractive road frontage osals on the adjoining Felnex site so as to

provide a cohesive frontage along London Road.


Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Hackbridge (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment and social facilities in a Community Regeneration Area (PMP3). Retaining and promoting the intensification of employment uses (PMP4). Retaining and promoting sustainable regeneration in the Wandle Valley corridor (PMP5). Supporting proposals for new shopping, housing and commercial development in Hackbridge (PMP7). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 96 units. Based on the extant planning permission. Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the site owners still intend to proceed with development of the site.

Agenda Item 9c


165

BW19: CANON HOUSE, MELBOURNE ROAD, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located within Wallington district centre and is opposite the railway station. The site is bounded by a railway line, Manor Road, Melbourne Road and mid-rise blocks of flats. The buildings on site were formerly used as offices and are now currently vacant.

Site Area: 0.5ha Current Land Use: Vacant Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 4 Proposals Map: Wallington District Centre, Secondary Shopping Frontage, Adjoins Park Road/Melbourne Road ASLC, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Planning application D2006/56209 for 174 residential units and floorspace for A1-A5, B1, D1 and D2 uses was refused by the Council. However, it was allowed on appeal by the Secretary of State in May 2007 (Ref: APP/P5870/A/06/2029635).

Agenda Item 9c


166

BW19: CANON HOUSE, MELBOURNE ROAD, WALLINGTON


Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: 2 of A1-A5, B1, D1

and D2 use floorspace and 174 residential units

Road menity space and other


ix


Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Wallington (PMP1). Expanding the retail and office offer in Wallington (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 and within a major aquifer so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2015 Indicative Housing Capacity 174 units. Based on the extant planning permission. Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the site owners still intend to proceed with development. Forward marketing of the residential units was taking place in September 2009.

Agenda Item 9c


167

BW20: VICTORIA HOUSE, LONDON ROAD, NORTH CHEAM

Site Description: The site fronts North Cheam crossroads at the centre of North Cheam district centre and is within a mixed area of retail and office uses and recent flatted development. The site comprises Victoria House, an unattractive 1960/70s vacant office block over shops, and the Queen Victoria public house, which is also vacant.

Site Area: 0.3ha Current Land Use: Vacant Shops, Offices and Public House Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 2 Proposals Map: North Cheam District Centre, Primary Shopping Frontage, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Planning permission A2005/55183 for a new floor for A1, A2, A3 and A5 uses and 19 flats on the site of Victoria House lapsed in October 2009.

Agenda Item 9c


168

BW20: VICTORIA HOUSE, LONDON ROAD, NORTH CHEAM


Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: -quality redevelopment in design terms on a prominent

corner site which will define North Cheam District Centre


the crossroads menity space and other


Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in a District Centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for the intensification of housing, shopping and other commercial uses (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020. Indicative Housing Capacity 25 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Urban 3.8-4.6hr/u. Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the site owners still intend to proceed with development.

Agenda Item 9c


169

BW21: WANDLE VALLEY TRADING ESTATE, MILL GREEN ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

Site Description: The site lies on the northern edge of the Hackbridge Sustainable Area. A branch of the River Wandle runs through the trading estate. The site is adjacent to three listed buidings to the east and to a Site of Importance for Nature Conservation (SINC) to the south. It has three vehicular access points from Mill Green Road. It is currently occupied by a number of different businesses. The site has been reduced in size since the Preferred Options draft to remove part of the Spencer Road Wetland SINC, which was incorrectly shown as part of Area B.

Site Area: 2.3ha Current Land Use: Industry Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 1a and 1b Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


170

BW21: WANDLE VALLEY TRADING ESTATE, MILL GREEN ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: EMPLOYMENT, RESIDENTIAL AND

OPEN SPACE


part of the wider Wandle Trail and Wandle Valley Regional Park and improving access through the site

the development of small and medium-sized businesses

ite A

river and enhances the riverside setting


Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment and supporting environmental improvements in a Community Regeneration Area (PMP3). Retaining and promoting the intensification of employment uses (PMP4). Promoting sustainable regeneration in the Wandle Valley corridor (PMP5). Regenerating Hackbridge through the re-use of land and premises at Wandle Valley Trading Estate (PMP7). Prodiversity (PMP9). Ensuring that any new development in higher flood risk areas demonstrates compliance with PPS25 Exceptions Test (BP7). Flood Risk: Zones 1, 2, 3a & 3b Flood Risk Assessment required. Exception Test required for residential uses. The site is in a Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 area so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing: April 2020-March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity: 50 units. Net Residential Developable Area = 1.1ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u. Delivery Mechanism: The Council understands that the developer has appointed a team of consultants to take forward development proposals.

Agenda Item 9c


171

BW22: ALL SAINTS ROAD/BENHILL WOOD ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is in a residential area to the north of Sutton town centre. The site is currently occupied by a meeting hall, which the owners wish to relocate to another site within the Borough, its associated car parking and a private dwelling.

Site Area: 0.5ha Current Land Use: Dwelling, Hall and Car Park Ownership: Private Public Transport: Levels 2 and 3 Proposals Map: Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Planning application B2007/58709 for the erection of a three-storey building to provide a 26-bed nursing home and 14 three-, four- and five-bedroom houses with associated parking and the formation of new accesses was refused by the Council.

Agenda Item 9c


172

BW22: ALL SAINTS ROAD/BENHILL WOOD ROAD, SUTTON



-rise nature of many of the surrounding residential developments

angements are unobtrusive

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 25 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u. Delivery Mechanism The Council understands from the site owner that this site will become vacant once the hall has been relocated to the former BIBRA site (Site B5).

Agenda Item 9c


173

BW23: FORMER BIBRA SITE, WOODMANSTERNE ROAD, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site, which is a former medical research facility, is in the Green Belt. It is adjacent to Orchard Hill Hospital (see Site A12) and a relatively recently built housing estate.

Site Area: Whole site: 6.7ha. Existing building footprint: 1.1ha Current Land Use: Former Medical Research Centre Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 1a Proposals Map: Major Developed Site in Green Belt, SINC, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Outline planning application C2007/58839 for a meeting hall and 14 dwellings was refused by the Council. Appeal APP/P5870/A/08/2089586 on the application was dismissed by the Secretary of State. However, the Inspector accepted the principle of a meeting hall on site but did not accept the principle of housing due to sustainability issues and access provision and impact on the openness of the Green Belt as a result of the proposed suburban nature of the residential development.

Agenda Item 9c


174

BW23: FORMER BIBRA SITE, WOODMANSTERNE ROAD, CARSHALTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: COMMUNITYand RESIDENTIAL


Hill site mpact than the existing development on the openness of

the Green Belt and the purposes of the Green Belt

-rural character of the site

the boundary of the site

and roads within the site are unobtrusive

links to and within the site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Developing leisure and cultural facilities (BP11). Flood Risk Zone 1 Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. The site is also in a minor aquifer. Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity The use of the London Plan Density Matrix is not appropriate for this site and future development proposals would need to be considered on their merits having regard to the above considerations. Delivery Mechanism Outline Planning Permission has been granted (C2010/62549) for a new Gospel Hall and an 80 bedroom care home with nursing care for the elderly

Agenda Item 9c


175

BW24: INSTITUTE OF CANCER RESEARCH LAND, ADJACENT TO SUTTON HOSPITAL, BELMONT

Site Description: The site has been renamed since the Preferred Options draft

adjacent to Sutton Hospital and is landlocked by low-density housing development on two sides and the hospital complex on the other two sides. The site contains some features of nature conservation value and existing legal covenants restrict development on certain parts of the site.

Site Area: 2.3ha Current Land Use: Vacant Ownership: Institute of Cancer Research Public Transport: Level 1b Proposals Map: Area with Nature Conservation Interest, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Outline permission B2009/61542 for access, landscaping, layout and scale of three Research and Development buildings with ancillary support accommodation.

Agenda Item 9c


176

BW24: INSTITUTE OF CANCER RESEARCH LAND, ADJACENT TO SUTTON HOSPITAL, BELMONT

The site is allocated for RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT use


and eastern boundaries of the site

opment on the adjoining Sutton Hospital site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Supporting the development of the Royal Marsden Hospital and the Institute for Cancer Research site as a centre of medical excellence in providing cancer care, research facilities and associated activities (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1 Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is within a major aquifer so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2010- March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable. Delivery Mechanism The Institute of Cancer Research is currently securing funding and when this is assured, more specific details regarding the type of research which will take place on site will be forthcoming. The long timescale for implementation reflects the conditions attached to the existing planning permission, which provides for a phased development that is unlikely to be completed until towards the end of the third indicative phasing period

Agenda Item 9c


177

BW25: GLASTONBURY CENTRE, HARTLAND ROAD, ROSEHILL

Site Description: The site is located in a residential estate to the south west of Rosehill district centre. The site is currently occupied by an educational training facility and includes some vacant land to the west, which is currently used for car parking.

Site Area: 0.5ha Current Land Use: Council Training Offices and Vacant Land Ownership: Council Public Transport: Level 1b and 2 Proposals Map: Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


178

BW25: GLASTONBURY CENTRE, HARTLAND ROAD, ROSEHILL


(but safeguarded for a possible future primary school from 2010 to 2015)


increase in vehicular movements dential units to prevent undue overlooking of the nearby

school

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Meeting needs for additional primary school places (BP4). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1 but part of the site is in Zone 2 (car park area) Flood Risk Assessment may be required. Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity Subject to not being required for education purposes, 20 units. Steering development away from the high flood risk area leaves a Net Residential Developable Area of 0.35ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u. The remaining area has possible uses as open land or amenity space. Delivery Mechanism The Council is considering options for the future use of this site.

Agenda Item 9c


179

BW26: LAND TO THE REAR OF 107 WESTMEAD ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the east of Sutton town centre, fronting Westmead Road local centre and within an established residential area. The site has a largely open frontage to Westmead Road and is currently a self-storage facility. It is bounded by housing on three sides and is a backland site.

Site Area: 0.5ha Current Land Use: Industry: Storage Warehouse Ownership: Private Public Transport: Levels 1b and 2 Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


180

BW26: LAND TO THE REAR OF 107 WESTMEAD ROAD, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL and OFFICES


provision to strengthen the vitality and viability of the local centre

fected by any increase in vehicular movements

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which improves opportunities for small and medium enterprises (PMP4). Promoting the development of local centres within the Borough and [supporting] proposals of an appropriate scale, which will maintain their role as local centres by protecting their retail offer and creating a safe and attractive environment through enhancements to the public realm (PMP8). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 20 units. Commercial development leaves Net Residential Developable Area of 0.4ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u. Delivery Mechanism The current site owners are constructing new premises on a site in the north of the Borough (the former Oldfields Trading Estate) and will relocate the business when construction on that site is completed. This site will then become vacant.

Agenda Item 9c


181

BW27: BAWTREE HOUSE, WORCESTER ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the south of Sutton town centre within an established residential area, which is a mixture of blocks of flats and houses. The site was occupied by a Council-run day care centre but is no longer required for this use.

Site Area: 0.4ha Current Land Use: Vacant Ownership: Council Public Transport: Levels 1b and 2 Proposals Map: Sutton SRQ, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


182

BW27: BAWTREE HOUSE, WORCESTER ROAD, SUTTON


Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: -sized units

nd the site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Sutton (PMP1). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 25 units. The retention of the extensive tree coverage leaves a Net Residential Developable Area of 0.3ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Urban 3.8-4.6hr/u. Delivery Mechanism The site is now vacant and the Council intends to dispose of the site.

Agenda Item 9c


183

BW28: THE WAR MEMORIAL HOSPITAL/ASHCOMBE HOUSE, THE PARK, & CEDAR CLOSE, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located to the south of Carshalton district centre and is in a largely residential area. The site comprises: a disused hospital and associated dwelling, the four-storey Ashcombe House and a cul-de-sac of supported living units.

Site Area: 1.5ha Current Land Use: Residential and Vacant Ownership: Sutton and Merton Primary Care Trust Public Transport: Level 2 Proposals Map: Carshalton Park Conservation Area, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Area A has permission C2009/61409 for the demolition of Ashcombe House and erection of a two-storey building to provide ten one-bedroom supported living flats with associated facilities. Area B has permission C2009/61580 for a two-storey building to provide seven one-bedroom supported living flats with associated facilities.

Agenda Item 9c


184

BW28: THE WAR MEMORIAL HOSPITAL/ASHCOMBE, HOUSE, THE PARK, & CEDAR CLOSE, CARSHALTON

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL (including Supported Living units)

use


architectural or historical importance

ly affected by any increase in vehicular movements

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1 Flood Risk Assessment required. Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2015 Indicative Housing Capacity 50 units (including the 17 units already granted on Areas A and B). Based on the retention of the hospital building and surrounding density. As this site is in a Conservation Area, the London Plan Density matrix is not strictly applicable. Delivery Mechanism Ashcombe House has planning permission and construction on a new building has started. The War Memorial Hospital is currently vacant and the residents of Cedar Close are currently being relocated. The Council understands that the site owners intend to submit further planning applications for the remainder of the site without permission in the near future.

Agenda Item 9c


185

BW29: RAILWAY APPROACH AND CAR PARK, OFF MANOR ROAD, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located within Wallington district centre and comprises the buildings around Railway Approach and the car park associated with the station. It is in a mixed area with retail, office and residential uses all nearby.

Site Area: 1.1ha Current Land Use: Office (some vacant), retail, car parking (public and private) and a Public Transport Interchange Ownership: Public and Multiple Private Public Transport: Level 4 Proposals Map: Walllington District Centre, Part Secondary Shopping Frontage, Adjoining the Park Road/Melbourne Road and Springfield Road/Grosvenor Road Areas of Special Landscape Character, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


186

BW29: RAILWAY APPROACH AND CAR PARK, OFF MANOR ROAD, WALLINGTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: OFFICE, RETAIL, LEISURE,

RESIDENTIAL and CAR PARKING

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: s location within an Area of Taller Building Potential (seven to ten


al/retail uses

with the Smarter Travel Sutton schemes for Wallington

Road, the footpath to the west of the site and considering the scope for a direct link across the railway track (to Site C6)

ntly

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Wallington (PMP1). Expanding the retail and office offer in Wallington (PMP8). Making significant enhancements to the station area (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Improving the environment of Wallington Station and links with the centre (BP9). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Zone 1 Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity 40 units. Allowing 0.85ha for other uses, this leaves a Net Residential Developable Area of 0.25ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Urban 3.1-3.7hr/u. Delivery Mechanism A number of the landowners with interests on the site have expressed a wish to enhance of the Railway Approach area. Issues relating to lease expiration dates and land assembly preclude the early delivery of this site. However, in the long

Agenda Item 9c


187

BW30: LIDL, BEDDINGTON GARDENS, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located within Wallington district centre and is surrounded by a mix of uses. The railway is to the north, there are retail premises to the east, a church to the south and a residential development to the

car park and delivery bays.

Site Area: 0.3ha Current Land Use: Retail Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 4 Proposals Map: Walllington District Centre, Part Primary Shopping Frontage, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None.

Agenda Item 9c


188

BW30: LIDL, BEDDINGTON GARDENS, WALLINGTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RETAIL, OFFICE, RESIDENTIAL

and CAR PARKING


block by including neighbouring properties

storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local contact and character

h reflect the needs of the Borough

improving the public realm, including considering a direct pedestrian link across the railway line (to Site C5)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Wallington (PMP1). Expanding the retail and office offer in Wallington (PMP8). Making significant enhancements to the station area (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Improving both the environment of the Wallington Station area and links with the centre (BP9). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity 20 units. Net Residential Developable Area is estimated to be 0.15ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Urban 3.1-3.7hr/u. Delivery Mechanism The site owners have indicated to the Council that they may consider redeveloping the site.

Agenda Item 9c


189

BW31: PART OF THE ALLOTMENTS, STANLEY ROAD, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located in a predominantly residential location towards the south of the Borough. It is bounded by housing mostly and the sites is currently used as an allotment.

Site Area: 1.5ha Current Land Use: Allotments Ownership: Council Public Transport: Level 1b Proposals Map: Urban Green Space Relevant Planning History: None.

Agenda Item 9c


190

BW31: PART OF THE ALLOTMENTS, STANLEY ROAD, CARSHALTON

The site is designated as URBAN GREEN SPACE

(to be used as Allotments)

The site was safeguarded for education provision in the Unitary Development Plan (2003). This safeguarding will now be removed. The site will remain in allotment use and the site will be designated as Urban Green Space (see Appendix 2). As a result, the whole of Stanley Road Allotments will now remain in allotment use and will be designated on the Proposals Map as Urban Green Space.

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Developing leisure and cultural facilities (BP11). Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in a Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 area so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing Not applicable Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable Delivery Mechanism Not applicable

Agenda Item 9c


191

BW32: ALLOTMENTS, DEMESNE ROAD, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located to the west of Wallington district centre. It is bounded by a cemetery, railway and housing. The site is currently used as allotments.

Site Area:Area A = 1.6ha, Area B = 2.5ha Current Land Use: Allotments Ownership: Council and the London Borough of Croydon Public Transport: Level 1b and 2 Proposals Map: Metropolitan Open Land, Metropolitan Green Chain, Green Corridor, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation. Relevant Planning History: None.

Agenda Item 9c


192

BW32: ALLOTMENTS, DEMESNE ROAD, WALLINGTON

Area A is designated as METROPOLITAN OPEN LAND (to be used as

Allotments with Land Safeguarded for a Cemetery Extension)

Area B is designated as METROPOLITAN OPEN LAND (to be used as Allotments)

Area A shows the correct extent of the safeguarding. Areas A and B were incorrectly shown in the Unitary Development Plan as the area for safeguarding. Should the Area A be required as a cemetery extension, any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Developing leisure and cultural facilities (BP11). Flood Risk Zone 1. Indicative Phasing Not applicable Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable Delivery Mechanism The London Planning Advisory Committee (now part of the GLA) undertook a study of the burial space need of Greater London in 1997. It produced six different predictions on the amount of time left in terms of the use of burial space in each borou -case scenario, the report found Sutton had sufficient burial spaces until 2018 but beyond this date burial space

capacity ranged from 103 years to 226 years. Given the worst-case scenario, the Council considers it prudent to continue to safeguard the land for the plan period of the Local Development Framework.

Agenda Item 9c


193

BW33: ROAD IMPROVEMENT SCHEME, BEDDINGTON LANE, BEDDINGTON

Site Description: The development scheme involves land along the edge of Beddington Lane (B272) from the junction of Derry Road to the tram stop by Brookmead Road. Beddington Lane serves the Beddington Strategic Industrial Location.

Site Area: 0.5ha Current Land Use: Road, footpath, verge, industrial, residential, retail and vacant land. Ownership: Council and Private Public Transport: Level 1 to 2 Proposals Map: Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


194

BW33: ROAD IMPROVEMENT SCHEME, BEDDINGTON LANE, BEDDINGTON

The site is allocated for A ROAD IMPROVEMENT SCHEME


Beddington Lane Strategic Industrial Location

rian and cycle

movements

Conservation Area

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Improving access for heavy good vehicles to industrial sites and introducing measures to enhance the movement of, and the facilities and environment for, pedestrian and public transport users (BP9). Flood Risk Zone 1, 2, 3. Indicative Phasing Work to the middle section of Beddington Lane has started. Further phases are subject to funding. Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable Delivery Mechanism Transport for London allocated a grant of £100,000 to the scheme for 2008-09 and has committed a further £200,000 for 2009-10. The Council has received approximately £500,000 in S106 developer contributions for the scheme.

Agenda Item 9c


195

BW34: TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME, CARSHALTON DISTRICT CENTRE

Site Description: The site comprises three junctions in and around Carshalton district centre which will provide an alternative route for heavy goods vehicles travelling though Carshalton. There will be landtake from the curtilages of two properties.

Site Area: 0.01ha Current Land Use: Transport and Residential. Ownership: Council and Private Public Transport: Level 3 Proposals Map: Carshalton Village Conservation Area, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None.

Agenda Item 9c


196

BW34: TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME, CARSHALTON DISTRICT CENTRE

The site is allocated for A TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME


(HGVs)

narrower parts of the High Street and the Carshalton Village Conservation Area

the A232 onto Park Lane, Ruskin Road, Carshalton Park Road and Benyon Road

Lane/Ruskin Road and Windsor Castle junctions -eastern corner of the Acre Lane/Park Lane

junction and on the north-west corner of Park Lane/Ruskin Road

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Addressing the traffic problems and improving safety on the A232 and improving the environment of the ponds and village centre (BP9). Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2015 Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable Delivery Mechanism TfL has expressed to the Council an aspiration to carry out a traffic management scheme within Carshalton. A feasibility study is scheduled to begin in 2011, subject to a programme review. In the meantime, it is proposed to continue to protect the traffic management scheme identified in the UDP.

Agenda Item 9c


197

BW35: ROYAL MARSDEN HOSPITAL, DOWNS ROAD, BELMONT

Site Description: Most of the site is occupied by the Royal Marsden Hospital with a small portion used by the Institute of Cancer Research (ICR). It is bounded by the Sutton Hospital (see Site A11) to the north, part of the ICR to the east and housing. It has access from Downs and Cotswold Roads.

Site Area: 7.5ha Current Land Use: Health Ownership: Royal Marsden Hospital NHS Foundation Trust Public Transport: Level 1b and 2 Proposals Map: Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Planning permission B2008/59394 for an extension to the paediatric unit. Planning permission B2008/60306 for the refurbishment and enlargement of the Bud Flanagan Unit and expansion of adjoining Haemoto-Oncology unit. Planning permission B2008/60682 for a building to store medical records. Planning permission B2009/61594 for a translational research centre

Agenda Item 9c


198

BW35: ROYAL MARSDEN HOSPITAL, DOWNS ROAD, BELMONT

Area A is allocated for HEALTH use.

Area B is also allocated for HEALTH use, if the Royal Marsden Hospital NHS Foundation Trust acquire the area. If the site is not acquired by the Royal

Marsden Hospital NHS Foundation Trust, the allocation on Site A11 will apply.


architectural or historical importance as well as existing tree planting on site

able access for blue light, service buses and public traffic to and from the site

Sutton Hospital site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Supporting the development of the Royal Marsden Hospital and the Institute for Cancer Research site as a centre of medical excellence in providing cancer care, research facilities and associated activities (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Flood Risk Zone 1 Flood Risk Assessment required. This site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable Delivery Mechanism The Royal Marsden Hospital NHS Foundation Trust has indicated to the Council that it has a programme of improvements over the plan period. The Trust currently proposes a new Translational Research Centre (see planning history), a new ward and theatre block, an outpatients and diagnostics facility, a new education and research building, and an extension to the day unit. A diagnostic treatment centre is proposed for Area B, subject to the acquisition of the site.

Agenda Item 9c


199

BW36: SUTTON UNITED FOOTBALL GROUND, GANDER GREEN LANE, SUTTON

Site Description: The site lies to the north-west of Sutton town centre. It is within Collingwood Recreation Ground and is bounded by a railway line to the south. The site comprises a football ground with stands, a car park and unkempt areas around the stadium.

Site Area: 2.4ha Current Land Use: Football Ground, Stadium and Car Park Ownership: Council (leased to Sutton United Football Club) Public Transport: Level 2 Proposals Map: Urban Green Space, partly within the Sutton SRQ, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


200

BW36: SUTTON UNITED FOOTBALL GROUND, GANDER GREEN LANE, SUTTON

This site is allocated for MIXED USE: SPORTS GROUND and

COMMUNITY FACILITIES


football ground and, where possible, limit impact on the Urban Green Space

the recreation ground estricting vehicular access to Gander Green Lane only

implementing traffic improvement measures where necessary re

Conservation (the Sutton to St Helier Railway Line)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Supporting the retention and improvement of facilities which promote healthy lifestyles (BP5) Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Developing leisure and cultural facilities (BP11). Flood Risk Zone 1 Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 1 so any future use must be non-water polluting. Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable Delivery Mechanism

(alongside the recreation ground) to provide a low-level stand for match spectators with changing rooms/other community facilities serving and facing the recreation ground, as well as re-laying the existing Collingwood Recreation Ground pitches for public use. In addition, it is proposed to redevelop the eastern stand to provide improved match-day facilities for football spectators, indoor sports provision and, possibly, a community meeting hall. Grants for the redevelopment may be forthcoming from football foundations and maintenance would be provided by existing staff.

Agenda Item 9c


201

STCN1: CROWN ROAD/HIGH STREET SITES

Site Description:These sites are located to the north of Crown Road, opposite the northern end of St Nicholas Way and are bounded by the High Street to the east and Vale Road to the north. The Collingwood estate lies to the west and the northern boundary adjoins the rear of two-storey, mainly terraced houses in Vale Road. Allocation STC N1 accommodates two gas holders, the vacant Zurich House office building (10 storeys) and car park to the rear and retail units at ground floor, and a retail shed currently occupied by Magnet.

Site Area: 2.3ha53 Current Land Use: Gas storage/small industrial/storage units/retail/vacant

office and car park. Ownership:Utility Company/Private/Council Public Transport: Level 5 Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Indicative Road Link; Area of Taller Building Potential; Secondary Shopping Frontages. Relevant Planning History:Outline application for the Magnet Site B2006/56167 for location and access to a mixed-use development with office, retail and residential uses.

53

The new site area includes the additional site area for Dex House and Fabric World (0.09ha) and reflects the amended figure for the Gas Holders site which had been incorrectly identified as 1.65ha rather than 1.06ha.

Agenda Item 9c


202

STCN1: CROWN ROAD/HIGH STREET SITES

The sites are allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL, OFFICE and OTHER


Providing buildings of between 3 and 6 storeys in height, stepping down near the existing residential properties in Vale Road

Providing active frontages at ground floor/first floor levels

Providing a mix of housing types, including family-sized units

Retaining the building line along the High Street (unless required for public transport)

Protecting land for Tramlink/a Tramlink stop along the High Street frontage

Creating a new road link through the site to create a northwards extension to St Nicholas Way and to create a modified town centre gyratory system (as currently set out in the Urban Design Framework). Any alternative highways scheme will only be supported by the council if it meets the objectives of significantly improving the pedestrian environment (including a possible extension of the existing pedestrianised High Street), and, improving connectivity between these sites and the Exchange Quarter to the south

Creating small block sizes fronting streets

Developing a more permeable site which creates connections through the site, particularly to Collingwood Estate

Providing high quality public realm improvements including a public space on the corner of the High Street and Crown Road (Zurich Square) and the provision of street trees

Remediating the site of any contamination

Ensuring integration of all development proposals on all the adjoining land ownerships within this allocation. Where redevelopment of the sites cannot be brought forward together, development on individual sites must not prejudice future redevelopment of the adjoining sites

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordancprinciples (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Detailed planning guidance

Whilst the Urban Design Framework sets out some guidance regarding the future redevelopment of these sites, the council considers that given the complexity of site ownerships and future scale and mix of development a planning brief should be prepared.

Agenda Item 9c


203

Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth greater than 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required.

Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town centre

to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 229mm foul sewer to the north of the site would require an impact study. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site to the south.

Indicative Phasing: April 2010 March 2015/April 2020 March 2025 (This is a large and complex site and therefore given discussions with landowners regarding deliverability it is likely that parts of the site will not be delivered until the last Phase).

Indicative Housing Capacity 362 units. This assumes that the Gas Holders are decommissioned and that Health and Safety Executive PADHI guidance does not apply. Expected units on the Gas Holders and Magnet sites are based on the Gillespies UDF and capacities for the Zurich, Fabric Warehouse and Dex sites are based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Central (310 units/ha) applied to 70% of the site areas. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 7,726 sq m; Office (B1): 2,258 sq m; Small-scale workshops: 1,663 sq m; Commercial Leisure: 4,013 sq m. This assumes that the Gas Holders are decommissioned and that Health and Safety Executive PADHI guidance does not apply.

Delivery Mechanism The site owners have indicated to the Council that they may consider redeveloping the site.

Agenda Item 9c


204


Agenda Item 9c


205

STCN2: BLOCKBUSTER SITE, 341 HIGH STREET, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located in the northern end of the town centre and has frontage to the High Street and Vale Road and adjoins Sutton Green to the north. Buildings in the surrounding area include the vacant 10 storey Zurich building (corner of the High Street and Crown Road) and Helena House, a 6 storey building on the eastern side of the High Street. A 2 storey terrace with retail at ground floor and residential above adjoins the site to the south-east and a 2 storey residential terrace adjoins the site to the west.

Site Area:0.15ha

Current Land Use:Retail and associated car park

Ownership:Private

Public Transport: Level 5

Proposals Map: Secondary Shopping Frontage; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Relevant Planning History: Planning application B2007/59028 refused for the demolition of existing buildings and the erection of a part 3, part 5 storey building with retail at ground floor and residential above.

Agenda Item 9c


206

STCN2: BLOCKBUSTER SITE, 341 HIGH STREET, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL, COMMUNITY and OFFICE


Providing a new landmark building, up to 8 storeys in height with frontage to the High Street and Sutton Green

Providing buildings of between 3 and 4 storeys in height fronting Vale Road

Providing active frontages at ground floor levels

Providing retail uses at ground floor with food and drink uses fronting Sutton Green

Providing community uses at ground floor fronting Sutton Green

Respecting and enhancing the setting of Sutton Green

Protecting land for Tramlink along the High Street frontage

Providing high quality public realm improvements including the provision of gateway features on Sutton Green to mark the entry into the town centre

The need to contact the Health and Safety Executive with reference to the current storage of gas in close proximity to the site (see Site STC N1)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in

Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: Most of the site is subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) up to a potential depth of 400mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy

connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability Indicative Phasing: April 2020 March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity: 26 units, assuming 70% residential Indicative Non-Residential Capacities: Retail (A-Classes): 360 sqm; Office (B1): 360 sqm; Community uses: 360 sqm Delivery Mechanism The site owners have indicated to the Council that they may consider redeveloping the site.

Agenda Item 9c


207

STCN3: BURGER KING SITE, 330 332 HIGH STREET, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located to the northern end of the town centre and is currently occupied by a vacant single storey building. A grade II listed building is located to the north of the site, the southern boundary adjoins shops and the eastern boundary, to the rear of the site, partially adjoins dwellings gaining access from Lewis Road.

Site Area:0.19ha Current Land Use:Vacant Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 5 Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: Planning application B2007/57717 for the demolition of the existing building and the construction of a four-storey building with retail on ground floor and 18 residential units above which was refused by the Council.

Agenda Item 9c


208

STCN3: BURGER KING SITE, 330 332 HIGH STREET, SUTTON

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL-LED MIXED USE and RETAIL


Providing buildings of between 4 and 5 storeys in height

Providing active frontages at ground floor, particularly along the High Street

Creating a strong building line along the High Street (unless required for public transport)

Protecting land for Tramlink along the High Street frontage

Providing high quality public realm improvements including the provision of gateway features on Sutton Green to mark the entry into the town centre

The need to contact the Health and Safety Executive with reference to the current storage of gas in close proximity to this site (see Site STC N1)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: Most of the site is subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) up to a potential depth of 200mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy

connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability Indicative Phasing : April 2015 March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 24 units. Assuming 70% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 964 sq m Delivery Mechanism The site owners have indicated to the Council that they are in the process of selling the site.

Agenda Item 9c


209

STCC1: NORTH OF LODGE PLACE, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located on the corner of Throwley Way and Lodge Place, directly to the east of the High Street. A ssurgery and a single storey office building occupy the site and a bus stop and lay-by are located on Lodge Road.

Site Area: 0.22ha

Current Land Use: Medical and Office uses

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 6

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Primary Shopping Area; Primary Shopping Frontage (Lodge Place); Secondary Shopping Frontage (Throwley Way, Manor Place); Area of Taller Building Potential.

Relevant Planning History: Planning permission B2000/46952 for office use at Windsor House. Planning application B2009/61421 for demolition of existing building and construction of a new part 4, 5 and 6 storey building with 27 residential units and retail at ground floor withdrawn. A similar planning application, B2010/62741, with office at ground floor was refused. The decision has now been appealed. No recent planning history relating to the Old Court House surgery.

Agenda Item 9c


210

STCC1: NORTH OF LODGE PLACE, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE:HEALTH, RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL and OFFICE or COMMERCIAL LEISURE


The guidance in the Lodge Place Planning Brief Supplementary Planning Document (Lodge Place SPD)


Providing active frontages at ground / first floor levels

Protecting land for Tramlink along the Throwley Way frontage

Securing the pedestrianisation of Lodge Place

Providing high quality public realm improvements on Lodge Road

Designing high quality buildings that respect the curvature of Lodge Place

Ensuring design proposals comprehensively cover the entire site, leaving -

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is largely unaffected by surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%). Potential for Decentralised Energy

connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability Indicative Phasing: April 2015 March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 20 units. Based on the guidance contained in the Lodge Place SPD. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Health uses: 2,730 sq m; Retail (A-Classes): 720 sq m; Office (B1) or Commercial Leisure: 2,850 sq m. Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the developers have appointed a team of consultants to take forward development proposals.

Agenda Item 9c


211

STCC2: SOUTH OF LODGE PLACE, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located to the south of Lodge Place with frontages to the High Street, Lodge Place and Throwley Way. The site comprises two large format shops and associated surface parking areas and four shop units fronting the High Street.

Site Area:0.4ha Current Land Use: Retail and Car park Ownership:Private Public Transport: Level 6 Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Primary Shopping Area; Primary Shopping Frontage (High Street, Lodge Place); Secondary Shopping Frontage (Throwley Way). Relevant Planning History: Planning application B2004/53161 for a ten-storey mixed use development was lodged and subsequently withdrawn. A similar application, B2005/54590, was submitted in 2005 and was refused by the Council. An outline application, B2006/55542, was lodged in 2006 and was refused by the Council.

Agenda Item 9c


212

STCC2: SOUTH OF LODGE PLACE, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE:RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL and OFFICE or COMMERCIAL LEISURE


The guidance in the Lodge Place Planning Brief Supplementary Planning Document (Lodge Place SPD)


Providing active frontages at ground / first floor levels

Protecting land for Tramlink along the Throwley Way frontage

Securing the pedestrianisation of Lodge Place

Providing high quality public realm improvements on Lodge Road

Designing high quality buildings that respect the curvature of Lodge Place

Ensuring design proposals comprehensively cover the entire site, leaving -

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). principles (BP12). Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is largely unaffected by surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%). Potential for Decentralised Energy

to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site Indicative Phasing: April 2020 March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity 95 units. Based on the guidance contained in the Lodge Place SPD. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 3,238 sq m; Office (B1) or Commercial Leisure: 2,950 sq m. Delivery Mechanism The current landowners have indicated to the Council an intention to redevelop the site.

Agenda Item 9c


213

STCC3: KWIKFIT SITE, THROWLEY WAY, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located on the eastern side of Throwley Way and accommodates a single storey building fronting onto the gyratory road. A row of two-storey semi-detached houses back on to the site and a pedestrian/cycle path is located to the south of the site, adjacent to Times Square MSCP, linking Throwley Way to Lenham Road behind. Site Area: 0.07ha Current Land Use: Car repair and maintenance Ownership: Council Public Transport: Level 6a Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


214

STCC3: KWIKFIT SITE, THROWLEY WAY, SUTTON

The site is allocated for (i) HOTEL or other TOWN CENTRE USE, or (ii) RESIDENTIAL-LED MIXED USE and RETAIL


Providing buildings of between 3 and 5 storeys in height, stepping down near residential properties to the east

Providing active frontages at ground floor level including possible café/ restaurant uses

Providing high quality public realm improvements, particularly along the link between Manor Lane and Throwley Way.

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in

Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13) Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is subject to very small, isolated areas of surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%), to a depth of up to 200mm. However Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy

connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability Indicative Phasing:April 2010 March 2015 Indicative Housing Capacity:Subject to the site not being developed as a hotel, 15 units, assuming 70% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Hotel: 1,984 sq m. Or Retail (A-Classes): 595 sq m. Delivery Mechanism The Council intends to bring this site forward for redevelopment.

Agenda Item 9c


215

STCC4: NORTH OF GREENFORD ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located on the northern side of Greenford Road and is comprised of a vacant yard and workshop to the east and to the west, on the corner of St Nicholas Way, a private residence and converted offices. Immediately adjoining to the east is a row of 4 shops fronting the High Street with residential above. Two large retail buildings are in close proximity to the subject site; the 4 storey St Nicholas Centre is located across Greenford Road and the 5 storey Asda building adjoins the site to the north.

Site Area:0.07ha Current Land Use: Dwelling, Office and Vacant yard Ownership:Private Public Transport: Level 5 Proposals Map: Secondary Shopping Frontage; Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: Outline application B2010/62289 for a part one-storey, part two-storey development comprising office, retail and residential units.

Agenda Item 9c


216

STCC4: NORTH OF GREENFORD ROAD, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL and OFFICE



Providing active frontages at ground floor to Greenford Road and St Nicholas Way

Providing high quality public realm improvements

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is subject to very small, isolated areas of surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%), to a depth of up to 200mm. Flood risk assessment and Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy

seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability Indicative Phasing: April 2020 March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity 17 units, assuming 70% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 450 sq m; Office (B1): 225 sq m. Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the site owners intend to submit further applications relating to the eastern part of the site.

Agenda Item 9c


217

STCW1: CIVIC CENTRE SITE, ST NICHOLAS WAY, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located on the corner of St Nicholas Way and Cheam Road and accommodates a four-storey, U-shaped building with a range of civic uses. A pedestrian underpass under St Nicholas Way links the site and the High Street.

Site Area: 0.9ha Current Land Use:Council offices, library, educational facilities, shop/community facility units, surface car park Ownership: Council Public Transport: Level 6a Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Secondary Shopping Frontage; Site of Importance for Nature Conservation opposite; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


218

STCW1: CIVIC CENTRE SITE, ST NICHOLAS WAY, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: CIVIC, COMMUNITY, CULTURAL, RETAIL and RESIDENTIAL


Creating a more permeable and legible site, with the development of a series of individual building blocks

Providing a new landmark building, up to 10-storeys in height at the south-west corner

Providing other buildings of up to 6-storeys in height, stepping down to 3-4 storeys adjacent to the St Nicholas Churchyard

Providing a new contemporary Civic Square with high quality public art

Providing active frontages at ground floor, particularly to the Civic Square

Protecting land for Tram link along the St Nicholas Way frontage

Enhancing pedestrian connections from the High Street to the west, including the pedestrian/cycle environment of Gibson Road, St Nicholas Road, Hill Street and St Nicholas Way

Respecting and enhancing the setting of the listed St Nicholas Church and Church yard

Respecting the settings of the listed Trinity Methodist Church and Sutton Baptist Church

Including a range of uses: theatre; dance studio; community space; cafés; bars; and restaurants.

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in

enhancement of heritage assets (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: Parts of the site are subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a depth greater than 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy

connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 229mm foul sewer

Agenda Item 9c


219

would require an impact study. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site. Indicative Phasing:April 2020 March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity:31 units, assuming 10% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Civic uses (including office): 10,806 sq m; Community/Cultural uses: 10,806 sq m; Retail (A-Classes) 4,912 sq m. Delivery Mechanism:The Council intends to bring this site forward for redevelopment.

Agenda Item 9c


220


Agenda Item 9c


221

STCW2: SECOMBE THEATRE SITE, CHEAM ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located to the west of the town centre on Cheam Road and is occupied a theatre in a 2-storey converted church with a brick façade and later additions to the rear. The site is surrounded by a mix of uses and building heights.

Site Area: 0.28ha Current Land Use: Theatre Ownership: Council Public Transport: Level 5 Proposals Map: Site Allocation; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


222

STCW2: SECOMBE THEATRE SITE, CHEAM ROAD, SUTTON

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL-LED MIXED-USE and OFFICE


Providing buildings of between 4 to 6 storeys in height

Creating active frontages along Cheam Road and Gibson Road

Providing high quality streetscape and public realm improvements along Cheam Road and Gibson Road

The replacement of cultural uses in the town centre

Providing a strong frontage to Cheam Road at a key town centre gateway location



Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is largely unaffected by surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%). Appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required.

Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town

connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability

Indicative Phasing:April 2020 March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity: 33 units, assuming 70% residential.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Office (B1): 1,348 sq m. Delivery Mechanism:The Council intends to bring this site forward for redevelopment.

Agenda Item 9c


223

STCW3: BEECH TREE PLACE / WEST STREET, SUTTON

Site Description:This site is located on the western side of St Nicholas Way, immediately north of the St Nicholas Churchyard. It comprises residential properties along Beech Tree Place and two pairs of semi-detached houses immediately to the north, on West Street. Most of the properties are owned by the Council and used as sheltered and supported housing. Two houses on West Street are Council owned and leased to voluntary groups.

Site Area: 0.37ha Current Land Use:Sheltered and supported housing, with residential and community uses on West Street. Ownership: Council/Private Public Transport: Level 6a Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Secondary Shopping Frontage; Site of Importance for Nature Conservation opposite; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


224

STCW3: BEECH TREE PLACE / WEST STREET, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: SOCIAL, COMMUNITY, RESIDENTIAL and OFFICE / SMALL BUSINESS UNITS


Providing building heights up to 6 storeys along St Nicholas Way, stepping down to 3-4 storeys along West Street, to complement the existing houses, and towards St Nicholas churchyard to respect the setting of the church

Providing active frontages along the roads and the church yard

Protecting land for Tramlink along the St Nicholas Way frontage

Providing high quality public realm improvements, particularly along St Nicholas Way

Replacing social and community uses

Replacing existing hostel accommodation/sheltered housing where required to meet an identified housing need

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). gn principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is subject to very small, isolated areas of surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%), to a depth of up to 200mm. However, Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy: The site is located within the Sutton

l will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 152mm foul sewer would require an impact study. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site. Indicative Phasing: April 2015 March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity:60 units, assuming 50% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities: Social/Community uses: 5,310 sqm; Office/Small Business uses: 500 sqm. Delivery Mechanism: The Council intends to bring this site forward for redevelopment.

Agenda Item 9c


225

STCS1: NORTH OF SUTTON COURT ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located on the northern side of Sutton Court Road and comprises two sites:Watermead House office building and a vacant site at 17 Sutton Court Road. The site adjoins Sutton Police Station to the north and east, and Bank House to the west which has recently been refurbished for residential use.

Site Area: 0.21ha Current Land Use: Office and Vacant site Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 6 Proposals Map: Secondary Shopping Frontage; Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: Planning application B2008/60359 for a building up to seventeen-storeys comprising retail, café and gymnasium uses at lower floors and 82 residential units above is yet to be determined by the Council.

Agenda Item 9c


226

STCS1: NORTH OF SUTTON COURT ROAD, SUTTON The site is allocated for OFFICE-LED MIXED USE


Providing active shopping frontages at ground floor along Sutton Court Road

Providing buildings of between 7 and 10 storeys in height and possibly over 11 storeys to complement the proposed cluster of taller buildings around the station.

Retaining the existing 9 storey office building (Watermead House)

Protecting land for Tramlink along the Sutton Court Road frontage

Providing high quality public realm improvements including greening and traffic calming measures on Sutton Court Road

The guidance in the Development Framework for Sutton Station and Adjacent Land Supplementary Planning Document and associated


Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13) Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is subject to very small, isolated areas of surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%), to a depth of up to 200mm. Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy The site i

connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Indicative Phasing: April 2010 March 2015 Indicative Housing Capacity 26 units, assuming 30% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Office (B1): 8,063 sq m; Retail (A-Classes): 1,056 sq m. Delivery Mechanism The planning application B2008/60359 is currently under consideration.

Agenda Item 9c


227

STCS2: SOUTH OF SUTTON COURT ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located to the south of Sutton Court Road and is adjoined by Sutton Railway Station and railway tracks. The site comprises:a vacant 16 storey office building, two vacant lots on both sides and the site of six subdivided/demolished houses to the east.

Site Area:0.85ha Current Land Use: Vacant office building, Vacant sites, Subdivided/ demolished dwellings Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 6 Proposals Map: Archaeology Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor and transport interchange (Tramlink); Community Priority Regeneration Area; Pedestrian Links to Sutton Railway Station; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: The applicants have applied to extend the time limit for the implementation of planning permission B2005/55077, for the erection of two 13-14 storey residential buildings and the refurbishment of the existing 16-storey office building on the western portion of the site.

Agenda Item 9c


228

STCS2: SOUTH OF SUTTON COURT ROAD, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE:OFFICE, RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL and LEISURE


Providing active shopping frontages at ground floor along Sutton Court Road

Providing buildings of between 4 and 11 storeys in height, stepping down to the east

Providing a public transport interchange on Sutton Court Road

Protecting land for Tramlink along the Sutton Court Road frontage

Securing pedestrian connections from Sutton Court Road through to Sutton Railway Station and The Quadrant

Providing high quality public realm improvements including greening and traffic calming measures on Sutton Court Road, the pedestrian connection through to Sutton Station and the creation of a new public space outside Sutton Station.

The guidance in the Development Framework for Sutton Station and Adjacent Land Supplementary Planning Document and associated

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in


Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: Large parts of the site are subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth greater than 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is locat

connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 229mm foul sewer would require an impact study. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site. Indicative Phasing: April 2015 March 2020

Agenda Item 9c


229

Indicative Housing Capacity: 278 units, based on the lapsed planning permission for the western portion of the site, and assuming 50% residential on the eastern portion of the site. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities: Office (B1): 10,810 sq m; Retail (A-Classes): 1,138 sq m; Leisure uses: 562 sq m.

Delivery Mechanism: The application for the extension of time for planning application B2005/55077 is currently under consideration.

Agenda Item 9c


230


Agenda Item 9c


231

STCS3: SUTTON STATION AND CAR PARK, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located at the southern end of Sutton town centre and is comprised on Sutton Station in the western portion of the site, fronting the High Street, and a surface car park in the eastern portion of the site, accessed from Brighton Road via the Quadrant. The station building is single storey at street level and steps down at the rear to track level.

Site Area: 1.3ha Current Land Use: Railway station, Retail, Surface Car Park Ownership: Utility Company Public Transport: Level 6a Proposals Map: Area of Taller Building Potential Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


232

STCS3: SUTTON STATION AND CAR PARK, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: OFFICE, RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL, CAR PARK, LEISURE and OTHER TOWN CENTRE

USES


The guidance in the Development Framework for Sutton Station and Adjacent Land Supplementary Planning Document and

Providing a new landmark building of up to 20-25 storeys in height, located over the railway station and with frontage to a new town square

Providing buildings of between 4-6 storeys at podium level and rising up to between 8 and 16 storeys on the car park portion of the site to the east

Securing a new town square fronting the High Street

Providing active frontages at ground floor level

Securing pedestrian connections from Sutton Station through to Sutton Court Road and The Quadrant

Providing high quality public realm improvements along the High Street and on the pedestrian connection through to Sutton Court Road/The Quadrant

The guidance in the Development Framework for Sutton Station and Adjacent Land Supplementary Planning Document and

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: Parts of the site are subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth of up to 400mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy

connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 400mm foul sewer would require an impact study. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site. Indicative Phasing: April 2020 March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity: 454 units, assuming 50% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Office (B1): 10,000 sq m; Retail (A-Classes): 1926 sq m; Car park: 17,477 sq m; Leisure and Other town centre uses: 13,711 sq m. Delivery Mechanism Discussions with Network Rail are ongoing

Agenda Item 9c


233

STCS4: SHOPS OPPOSITE STATION

Site Description:The site is located at the junction of Mulgrave Road, Brighton Road and the High Street and is directly opposite Sutton Station. It comprises a parade of shops, partially on the bridge over the railway tracks, and some with office units above.

Site Area: 0.18ha Current Land Use: Retail Ownership: Private and Utilities Company Public Transport: Level 6a Proposals Map: Site Allocation; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


234

STCS4: SHOPS OPPOSITE STATION

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL, OFFICE and HOTEL


Providing buildings of between 4 to 6 storeys in height along Mulgrave Road and up to 10 storeys elsewhere on the site

Providing active retail frontages at ground floor level

Creating a new road link through the site to the north and connecting to Grove Road

Providing high quality public realm improvements along the High Street and Mulgrave Road

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Devprinciples (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk: UFluvial (river) Flooding:U Flood Zone 1: Low Risk USurface Water Flooding:U Small isolated pockets of the site are subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth of up to 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located with

connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 299mm foul sewer would require an impact study. Indicative Phasing: April 2020 March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity 41 units. Assuming 30% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 1,771 sq m; Office (B1): 3,858 sq m; Hotel: 3,464 sq m. Delivery Mechanism Discussions with Network Rail are ongoing

Agenda Item 9c


235

STCS5: SUTHERLAND HOUSE, BRIGHTON ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located on Brighton Road to the south of Sutton Station and to the north of Cedar Road. The existing building is comprised of two main components; the main Sutherland House Tower (12 storeys) and the front podium (3 storeys). The ground floor of the podium building is occupied by retail uses and vacant units.

Site Area: 0.26ha Current Land Use: Vacant offices Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 6a Proposals Map: Allocated Site; Secondary Shopping Frontage; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History:A part 22-storey building was proposed under a previous planning application (B2007/57947) that was accepted by the Planning Inspector on design grounds but dismissed due to insufficient Section 106 contributions. A similar planning application (B2009/60941) was undetermined as of February 2011.

Agenda Item 9c


236

STCS5: SUTHERLAND HOUSE, BRIGHTON ROAD, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE:RESIDENTIAL, OFFICE, HOTEL, RETAIL and LEISURE


Providing for the redevelopment and extension of the existing office building, part of the building potentially up to 22 storeys.

Providing active frontages at ground floor levels

Providing high quality public realm improvements including the provision of gateway features to mark the entry into the town centre and greening and traffic calming measures on Brighton Road

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in

Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk. Surface Water Flooding: Parts of the site are subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth greater than 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy

nable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability Indicative Phasing April 2015 March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 96 units. Based on planning application B2007/57947 and B2009/60941. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Office (B1): 1,612 sq m; Hotel: 3,268 sq m; Retail (A-Classes) and Leisure: 1,436 sq m. Delivery Mechanism The planning application B2009/60941 is currently under consideration.

Agenda Item 9c


237

STCS6: BRIGHTON ROAD SITES, SUTTON

Site Description:These sites are located on the western side of Brighton Road, at the southern end of the town centre and comprise a part 4, part 5 storey car parking building, a petrol service station and a small parade of shops with office uses above. The sites adjoin railway tracks to the west and residential units to the south. Existing buildings in the area range in height from 3 to 11 storeys and are mainly residential. Sutherland House, a 12 storey vacant office building, is located across Brighton Road to the north east of the site.

Site Area: 0.86ha Current Land Use: Car Park, Petrol Station, Retail and Office uses Ownership: Council and Private Public Transport: Level 6a Proposals Map: Secondary Shopping Frontage; Green Corridor adjoining;

Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: None

Agenda Item 9c


STCS6: BRIGHTON ROAD SITES, SUTTON

These sites are allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, OFFICE, RETAIL, CAR PARK, PETROL STATION



Providing active frontages at ground floor, particularly along Brighton Road

Retaining car parking provision on-site

Retaining a petrol-filling station on-site

Providing high quality public realm improvements along Brighton Road

Ensuring integration of all development proposals on all the adjoining land ownerships within this allocation. Where redevelopment of the sites cannot be brought forward together, development on individual sites must not prejudice future redevelopment of the adjoining sites.

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). The council considers that given the complexity of site ownerships and future scale and mix of development a planning brief should be prepared. Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk. Surface Water Flooding: The eastern half of the site is subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth greater than 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy: These sites are located within the Sutton town

enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure: No known concerns regarding capability assuming connection is to the 450mm foul sewer. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site. Indicative Phasing: April 2020 March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity: 63 units. Expected units on the northern portion of the site are based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Central (310 units/ha). Expected units on the southern portion of the site are based on the

residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities: Office (B1): 4,485 sq m; Retail (A-Classes): 2,550 sq m; Car park: 7,550 sq m; Petrol Station: 269 sq m. These sites are a possible suitable location for a hotel which could be achieved as part of the mix on site within the identified non-residential capacities. Delivery Mechanism: The current landowners for the northern portion of the site have indicated to the Council an intention to redevelop. The Council intends to bring the southern part of this site forward for redevelopment.

Agenda Item 9c


Implementation and Monitoring 5.1 Planning Policy Statement 1

Delivering Sustainable requires that,

when preparing spatial plans, local authorities should set a clear vision for the future pattern of development, with clear objectives for achieving that vision and strategies for delivery and implementation. Planning should lead and focus on outcomes. Plan policies must be set out clearly, with indicators against which progress can be measured. Plans should guide patterns of development and seek to manage changes to the areas

graph 32). The purpose of this chapter is to describe how the policies and site allocations from the earlier chapters will be implemented in general terms since the details of each site contains information on a specific delivery mechanism. This chapter also outlines how the policies will be monitored to ensure Council objectives are being met.

Implementation

5.2 In order to ensure policies are implemented and sites are developed, the Council will work with key organisations, businesses and individuals. The Council has consulted with stakeholders on a regular basis in the preparation of this document and is committed to further partnership working through The Sutton Partnership, which is responsible for delivering the Sutton Strategy 2008-2020, and through strong relationships at an officer-to-officer level.

5.3 The key partners working in co-

operation with the Council include:

The Sutton Partnership;

National Government and government agencies, such as the Environment Agency and the Homes and Communities Agency;

The Greater London Authority and regional agencies, including Transport for London;

Local agencies, such as the Sutton and Merton Primary Care Trust;

Infrastructure providers, such as Thames Water;

Neighbouring local authorities, such as LB Croydon, LB Merton and RB Kingston upon Thames;

Landowners and potential developers;

Registered Social Landlords;

Existing businesses and business organisations;

Community and voluntary sector organisations; and

Local residents

FIV

E

Agenda Item 9c


5.4 In order to implement policies

and develop sites, the Council has identified six potential mechanisms it can influence:

1. Developers and the Development Management Procedure The development management procedure is the main method for implementing the policies and developing the sites. The policies provide clarity and consistency for stakeholders as regards the granting of planning permission. Meanwhile, the allocation of sites provides clear guidelines on what sort of development on sites the Council would find acceptable. Furthermore, the Council provides a significant amount of pre-application advice to ensure the efficient operation of development management across the Borough.

2. The Council acting as a Landowner A number of the sites which have been suggested as allocated sites are currently in Council ownership and the Council has indicated that they are no longer likely to be required for Council purposes. This gives a certain degree of surety as regards development on these sites, subject to achieving satisfactory disposal arrangements. Furthermore, the Council is currently investigating the feasibility of a Local Asset Backed Vehicle (LABV) to take forward the development of Council-owned sites. An LABV is a special purpose scheme formed in partnership with private

developers for regeneration purposes. The general structure is that the public body puts a package of its property assets into the LABV and the private sector partner puts cash into the LABV that is equivalent to the value of the property assets.

3. Joint Working across Council Departments A number of sites are being proposed as allocations for services that will be delivered by the Council. As the Council will retain site ownership and will be the site operator, once again, there is a degree of surety that these sites will be delivered. 4. Council acting as a Coordinator of Funding Streams A number of sites could be developed and policies could be implemented in conjunction with public-sector funding sources, such as gaining funding from Transport for London for highway improvements and the public/private Building Schools for the Future scheme. The Council will act as a coordinator and facilitator for gaining these funds and implementation. 5. Planning Obligations and/or the Community Infrastructure Levy The Council has produced

(2006) which sets out the

developer contributions. The document outlines what types of obligations will be sought and in which circumstances as well as a process for negotiating and securing planning obligations.

Agenda Item 9c


Therefore, the SPD provides a framework for overcoming delays in agreeing S106 issues, one of the most frequent obstacles to delivery. Furthermore the type of planning obligations that will be sought will also contribute to the delivery of a number of the development management policies. The Council is monitoring advice from national government in respect of the introduction of the Community Infrastructure Levy.

6. Compulsory Purchase The Council has legal powers to compulsorily purchase land to assist with development. While the Council is generally reluctant to use these powers and instead will seek to assemble sites through negotiation, it is accepted that there may be instances where these powers may be required to facilitate development. The Council may, therefore, use its compulsory purchase powers to

Monitoring 5.5 As PPS1

states, the monitoring of policies is a key part of the plan process and it provides local authorities with the opportunity to see whether the aims and policies of the development plan are being achieved. Table 5.1 shows how the Council intends to measure the effects of its development management policies. The table sets out what indicators will be used to measure policy effectiveness and the Borough and London Plan targets that the policy

measures would be expected to meet. In addition, it explains how the indicators will be reported and it outlines how the development management policies are linked to initiatives in the Sutton Strategy and the policies of the Core Planning Strategy.

Agenda Item 9c


Agenda Item 9c


Table 5.1: Development Management Policies within the LDF Monitoring Framework

Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target London Plan

Target Reporting Sutton Strategy

Improving the Streetscene and Living Environment

SO16: To safeguard the distinctive suburban character of the Borough by maintaining a diverse mix of residential areas, including Conservation Areas and ASLCs, within local neighbourhoods

DM Policies

DM4: Historic Environment

DM32: Tele-communications

Core Policies

PMP2: Suburban Heartlands

BP1: Housing Density London Plan

Policy 3A.3

(60) Character Assessment Study of Borough (part of LDF evidence base)

(60) To maintain and enhance the quality of urban townscape within each character area

n/a Sutton Annual Monitoring Report (AMR) local indicator

SA Framework Indicator 2.1: Built Design and Townscape

n/a

(61) Number, area and quality of Conservation Areas within the Borough (Conservation Area Appraisal criteria)

(61) To maintain and enhance the quality of Conservation Areas within the Borough by achieving Conservation Area Management Plan targets

n/a AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicator 2.2: Historic Environment

n/a

(62) Proportion of buildings at risk as a percentage of the total number of listed buildings in the Borough

(62) To reduce the proportion of buildings at risk as a percentage of the total number of listed buildings in London (Indicator 25)

Reduction in proportion of buildings at risk as a percentage of total listed buildings in London(Indicator 25)

AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicator 2.2: Historic Environment

n/a

SO17: To promote a safe and attractive living environment for all by improving the design and layout of buildings and public spaces throughout the Borough

DM Policies

DM1: Character and Design

DM2: Protecting Amenity

DM3: Maintaining and Enhancing the Streetscene

Core Policies

BP12:Principles of Good Design

BP13: Taller Buildings London Plan

Policies 4B.1, 4B.3, 4B.8 & 4B.9

(63) The proportion of new

ratings against the Building for Life

54 Criteria

(63) Borough targets to be established

n/a

AMR COI55

H6: Housing Quality: Building for Life Assessments

n/a

(64) Number and proportion of major developments within the

(64) 100% of major developments within the Borough ad

n/a SA Framework Indicator 2.1: Built Design and Townscape

n/a

54

New Government-endorsed criteria for well designed homes and neighbourhoods developed by CABE and funded by the Housing Corporation (launched 13 March 2008)

55

Agen

da Ite

m 9

cP

age 2

53





SO5: To make the fullest contribution to the mitigation of and adaptation to climate change within the Borough and minimise carbon dioxide emissions from new development by promoting built energy efficiency, the efficient supply of energy, and renewable sources of energy.

DM Policies

DM6: Climate Change Mitigation

DM8: Climate Change Adaptation

Core Policies

BP6: One Planet Living

PMP7: Hackbridge

London Plan

Policies 4A1 to 4A7

(18) Per capita carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions from all sources

(18) To reduce per capita CO2 emissions in the Borough from 5.3 k tonnes pa in 2007-08 to:

4.92 in 2009-10; and

4.72 in 2010-11.

To reduce CO2 emissions below 1990 levels by:

5% by 2010;

20% by 2015;

25% by 2020; and

30% by 2025(Ind 22)

AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicators: 4.1 Energy Efficiency, and 5.1 Air Pollution

NI186 under Environmental Sustainability

(19) Renewable energy generation by installed capacity and type.

(19) To achieve an increase in energy generated from renewable sources

945GWh of energy from renewables by 2010 including at least six large wind turbines (Ind 23)

AMR COI E3: Renewable Energy Generation

SA Framework Indicator 4.2: Renewable Energy

n/a

(20) Net CO2 emissions from all energy used in new dwellings or non-residential buildings (defined in SAP2005

56)

(20) All new development

n/a SA Framework: 4.1 Energy Efficiency; and 4.2 Renewable Energy

n/a

Borough residents global ha per person

footprint to 3 global ha per -

baseline of 5.4 global ha/ pp, and


SA Framework Indicators: 4.1 Energy Efficiency; and 4.2 Renewable Energy

NI186 under Environmental Sustainability NI188 Adapting to Climate Change

SO6: To achieve the highest standards of sustainable design and construction in all new dev by addressing climate change, minimising flood risks, promoting water & resource efficiency, minimising pollution, protecting and enhancing local habitats and biodiversity, creating inclusive environments and reducing reliance on private vehicles

DM Policies

DM5: Sustainable Design & Construction

DM9: Water Supply, Water Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure

DM11: Contaminated Land

DM12: Noise and Vibration

DM13: Light Pollution

DM14: Hazardous Substances

(22) Sustainability ratings for new residential developments under the Code for Sustainable Homes (CLG

57, 2007)

(22) 100% of new residential developments to achieve a sustainability rating of at least 3 under the Code

58:

by 2011 Code for Sustainable Homes Level 4;

by 2014: Code for Sustainable Homes Level 6.


SA Framework Indicator 4.3: Sustainable Design and Construction


56

Standard Assessment Procedure

57 Department for Communities and Local Government

58 as required by the Planning Guidance (IPG) on Sustainable Design and Construction (May, 2008)

Agenda Ite

m 9

cP

ag

e 2

54




Core Policies

BP6: One Planet Living

BP7: Flood Risk and Climate Change Adaptation

PMP7: Hackbridge

London Plan

Policies 4A9 to 4A15

(23) Sustainability ratings for non- residential developments against the appropriate BREEAM

59 Scheme

(23) 100% of major non-residential developments to achieve a rating of BREEAM

-standard and BREEAM

AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicator 4.3: Sustainable Design and Construction


(24) Water efficiency in new development (litres per person per day)

(24) To limit water consumption in existing development to 105 litres per person per day (residential) and 15 litres per full time employee per day (non residential)


SA Framework Indicator 6.3: Water Resources

n/a

(25) EA river quality classifications from A (very good) to F (bad) for biology, chemistry and nutrients.

(25) To achieve a year on year improvement in river quality for all watercourses within the Borough as monitored by EA river quality classifications.


SA Framework Indicator 5.2: Water Quality

NI197 Improved local Biodiversity active man of

local sites. From 52% to 74% by 2010-11

(26) Number and area of contaminated sites requiring remediation (or sites of potential concern)

(26) To reduce and minimise number and area of contaminated sites requiring remediation


SA Framework Indicator 6.1: Sustainable Waste Management

n/a

(27)The proportion of secondary aggregates used in the construction of new development

(27)The maximise the proportion of secondary aggregates used in the construction new development

n/a AMR COIs: M1 Production of Primary Aggregates; and M2 Secondary/ Recycled Aggregates

SA Framework Indicator: 6.2 Minerals

n/a

SO7: To ensure that new development is not exposed to unacceptable risks of flooding and avoids, manages and reduces the potential risks of

DM Policies

DM7: Flood Risk

DM8: Climate Change Adaptation

Core Policies

(28) Number of planning permissions granted contrary to EA advice on either flood defence or water quality grounds.

(28) To ensure that no planning permissions are granted contrary to the advice of the Environment Agency on either flood defence or water quality grounds

n/a AMR COI: E2 Permissions Granted Contrary to EA advice

SA Framework Indicator 6.3: Flood Risk

NI188 Adapting to Climate Change

59

Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method

Agen

da Ite

m 9

cP

age 2

55




(29) Developments located within EA Flood Zones 2 (Medium Risk), 3a (High Risk) and 3b (Functional Floodplain)

(29) To avoid or minimise the number of development within higher flood risk areas through application of the PPS25

No net loss of functional flood plan within referable applications (Indicator 24)

AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicator 6.3 Flood Risk


(30) Developments including SUDS

60 and appropriate climate

change adaptation measures

(30) To ensure that 100% of developments include SUDS and appropriate climate change adaptation measures where possible


SA Framework Indicators: 2.1 Built Design and Townscape; and 4.3 Sustainable Design and Construction


SO8: To provide sufficient waste management facilities within the Borough as part of the South London Waste Plan area to achieve self-sufficiency by 2020, maximise waste minimisation, recycling and composting and recover maximum value from residual waste.

Objective to be met through the South

London Joint Waste Plan (in preparation)

Core Policies

BP8: Waste Reduction and Management

London Plan

Policies 4A21 to 4A.29

(31) Tonnage of municipal (MSW) and commercial & industrial (C&I) waste managed within the Borough and South London (total and proportion of total arisings against the London Plan apportionment)

(31) To manage the London Plan apportionment for Sutton:

199,000 tonnes by 2010:

263,000 tonnes by 2015;

310,000 tonnes by 2020. To contribute towards the combined apportionment for South London of:

854,000 tonnes by 2010 (72% self-sufficiency);

1,130,000 tonnes by 2015 (89% self-sufficiency);

1,332,000 tonnes by 2020 (97% self-sufficiency).

75% (16 million tonnes)

treated or disposed of within London by 2010, rising to 80% by 2015 and 85% by 2020.

AMR: COI W2: Amount of Municipal waste arising, and managed, by the WPA

61


n/a

(32) Number, site area (ha) and capacity (tonnes) of new licensed waste facilities by type and waste stream

(32) To ensure that sufficient waste sites and facilities are provided within the Borough to

the combined South London apportionment by 2020

Allocations of additional waste management sites in DPDs to achieve apportioned tonnages of waste in each Borough. (Indicator 20)

AMR: COI W1: Capacity of New Waste Management Facilities


n/a

60

Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems

61 Waste Planning Authority

Agenda Ite

m 9

cP

ag

e 2

56




(33) The proportion of municipal waste arisings recycled or composted (%)

(33) To increase the proportion of municipal waste arisings recycled or composted to at least:

35% by 2010;

45% by 2015

To increase municipal waste recycled or composted to at least:

35% by 2010;

45% by 2015 (Indicator 19)

AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicator 6.1 Sustainable Waste Management

n/a

(34) The proportion of commercial and industrial waste arisings recycled or composted (%)

(34) To increase the proportion of commercial & industrial waste arisings recycled or composted to at least 70% by 2015:

To increase proportion

& industrial waste recycled or composted to at least 70% by 2015:

AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicator 6.1 Sustainable Waste Management

n/a

(35) The proportion of construction and demolition waste recycled on-site (%)

(35) To increase the proportion of construction and demolition waste arisings recycled on-site to at least 95% by 2015:

To increase the proportion

and demolition waste arisings recycled on-site to at least 95% by 2015:

AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicators 6.1: Sustainable Waste Management; and 6.2: Mineral Resources

n/a

SO9: To control urban sprawl and protect green belt and metropolitan open land, backgardens and rivers, to improve the provision and quality of open spaces, and, to protect and enhance biodiversity and habitats throughout the Borough.

DM Policies

DM15: Green Belt/ Metropolitan Open Land

DM16: Open Space

DM17: Biodiversity, Habitats and Species

DM18: Agricultural Land and Diversity

DM30: Backgarden Land

Core Policies

PMP5: Wandle Valley

PMP9: The Open Space network

(36) Area of Green Belt, Metropolitan Open Land and public open space (hectares).

(36) No loss of Green Belt Metropolitan Open Land or public open space

Maintain at least 96% of new residential development to be on PDL and no net loss of open space designated for protection in DPDs due to development (Indicator 3)

AMR: COI H3:

New/ Converted Dwellings on Previously Developed land

SA Framework Indicator 3.1: Strategic Open Land

n/a

(37) Area of public open space within LB Sutton with unrestricted access per 1,000 population

(38) To ensure that the overall Borough-wide target of public open space with unrestricted access of 2.88 ha per 1,000 population is maintained


SA Framework Indicator 3.2: Public Open Space

n/a

(38) Number, area and condition of regionally or locally designated wildlife sites, including SINCs

62 of

local/ metropolitan importance & LNRs

63

(39) To maintain and enhance nationally, regionally and locally designated wildlife sites

No net loss of designated SINCs over the plan period (Indicator 18)

AMR: COI E2: Change in Areas of Biodiversity Importance



62

Sites of Interest for Nature Conservation

63 local nature reserves

Agen

da Ite

m 9

cP

age 2

57




London Plan

Policies 3D.8 to 3D.17

(39) Change in priority habitats and population of Sutton BAP

64

species

(39) Targets for priority habitats within the Borough are set out in the Sutton BAP

No net loss of designated SINCs over the plan period (Indicator 18)

AMR local indicator

SA Framework 3.3: Landscape Quality; and 3.4: Biodiversity and Habitats



(40) Quality and extent of Green Corridors

(40) To maintain the quality and extent of Green Corridors

n/a

n/a

Promoting Sustainable Transport & Accessibility

SO14: To reduce car dependence, congestion and the impacts of air pollution on the

DM Policies

DM10: Air Quality

DM21: New Development and the Highway Network

DM22: Parking Core Policies

Policy BP9: Enabling Smarter Travel Choices an Area-Based

Approach

(54) Car journeys by Borough residents compared to 2006 levels

(54) To reduce car journeys by Borough residents by 5-10% on 2006 levels by 2009


SA Framework Indicator 1.1: Traffic Reduction (trps)

NI198 Children travelling to school (mode of transport). Reduce from 28.5% to 25.5% by 2010-11

(55) Proportion of children travelling to school by car

(55) To reduce car use amongst children travelling to school by 22.5% by 2010-11


SA Framework Indicator 1.1 Traffic Reduction

(56) Monitored traffic levels in million vehicle kilometres per annum

(56) To reduce traffic growth by one-third from 7.5% to 5% from 2001-11 and achieve a reduction in traffic growth in Sutton Town Centre of 1%.

From 2001-growth in outer London reduced to no more than 5%. (Indicator 13)

AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicator 1.1 Traffic Reduction (trips)

NI198 Children travelling to school (mode). Reduce from 28.5% to 25.5% by 2010-11

London Plan

Policies 3C.1 - 3C.4, 3C.14 and 3C.17 - 3C.24

(57) Location of B1, B2 and B8 development in relation to PTAL

65 zones

(57) Maintain at least 50% of B1 development in PTAL zones 5-6 and at least 90% of B2 and B8 development in zones 0-2

Maintain at least 50% of B1 devt in PTAL zones 5-6 and at least 90% of B2 and B8 in zones 0-2 (Indicator 17)

AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicator

n/a

(58) Monitored air quality against national standards (e.g. NOx and PM10s), including within AQMAs

66

(58) To comply with national air quality standards for particulates (PM10s), NOx, carbon monoxide, benzene etc, particularly within AQMAs

Low Emission Zone AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicator 1.3: Local Air Quality

NI198 Children travelling to school (mode of transport). Reduce from 28.5% to 25.5% by 2010-11

64

Biodiversity Action Plan

65 Public Transport Accessibility Levels

66 Air Quality Management Areas

Agenda Ite

m 9

cP

ag

e 2

58




SO15: To provide the necessary level of community infrastructure and transport to support economic development and housing growth.

DM Policies

DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport

DM20: Assessing the Transport Impact of New Development

DM41: Site Allocations Core Policies

BP10: Transport Strategic and Borough-wide Proposals

London Plan

Policies 3C.1 - 3C.4, 3C.14 and 3C.17- 3C.24

(59) Length of walking and cycling routes including the Borough Cycle Network and London Cycle Network (LCN+), the Wandle Trail, and London Outer Orbital Path.

(59) To increase the length of walking and cycling routes and to complete the 3 strategic LCN+ routes, together with the Wandle Cycle Route which is part of the National Cycle Network

AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicator 1.2 Sustainable Modes

n/a

Creating Active and Inclusive Communities

SO1: To meet the future local need for housing and

DM Policies

DM23: Loss of Residential Land/ Buildings

DM24: Conversions

DM41: Site Allocations

(1) Net additional dwellings completed to 2016-17 (total and per annum)

(1) Completion of at least 3,450 net additional dwellings by 2016-17 or 345 net additional dwellings per annum

67

Completion of at least 30,500 net additional dwellings a year within London (Indicator 4)

AMR Core Output Indicators (COI): H1 Housing Targets; H2(a) Net Additional Dwellings; H2(b) Net Additional Dwellings;

n/a

Core Policies

PMP1: Housing Provision


BP1 Housing Density

(2) Net additional dwellings completed (total and per annum) from: 2009-10 to 2013-14; 2013-14-to 2018-19; 2019-24; Total over 15 years:

(2) Completion of at least: 1,725 net additional units

2009-10 to 2013-14; 1,725 net additional units

from 2014-15 to 2018-19; 1,725 net additional units

from 2019-20 to 2023-24; 15 year total: 5,175.


H2(c) Net Additional Dwellings; in Future Years; and H2(d) Delivery Target.

SA Framework Indicator 10.1: Housing Provision

n/a

67

and any further target approved by the Mayor for the period up to 2026

Agen

da Ite

m 9

cP

age 2

59




London Plan

Policies 3A.1, 3A.2, 3A.3, 3A.17 and 4B.1

(3) Distribution of net additional dwellings completed over the Plan period within: Sutton Town Centre (%);

Hackbridge (%); Wallington (%); Other District Centres (%); and

Remainder of the Borough (%).

(3) To achieve a distribution of additional new dwellings over the Plan period as follows:

Sutton Town Centre: 40% (2,000 to 2,150);

Hackbridge: 20% (1,000 to 1,100);

Wallington: 10% (500 - 550);

Other District Centres 10% (500 to 550); and

Remainder of the Borough: 20% (1,000 to 1,100).


(4) Density of new residential development (habitable rooms per ha)

(4) To achieve a minimum densities of 150 habitable rooms per ha, in all new residential development

68

Over 95% of development to comply with the London

matrix (Indicator 2)

AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicator 10.1

NI 158 Percentage of decent homes: % of non-decent stock is 28% by 2010-11

(5) Density of new residential development (habitable rooms per ha) within the following settings as defined in the London Plan density matrix:

central areas;

urban areas; and

suburban areas.

(5) To accord with the range of densities within the following settings as defined in the London Plan density matrix:

central areas: core area of Sutton Town Centre

69;

urban areas: areas within 800m walking distance of

services and within 400m walking distance of district centre boundaries;

suburban area - the rest of the Borough

Over 95% of development to comply with London

(Indicator 2)

AMR local indicator


NI 158 Percentage of decent homes. Proportion of non-decent stock is 28% by 2010-11

SO2: To provide good quality and affordable housing throughout the Borough, including accommodation for people with care and

DM Policies

DM25: Maxmising Affordable Housing Provision

DM26: Housing Mix

(6) Number and proportion of new dwellings (all sources) that are affordable.

(6) 50% of all new housing from all sources to be affordable.

Completion of 50% of new homes as affordable homes each year between 2004-16 (Indicator 5)

AMR COI H5: Gross Affordable Housing Completions

SA Framework Indicator 10.2: Affordable Housing

NI155: Number of Affordable Homes Delivered (LAA target under

68

lower densities may be necessary to respect and enhance the low density suburban character of surrounding residential areas, particularly within some areas of designated heritage value

69 to be refined in the Sutton Town Centre Area Action Plan

Agenda Ite

m 9

cP

ag

e 2

60




support needs, to meet the needs of all social groups and achieve balanced communities.

DM27: Communal Accommodation

DM28: Gypsy Site Provision

DM29: Housing Standards



BP2: Affordable Housing

BP3: Gypsy and Traveller Sites

London Plan

Policies 3A.5, 3A8 - 3A11, 3A.14 and 3A.17.

(7) Proportion of affordable dwellings which are:

for social rent; and

intermediate

(7) To ensure that new affordable dwellings consist of:

70% for social rent; and

30% intermediate provision

70% of affordable dwellings for social rent and 30% for intermediate provision (Indicator 5 and framework for Policy 3A.9)

(8) Proportion of all developments of 10 + which include affordable housing

(8) To ensure that 100% of developments of 10 or more dwellings include an element of affordable housing

Completion of 50% of new homes as affordable homes each year between 2004-16 (Indicator 5)

(9) Net additional pitches for gypsies and traveller within the Borough and caravan counts

(9) Borough target to replicate the London Plan target

Future target to be established based on the London-wide Gyspy and Traveller Accommodation Needs Assessment

AMR COI: H4 Additional Pitches


(10) The number and proportion

(10) All new housing is built

Standards.

All new housing is built

Standards.

AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicators 10.2: Affordable Housing; and 11.3: Balanced Communities

n/a

(11) Proportion of dwellings designed to be wheelchair accessible, or easily adaptable for wheelchair users.

(11) To ensure that at least 10% of new housing is designed to be wheelchair accessible or easily adaptable for residents who are wheelchair users.

To ensure that at least 10% of new housing is designed to be wheelchair accessible or easily adaptable for residents who are wheelchair users.

AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicator 11.1: Accessibility

n/a

SO3: To promote social inclusion by ensuring equality of opportunity and accessibility to essential local services and facilities including high quality health and education and places of worship, throughout the Borough

DM Policies

DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure


BP4: Education and Skills

(12) Number of primary schools and secondary school places within the Borough

(12) To ensure that sufficient primary and secondary school places are provided to serve the general increase in primary school age population across the Borough


SA Framework Indicator 9.2: Education and Training

n/a

Agen

da Ite

m 9

cP

age 2

61




.

BP5: Improving Health and Well-Being

BP11: Leisure and Cultural Development


London Plan

Policies 3A.3, 3A.14, 3A.17, 3A.21 - 3A.25 and 3D.6

(13) Development of additional local healthcare facilities in partnership with the PCT to meet local needs within Wallington and Hackbridge, St Helier and in the south and west of the Borough (see Infrastructure priority List in Appendix 4)

(13) To develop additional local healthcare facilities in partnership with the PCT to meet local needs as set out in the Infrastructure Priority List (Appendix 4). Including:

Shotfield Primary Care Facilities;

Primary Care Facilities at Hackbridge; and

Improving primary care facilities in the western and southern Wards.


SA Framework Indicator 12.1: Health

NI51 Effectiveness of child and adolescent mental health services NI55 Obesity amongst primary school aged children in reception year. 10.25% by 2010-11

(14) Number and type of all sports facilities, playing pitches

s within the Borough

(14) To retain and improve all sports facilities, playing

spaces throughout the Borough.


SA Framework Indicators 12.1: Health; and 12.3: Community Identity

NI8 Participation in Sport. 22.8% by 2010-11.

(15) Scores and rankings of individual super output areas (SOAs) and Wards against the Indices of Deprivation ID2007. (i) Index of Multiple Deprivation (IMD) (ii) Employment (iii) ealth & Disability (iv) Education, skills and training; and (v) Barriers to housing and services

(15) To reduce the extent and local concentration of social deprivation within the Borough and the number of SOAs ranked within the 20% most deprived SOAs nationally (for IMD and each domain)


SA Framework Indicators 11.2 Social Deprivation; 10.1 Housing; 9.1 Local Employment; and 9.2 Education

NI163 Working age pop qualified to level 2 (baseline 71.3%) Increase by 3.5% by 2010-11. NI152 Working age people claiming out of work benefits. Reduce from 8.5% to 7.5% by 2010-11

SO4: To promote health and well-being and prevent ill-health of people within the Borough.

Core Policies

BP5: Improving Health and Well Being


(16) Percentage of adults participating in at least 30 minutes moderate intensity sport and active recreation, three or more times a week

(16) To increase the % of adults participating in at least 30 minutes moderate intensity sport and active recreation, three or more times a week, from 18.8% to 22.8% by 2012.

N/a AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicator 12.1 Health

NI8 Participation in Sport. 22.8% by 2010-11.

London Plan

Policies 3A.17, 3A.18, 3A.20, 3A23 and3D.6

(17) Scores and rankings of individual SOAs and Wards against Indices of Deprivation ID2007 in terms of (i)Health & Disability (ii) Crime and disorder; and (iii) Living environment

(17) To reduce the number of SOAs within LB Sutton ranked within the 20% most deprived SOAs nationally (for each domain)

AMR local indicator

SA Framework Indicators 11.2 Social Deprivation; and 12.2 Community Safety

NI121 Mortality rate from all circulatory disease at ages under 75. Target of 69.08/100,000 DSR.


Agenda Ite

m 9

cP

ag

e 2

62




SO10: To make provision for sufficient employment land and premises to support economic prosperity.

DM Policies

DM33: Strategic and Established Industrial Locations

DM34: Other Land in Industrial Use

DM36: Office Provision through Mixed UseConversions

DM41: Site Allocations

(41) Total amount of additional employment floorspace (m

2)developed

70 by type:

B1(a) Offices;

B1(b) R&D;

B1(c) Light Industry

B2 Gen Industry;

B8 Storage & Dist.

(41) To make provision for sufficient employment land and premises to support economic prosperity.

Net increase in the proportion of London residents working in jobs in London over the plan period (Indicator 6)

AMR COI BD1: Total Amount of Additional Employment Floorspace by Type

SA Framework Indicator 7.1 Local Economy

n/a

Core Policies

PMP4: Main Locations for Industry and Waste Management

PMP8: Other District Centres

London Plan Policies 2A.6, 2A.8 and 3B.11

(42) Total amount of additional employment floorspace on previously developed land by type (m

2)

(42) Total amount of additional employment floorspace on previously developed land by type (m

2)

n/a AMR COI BD2: Employment floorspace on Previously Developed Land

n/a

SO11: To strengthen role of the Borough in relation to South London economy by securing investment for infrastructure within the Wandle Valley Corridor.

Core Policies

PMP5 Wandle Valley

PMP4: Locations for Industry and Waste Management

(43) Percentage of the Felnex Trading Estate, Land adjacent to Hackbridge Station and Wandle Valley Trading Estate Extent retained for employment uses

(43) To retain 25% of the Felnex Trading Estate, 30% of the Land adjacent to Hackbridge Station and 40% of the Wandle Valley Trading Estate Extent for employment


SA Framework Indicator 7.1 Local Economy

n/a

SO12: To enhance Sutton

attractiveness as a shopping centre and encourage growth as a major shopping, commercial and residential location in South London

DM Policies

DM35: Development in Town Centres

Core Policies


PMP6: Sutton Town Centre

(44) Net additional dwellings completed in Sutton TC per annum and over the next 15 years as a % of the

(44) Sutton Town Centre to accommodate 40% of the

over the next 15 years (2,000 to 2,150 net additional dwellings from 2009-10 to 2023-24).


AMR COIs: H2(c) Net Additional Dwellings in Future Years

SA Framework Indicator: 10.1 Housing Provision

n/a

70

net and gross additional floorspace

Agen

da Ite

m 9

cP

age 2

63




. London Plan

Policies 2A.8, 3A.1- 3A.3, 3A.17 and 3D.1

(45) Total amount of additional floorspace (m

2) developed

71

within Sutton TC by type:

B1(a) Offices, A1 Retail, A2 Financial and Professional Services, A3 Restaurants and Cafes; A4 Drinking Establishments; and A5 Takeaways.

(45) 90%-95% of the predicted growth in comparison floorspace within the Borough to be provided in Sutton Town Centre

Stock of office planning permissions to be at least three times the rate of starts over the previous three years (Indicator 7)

AMR COI: BD1 Total Amount of Additional Employment Floorspace by Type

SA Framework Indicator 8.1: Sutton Town Centre

n/a

(46) Vitality and viability of Sutton Town Centre as measured by PPS4 Town Centre Health Check Indicators

(46) To improve the vitality and viability of Sutton Town Centre as measured by PPS4 Town Centre Health Check Indicators

n/a AMR local indicators

SA Framework Indicator: 8.1: Sutton Town Centre

n/a

SO13: To promote the role of district and local centres in providing a sufficient range of shops, social and community facilities and leisure activities to meet the needs of local residents.

DM Policies

DM37: Shopping Frontages in Town Centres

DM38: Promoting Local Shopping Provision

DM39: Local Shops outside Town and Local Centres




PMP7: Hackbridge

PMP8: Other District and Local Centres

(47) Net additional dwellings completed within Wallington district centre per annum and over the next 15 years as a

housing growth.

(47) Wallington district centre to accommodate 10% of the

over the next 15 years (500 to 550 net additional dwellings from 2009-10 to 2023-24).

n/a AMR COIs: H2(b): Net Additional Dwellings;

SA Framework Indicators 8.2: District and Local Centres; and 10.1 Housing Provision

n/a

(48) Net additional dwellings completedwithin other district centres

72 per annum and over the

next 15 years as a proportion of

(48) Other district centres apart from Wallington to accommodate 10% of the

over the next 15 years (500 to 550 net additional dwellings from 2009-10 to 2023-24).

n/a AMR COIs: H2(b): Net

Additional Dwellings;

SA Framework Indicators 8.2: District and Local Centres; and 10.1 Housing Provision

n/a

(49) Growth in comparison and convenience floorspace within Wallington as a proportion of the predicted growth within the Borough

(49) Between 5-10% of the predicted comparison floorspace growth and 10% of the predicted convenience floorspace growth to be accommodated within Wallington district centre

n/a AMR COIs: H2(b): Net Additional Dwellings;

SA Framework Indicator 8.2 District and Local Centres

n/a

71

net and gross additional floorspace

72 Rosehill, Worcester Park, North Cheam, Cheam and Carshalton,

Agenda Ite

m 9

cP

ag

e 2

64




London Plan

Policies 2A.6, 2A.8, 3A.1 - 3A.3 and 3A.17

(50) Total amount of additional floorspace (m

2) developed

73

within district centres by type:

B1(a) Offices;

A1 Retail;

A2 Fin & Prof. Services;

A3 Restaurants etc;

A4 Drinking Establishments;

A5 Takeaways.

Target not set n/a AMR COIs: H2(b): Net Additional Dwellings;


n/a

(51) Vitality and viability of district centres PPS4 Town Centre Health Check Indicators.

(51) To improve the vitality and viability of Sutton Town Centre as measured by PPS4 Town Centre Health Check Indicators (see above)

n/a AMR COIs: H2(b) Net Additional Dwellings


n/a

(52) Net additional dwellings completed within Hackbridge per annum and over the next 15 years as a proportion of the

(52) Hackbridge to accommodate 20% of the

over the next 15 years (1,000 to 1,100 net additional dwellings from 2009-10 to 2024-25).

n/a AMR COI: H2(c) Net Additional Dwellings in Future Years;

SA Framework Indicators 8.2: District and Local Centres; and 10.1 Housing 150

Provision

n/a

(53) The range and quality of retail facilities within Hackbridge local centre, including convenience and comparison retail, complementary dining, entertainment and service uses (m

2)

(53) To achieve an increase in the range and quality of retail facilities within Hackbridge local centre, including convenience and comparison retail, complementary dining, entertainment and service uses;

n/a AMR COI: H2(b): Net Additional Dwellings;

SA Framework Indicators 7.1 Local Economy: and 8.2 District and local centres

n/a

73

net and gross additional floorspace completed

Agen

da Ite

m 9

cP

age 2

65

Pag

e 2

66

This

pa

ge is

inte

ntio

nally

left b

lan

k